Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come

Volume VII of the Venus Rising Series: A Concise History of the Second Planet

A FUTURE BEYOND IMAGINATION!

RAYMOND ANDREW KELLER II

Cosmic Ray and The Birth of Venus at the Philadelphia Metropolitan Museum of Art on 20 March 2017.

Dr. Raymond A. Keller, II, award-winning author and retired History professor, is the author of the Venus Rising trilogy. Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus and Cosmic Ray’s Excellent Venus Adventure are newest in the series. Dr. Keller's books explore various facets of conditions and life on Venus in many dimensions from a perspective of conspiracies, history, theosophy, ufology and current events, especially space research.

To date, Venus Rising: A Concise History of the Second Planet, won awards at the Southern California and London Book Festivals. Dr. Keller has lived and worked in 44 different countries and has been writing about UFOs and paranormal activity since 1967. He was the founder and director of the Outer Space International Research and Investigations Society (OSIRIS) of Hilmar, California, as well as the publisher and co-editor of the New Millennial Star, a monthly pre-Internet tabloid newspaper with a circulation of 7,500 copies. He received his doctoral degree from West Virginia University in 2011 focusing on various aspects of the Basque settlement of Venezuela, and received his Master's degree from the same institution in 2004 in foreign language with an emphasis on Magic Realism in Latin American literature.

FLYING SAUCERS: FROM VENUS THEY COME

“The appearance of flying saucers in our skies has long become accepted as common knowledge.

However, it has not been well known that thousands of individuals around the world have not only seen them, but have actually ridden in these craft and personally met with their occupants. What these “contactees,” as they are recognized in ufology circles, have discovered is that the pilots and other crew members of these interplanetary and interdimensional space ships are not the grotesque beings they are frequently portrayed as in our science fiction movies. Rather, they are highly intelligent, friendly men and women from civilizations who have cosmically evolved far in advance of our own.

The scientific and technological knowledge to gain about interplanetary spaceships and life on other planets from Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come, is enormous. It constitutes a wealth of beneficial information which could transform this world from its present chaotic state into a utopian society, one far-beyond today”s most optimistic conceptions. Some of the many amazing benefits of the knowledge already received from the space people, or promised by them if we will but welcome them in a friendly manner, are the elimination of disease, poverty, and pollution. They can also assist us in appropriately dealing with the introduction of artificial intelligence and altering our economic system in such a way that all may be served. The space people can show our medical establishment how they can significantly extend the human lifespan, in addition to expanding greater personal freedom for all. There can be economic security and abundance for all. And space travel will not be the exclusive privilege of billionaires. Personal journeys to space, the Moon and other planets, even trips to interstellar space, will be enjoyed by all who are desirous of these.”

—MICHAEL A. LARICHE Paranormal Investigator with Dr. Raymond Keller since the 1960s

RAYMOND ANDREW KELLER II

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Book VII in the Venus Rising Series: A Concise History of the Second Planet

“Cosmic Ray” explores Venusian spaceship technology and other outer space mysteries.

Dr. Raymond A. Keller, II, a.k.a. “Cosmic Ray” Headline Books, Inc. Terra Alta, WV

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Book VII in the Venus Rising Series: A Concise History of the Second Planet

by Dr. Raymond A. Keller, II, a.k.a. “Cosmic Ray” copyright ©2022 Raymond Andrew Keller, II All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any other form or for any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording or any information storage system, without written permission from Headline Books, Inc. To order additional copies of this book or for book publishing information, or to contact the author: Headline Books, Inc. P.O. Box 52 Terra Alta, WV 26764 www.headlinebooks.com Tel: 304-789-3001 Email: mybook@headlinebooks.com ISBN 13: 9781951556792 Library of Congress Control Number: 2021952158

PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Michael A. La Riche in 1962.

This book is dedicated to my good friend Michael A. La Riche, who has been with me in my paranormal research since the 1960s, and has always been a great encouragement to me in all my endeavors. Sharing libertarian sentiments, we both concur with the slogan on our official Outer Space International Research and Investigations Society (OSIRIS, 1984-1996) bumper sticker: “Flying saucers are real. The government is an illusion!”

Contents Introduction by Michael A. La Riche..................................................................................................5 Chapter 1: Knights Templar and the Venus Connection..................................................................7 Chapter 2: Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion Examined.........................................................10 Chapter 3: Lost Interview with Ufology Pioneer Riley Crabb Comes to Light............................58 Chapter 4: The Riley Crabb Revelations............................................................................................68 Chapter 5: Buck Nelson’s Trip to the Moon, Mars and Venus........................................................90 Chapter 6: Evolution of an Enlightened Ufologist.........................................................................104 Chapter 7: Flying Saucers Activity Log, 1969-1974.......................................................................108 Chapter 8: Beware of Flying Saucer Cults.......................................................................................138 Chapter 9: “Blessed by the Divine!” Penny Harper Communicates with Three ET Civilizations...................................................145 Chapter 10: The Disappearing UFO Experiencers.........................................................................155 Chapter 11: Are Ufologists Asking the Right Questions?.............................................................169 Acknowledgements............................................................................................................................173 Index....................................................................................................................................................174

Introduction

by Michael A. La Riche Since their first and well-publicized appearance at the dawn of the atomic and space ages in 1947, flying saucers have been photographed, filmed, tracked on radar, observed all over the Earth, and even reported by our astronauts in outer space. There have even been thousands of sightings of these objects made by intelligent, responsible military personnel from many nations. On 25 June 2021, based on the testimonies and photographic evidence supplied by pilots of the United States Navy, attesting to their observations of wingless, metallic-appearing or luminescent craft demonstrating an advanced technology far-beyond the presently-known scientific capability of any nation on Earth, a Congressional committee on Unidentified Aerial Phenomena (UAP) came to the conclusion that there was, indeed, an “advanced technology” behind these objects, but that they were not as yet prepared to concede that they were coming here from some other planet or an ultra-dimensional realm.

The appearance of flying saucers in our skies has long become accepted as common knowledge. However, it has not been well known that thousands of individuals around the world have not only seen them, but actually ridden in these craft and personally met with their occupants. What these “contactees,” as they are recognized in ufology circles, have discovered is that the pilots and other crew members of these interplanetary and interdimensional space ships are not the grotesque beings they are frequently portrayed as in our science fiction movies. Rather, they are highly intelligent, friendly men and women from civilizations that have cosmically evolved far in advance of our own.

From the Earth people contacted by our celestial friends, we learn much of the relatively utopian way of life and advanced applications of science enjoyed by the inhabitants of member planets in the Galactic Confederation of Light. To our planet, in the throes of ecological, economic, military, political, religious and social upheaval, these brothers and sisters from space have come to show us the way out of our dilemmas, offering real solutions to the hard problems we all currently confront. It is information of this type that Dr. Raymond A. Keller, a.k.a. “Cosmic Ray,” has put forward in this current book, Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come, in addition to all of the other six books in his Venus Rising series. These have been published by Headline Books of Terra Alta, West Virginia, since 2015, when Dr. Keller successfully underwent quadruple bypass surgery at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

The scientific and technological knowledge to gained about interplanetary spaceships and life on other planets from Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come, is enormous. It constitutes a 5

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come wealth of beneficial information which could transform this world from its present chaotic state into a utopian society, one far-beyond today’s most optimistic conceptions. Some of the many amazing benefits of the knowledge already received from the space people, or promised by them if we will but welcome them in a friendly manner, are the elimination of disease, poverty and pollution. They can also assist us in appropriately dealing with the introduction of artificial intelligence and altering our economic system in such a way that all may be served thereby. The space people can show our medical establishment how they can significantly extend the human lifespan, in addition to expanding greater personal freedom for all. There can be economic security and abundance for all. And space travel will not be the exclusive privilege of billionaires.

Personal journeys to space, the Moon and other planets, even trips to interstellar space, will be enjoyed by all who are desirous of these.

With the aid of our space brothers and sisters, this growing band of Space Age enthusiasts is rapidly growing into a dynamic and global social reform movement dedicated to the economic, mental, physical and spiritual liberation of humankind. This new Space Age ideology to champion the dignity and rights of humankind will free us from economic bondage and allow us to escape the confines of regimentation, limitation and want. Through the application of the cosmic philosophy of love and service to others, we will join with our celestial family in welcoming the arrival of paradisiacal conditions on planet Earth.

Perhaps this book comes across as a dash of “hopium.” So be it. But this is just the sort of book that can equip us with the information we need to help us solve the most pressing problems of our times. Having first met the Cosmic Ray when I joined the Cleveland Ufology Project in the 1960s, I know that he is sincere in the propagation of this celestial good news as delivered to him by our friends from Venus. I feel sure that your investigation of this important subject will offer you a realistic hope and promise for the future. Take advantage of the opportunity afforded you to participate in this great adventure with our friend Dr. Raymond Keller, working together to build the fabulous and fantastic new Space Age worlds of tomorrow.

In the light of Venus!

—Michael A. La Riche, a.k.a. “North Coast Mike” 20 September 2021 (Editor’s Note: Michael A. La Riche has been researching, speaking and writing about UFOs and other paranormal phenomena since the 1960s, when he was an investigator, along with the young Raymond Keller, for the Cleveland Ufology Project.)

6

Chapter 1

Knights Templar and the Venus Connection

Venusian scoutship hovers over Rosslyn Chapel, startling the monks. Drawing courtesy of Tri-County UFO Group, Sebring, Ohio, in Keller Venus files.

Origins and Purpose of the Rosslyn Chapel There were nine Crusaders who established the Order of the Knights Templar. These intrepid gentlemen were continuously excavating under the ruins of the temple that once stood in the heart of Jerusalem. Jesus the Christ once prophesized its destruction; and in 70 C.E. Roman legionnaires leveled the structure to the ground, thus fulfilling the words of the Savior.

From some of the older rituals of Freemasonry, we understand that the Knights Templar, while undertaking these digs, recovered certain documents from the first and second centuries of the Common Era pertinent to the establishment of Christianity as a world religion. It is widely rumored that these papers provide key insights into the personal life of Jesus and his family, connecting his ministry to a more Gnostic gospel that defined a greater role for Mary Magdalene, and hence women generally. Perhaps they also contain information establishing Mary Magdalene as the Lord’s wife and the mother of his children.

7

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come In any case, the Knights Templar brought them back with them in 1140 C.E. and entrusted these documents to the patriarchs of the St. Clair family in Kilwinning, Scotland, who were the owners of vast estates. Three centuries and one year later, in 1441 C.E., on a small rise above Roslin Glen in the village of Roslin in Midlothian, Scotland, William Sinclair, recognized as the First Earl of Caithness in the Scoto-Norman Sinclair family, began constructing the Rosslyn Chapel, which wasn’t completed until 49 years later. Interestingly, the ground plan of the chapel matches the layout of King Herod’s Temple in Jerusalem, the one that the Romans looted and destroyed. Originally known as the Collegiate Chapel of St. Matthew, the edifice served as a center of study and illumination. It was open to all sincere seekers of the light of truth and attracted pilgrims the world over. Many of the Sinclair men in later generations went on to become hereditary Grand Master Masons.

Role of Venus in the Masonic Lodge The Knights Templar, originally known as the Poor Soldiers of Christ and the Temple of Solomon, were formally established in 1128 C.E. In less than a century and a half, they had become the wealthiest and most powerful group in the world. The political and ecclesiastical leadership of Europe became worried about the spectacular growth of the Knights and kept a watchful eye on all of their activities. Feeling threatened economically, militarily and theologically by the amassed money, power and secret knowledge acquired by the Knights, King Philip IV of France and Pope Clement V in Rome joined forces in 1307 C.E. and managed to destroy most of them. They justified their actions by declaring that the Knights Templar were, “conducting strange rituals” and therefore “were not Christians.”

These “strange rituals” were intimately connected to the motion of the planet Venus, known by the Masons as the “Eastern Star,” or sometimes the “Blazing Star,” since Venus, apart from the Sun and Moon, is the brightest object in the heavens. As Venus orbits the Sun 13 times matching 8 Earth orbits, following a Fibonacci sequence, there are five close approaches to the Earth that can be traced in a near-perfect pentagram along the circle of the Zodiac on the plane of the ecliptic. To the ancient Egyptians, this pattern was recognized as the “hieroglyph of the night.” It was later adopted

by King Solomon of Israel as Pentagram of King Solomon the representation of magical wisdom. In a religious sense, it has since been carved on synagogues, churches and mosques as a protection against “un-Earthly forces.”

With the arrival of the Age of Enlightenment, and the ascent of Freemasonry, the symbol of the pentagram had long been associated with the advancement of humankind through illumination, magic and wisdom. The rites enacted in the Masonic Lodge can best be described as a “peculiar system In the Theosophical Lodge, and among of morality veiled in allegory and illustrated by symbols.” The other esoteric societies, Venus is regarded and occult of all primary symbol of the Freemasons is the so-called “Five Points as the “most powerful worlds.”

8

Raymond Andrew Keller II of Fellowship,” indicative of its ethical code of fraternity. The five points are illustrative of points on the human body, whence the initiate to the lodge is lifted up to illumination, standing before the pillars of Boaz and Jachin as the Blazing Star of Venus appears just before the Sun rises in the east. Here further knowledge and truth is imparted.

Since the Masonic Lodge is a society with secrets, to proceed in greater detail would not be appropriate or respective of the Craft. However, for further information on the pentagram and other Venus connections to the ancient world, please check out my Venus Rising: A Concise History of the Second Planet (Terra Alta, WV: Headline Books, 2015, 2016), available at https:// www.amazon.com/Venus-Rising-Concise-History-Second/dp/1882658310.

9

Chapter 2

Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion Examined Part I

The Nazis only got to test fly a prototype saucer one time, on 14 February 1945, outside Prague, Czechoslovakia, in the closing days of World War II. Thank God that sabotage by the internal German Resistance and Allied air raids thwarted the various Nazis’ secret weapons projects from coming to full fruition and deployment. Source of painting: Daily Mail, London, United Kingdom, 18 November 2010.

Since the massive appearance of UFOs in our skies at the dawn of the atomic and space ages, the astounding power and maneuvering capabilities of these objects has long amazed engineers and scientists the world over. To greater and lesser degrees, these dedicated ones have tried their hands at duplicating the qualities manifest in the UFOs in both the design and construction of unconventional and experimental aerospace vehicles. In this chapter, we look at some of the attempts by those on the cutting edge of anti-gravity and spacecraft propulsion research to build Earthbased versions of the legendary flying saucers.

Flying Saucers and High-Tech Weaponry in Nazi Germany The Nottingham, United Kingdom, Guardian Journal newspaper of 18 February 1957, reports that the Nazis had a prototype flying saucer in their armory of secret weapons in 1945.

Allegedly, this circular aircraft could reach a speed of 1,250 miles per hour. The saucer, which was 138 feet in diameter, was designed by four engineers, these being three Germans and one Italian. Fortunately, because this aircraft was developed in the closing stages of World War II, an opportunity never presented itself for the Axis powers to deploy it against Allied forces. The saucer was taken for one test flight, however, on 14 February 1945, at Prague, Czechoslovakia.

It supposedly reached a height of more than 40,000 feet and achieved the expected maximum speed of 1,250 miles per hour.

Reports of the saucer’s existence first appeared in the pages of Rudolph Lusar’s book, German Weapons and Secret Weapons of World War II and their Development (London, United Kingdom: Neville Spearman, English edition, 1959; original German, 1957). The book is 10

Raymond Andrew Keller II considered credible by weapons experts worldwide, at least insofar as Lusar was the head of the Technical Arms Department of the German War Ministry from 1940-1945.

One of the many secret Nazi weapons covered in Lusar’s book include a vertical takeoff plane called the Viper. There were ten Vipers actually ready for action; but Lusar asserts that they were never used. Also, there was a radio-controlled flying bomb that was equipped with a television camera to allow it to be guided more accurately and remotely to its target by the bombardier aboard the aircraft it was deployed from. Lusar maintains that the United States military adapted the technology of this radio and television-directed bomb for the development of a similar device used against Chinese invading forces in Korea during the conflict that took place on that Asian peninsula (1950-1953).

Also, in the field of aviation, Lusar maintains that the Germans towards the end of World War II were working on the Heinkel 343, a bomber that could reach the Eastern United States and return to Europe without refueling and the so-called “V-9 Super Rocket.” This last-mentioned weapon was an outgrowth of the V-1 and V-529 rockets which the Nazis fired at the British Isles. Had it been completed, the V-9 would have been capable of carrying a one-ton warhead to New York City in 35 minutes.

Other secret Nazi weapons included in Lusar’s book were various types of cannons: acoustic, electric and wind. The acoustic cannon was designed to kill enemy combatants with sound waves at a range of 70 yards. Lusar, however, writes that the acoustic cannon never lived up to the touted expectations of the Nazi war planners. The electric cannon, on the other hand, did make it so far as the experimental stage. According to the Technical Arms Department chief, this cannon was soundless, even while expelling a conventional shell by means of electricity.

And then there was a wind cannon that could shatter boards at a distance of 200 yards with jets of compressed air, thus eliminating the need for expensive and manufactured ammunition.

On top of all this, there was also an automatic rifle that could fire around corners in houseto-house fighting. This type of advanced rifle was not duplicated until the early 2000s, when Lt. Col. Amos Golan of the Israeli Defense Forces came up with the “Corner Shot,” a weapon accessory now in common use by Special Weapons Attack Teams and special forces in hostile situations, usually involving the taking of hostages by terrorists.

Nazi Rocket Scientist Opines on Extraterrestrial Origin of the Flying Saucers In 1940, at the onset of World War II, we find the rocketry pioneer, Hermann Oberth (1894-1989), working as a physics professor in the Technische Hochschule, a technical college, in Dresden, Germany. In the following year, Oberth moved to Peenemunde to work on Nazi Germany’s TOP SECRET Aggregate rocket program, where he achieved much success in the development of the V-series of rockets that were ultimately used to rain down massive destruction on lives and property in the British Isles. During the course of the war, he also helped the Nazis develop solid propellant anti-aircraft rockets at a facility in Wittenberg.

Despite his sordid past in the ranks of the Nazi scientific establishment, Oberth eventually came to the United States in the mid-1950s, at the behest of his former student Wernher von Braun, to work with him at a newly created space research facility in Huntsville, Alabama, run by the National Advisory Committee on Aeronautics, on the development of a fleet of space rockets for the United States. Oberth had published many technical papers on the possibilities of space-based reflecting telescopes, space stations, space suits and even electricpowered spaceships. Wernher von Braun convinced his American superiors at Huntsville that 11

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Oberth’s help with various on-going projects would prove invaluable. Of course, their research and rocket designs laid the groundwork for the establishment of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) in 1958.

Hermann Oberth had some definite opinions about flying saucers, however, that are surely worth noting. In the American Weekly magazine (New York City) of 24 October 1954, the space scientist opined that, “It is my thesis that the flying saucers are real; and that they are spaceships from another solar system. I think that they possibly are manned by intelligent observers who are members of a race that may have been investigating our Earth for centuries.” And in an article that appeared in the May-June 1955 issue of the prestigious Flying Saucer Review (London, United Kingdom), Vol. 1, No. 2, pages 12-14, “They Come from Outer Space,” Oberth details the history of “strange, luminous objects” seen in the skies of our planet since the time of Pliny the Elder in the first century A.D. Roman Empire, and then writes, “Having weighed all the pros and cons, I find the explanation of flying discs from outer space the most likely one. I call this the ‘Uraniden’ hypothesis, because from our viewpoint, the hypothetical beings appear to come from the sky (Greek- ‘Uranos’).”

Other former Nazi scientists that have made their way to the United States under the auspices of Project Paperclip to contribute their expertise to research and development in various high-tech fields have made similar comments about the extraterrestrial origin of the flying saucers. Most notable among these was Oberth’s former student, Wernher von Braun, who made America’s Apollo Moon program the success that it was, stated to a reporter’s inquiries concerning UFOs on 3 June 1959, that, “We find ourselves faced by powers which are far stronger than we had assumed, and whose base is at present unknown to us. More I cannot say at present. We are now engaged in entering into closer contact with those powers, and in six, or nine-months-time, it may be possible to speak with some precision on the matter.” He also purportedly went on to aver that, “It is as impossible to confirm UFOs in the present as it will be to deny them in the future.”1 From the comments made by the space research team of Hermann Oberth and Wernher von Braun, one can logically deduce that the Nazis may have gained some inkling of the advanced technology they were developing in the Third Reich from extraterrestrial sources.

Oberth believed that the flying saucers originated from another solar system, although he wasn’t sure if they were manned or remotely controlled; and his student von Braun felt that the objects were manned and have been operating out of nearby secret bases for hundreds of years, perhaps under the Earth, on the backside of the Moon, or perhaps the closer planets of Mars and Venus, conducting an ongoing surveillance of our world and keenly watching our scientific and spiritual progress. Given the vast distances between the stars, it certainly makes sense that the extraterrestrials would conduct themselves in this manner.

1

12

UFO/UAP Alien News and Info Disclosure/UFO Scoop, https://ufoscoop.com/high-level-quotes-ufo-phenomenon/ (Accessed 2 September 2020), provides direct quotes on UFOs from sundry authorities “in the know” on this subject.

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part II Searl Effect Generator (SEG) The heart of his design is the powerful Searl Effect Generator (SEG), which can allegedly run cold and perpetually. The details concerning the SEG are provided herein. On 15 January 2008, Searl joined the faculty of the Institute of Infinity Sciences in the United Kingdom, where he was awarded an honorary doctoral degree in Space Science Research. The Infinity Sciences website maintains that Prof. Searl has supervised the construction of 30 more flying saucers since 1968.

Searl actually held no formal education, outside of his job at the Electricity Board, in the subject of physics. In some ways this was good, at least insofar as he remained unencumbered by conventional ideas of what was possible In 1968, British electronics wizard John R. R. Searl, now 89 or not possible with electric motors and years-old in 2021, designed, built and remotely flew over 20 different flying saucers, which he referred to as “levity disks.” generators. While working with this type of Here in the photograph, Searl is seen with his prototype disk, equipment, however, the young Searl noticed with a diameter of slightly over 30 feet, hovering in the backthat there was a small electromagnetic field ground. The design came from ideas he had first conceived back in 1949, while working as an electronic and electrical effect that was produced by the spinning metal fitter for the Midlands Electricity Board in Worcester, United Kingdom. parts, ergo the negative lines of force moving towards the outside and the positive towards the rotational axis. In 1950, the burgeoning scientist experimented with rotating slip rings, the inclusion which resulted in the measurement of a small electromagnetic field on a conventional meter. He also took note that when the rings were spinning freely and no current was taken, that his hair bristled. From these experiments and observations, he concluded that the free electrons in the metal must have been spun out by the centrifugal force, a centripetal force being produced by the static field in the metal. Therefore, Searl decided to build a generator based on this very same principle. His generator would be quite unique. It was to have a segmented disc rotor that passed through electromagnets at its periphery. These, in turn, would be energized from the rotor and serve to boost the electromagnetic force even more.

By 1952, Searl had built his generator along the lines he envisioned. It was only about three feet in diameter; but it was a start. He and a friend tested it out in the open. Its armature was set in motion by a small engine. The device produced the expected electrical power, but at an unexpectedly high potential. At the relatively low armature speeds, an actual potential on the order of 10⁵ volts was produced. This was indicted by the static effects on nearby objects, along with the characteristic crackling and smell of ozone. But then something unexpected occurred.

The generator actually lifted while still speeding up, breaking the union between itself and the engine, while rising to a height of some 50 feet. It actually stayed aloft for the time it kept accelerating, and was surrounded by a pink halo.

13

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come What this indicated to Searl was that the air around the generator was ionized due to the reduced pressure at 10₃ Hg. Moreover, this created a side effect in that local radio receivers were involuntarily turned on throughout the Worcester area. The young scientist assumed that this was caused by the ionizing discharge or the electromagnetic induction. Finally, and thankfully, the entire generator sped up at a fantastic rate and is believed to have just “shot off into space.”

Since that day, Searl and others associated with his investigations and work have created some 50 flying vehicles, some of which had become similarly lost, at least until a control mechanism was developed and installed. As refinements were added, some of the craft were constructed of larger sizes, 12 and 30 feet in diameter, respectively.

Under the Radar Searl began his research just two years after the age of the flying saucers began with the civilian pilot Kenneth Arnold’s sighting of nine disc-shaped objects flying in formation over Mt. Rainier in Washington State at an estimated speed of 1,200 miles per hour on the afternoon of 24 June 1947. The demonstrated capability of Searl’s generator and subsequent levity disks gave rise to a lot of speculation in the British Isles with regards to any connection between the local scientists’ creations and the appearance of flying saucers over the British Isles. And if the flying saucers were not created by Searl or any other human being, was it reasonable to assume that Searl had hit upon the motive force of these strange objects and that we, of Earth, could now produce flying saucers of our own, following Searl’s designs?

From 1949 through the present day, it is clear that government authorities in the United Kingdom and elsewhere have been keeping a close eye on those investigating the application of Searl’s generator to aircraft design. There have been some who have attempted to steal the details of his inventions, or to improve upon them. Those not willing to temporarily lay aside their preconceived notions of electromagnetic theory or the established “laws of science,” socalled, have prematurely concluded that Searl is either a crank or imposter. And as British science writer P. L. Barrett opined back in 1968 in his self-published Barrett Report, “There are some who are prejudiced by the attitude that new ideas are the prerogative of the hierarchy of intellectuals.”

Interest in the UFO Community Barrett was disappointed that Searl’s findings were being ignored in his home country of the United Kingdom. He felt that Searl and his associates were keeping their investigations and work “close to their vests,” so to speak, largely because the research bore such close connections in explaining the possible reality and power source of the enigmatic flying saucers. The public in the United Kingdom had largely been indoctrinated to scoff at the very subject of UFOs anytime it would come up for discussion. Overcoming this barrier of ridicule was just too formidable a task for most people back in the first 35 years of UFO investigations. Therefore, when Searl or others were asked about this phenomenon, they would always declare “no comment,” and leave it at that. Upsetting the uncertain structure of the existing scientific theory and the establishment that proffered it, would most likely bring nothing but derision and scorn upon the heads of any parties expressing an interest in UFOs or any other “esoteric” topic, such as dowsing, ESP or alternative forms of healing, to name a few. Searl knew this, as well did any subject in the United Kingdom who happened to sight a UFO at any time during their life.

14

Raymond Andrew Keller II One has to wonder just how many of the bigger secrets of the universe have been unlocked

by Searl or others investigating various methods of UFO propulsion. In this age of near continuing UFO revelations, the conventionalists better get ready to start reimagining a future where the Searl Effect is married to existing theory, lest they suffer the alternative fate of seeing the complete breakdown and subsequent revision of all physical theories from those of Ampere, Galvani, Volta, etc.

Part III John R. R. Searl’s advanced theories for the electromagnetic propulsion of aerospace vehicles certainly go far in explaining the effects of various UFO phenomena, some of which have been observed by Searl himself and others by the general public. Below the reader will find a list of sundry effects associated with the Searl craft as made manifest during the operation of The Cosmic Ray explores the unusual electromagnetic effects his so-called “levity disks:” associated with electrical wizard John R. R. Searl’s operational 1. Antigravity, or levity. flying saucer, or “levity disk.”

2. Very high electrostatic fields.

3. Peculiar magnetic effect: The Searl generator produces a direct current static field with negative polarity at the rim and positive at the center. However, the magnetic field from the generator produces induction in conductive loops when there is no relative movement. This effect was evident in a UFO detector used by a club in the British Isles.

This instrument, upon examination, was found to be a deflection magnetometer, ergo a closed conductive loop. The presence of a craft is indicated by the deflection of the magnet from the north to south line. It seems, therefore, that the flux from the generator is continually expanding; and this implies an indefinite quantity of energy.

4. Perpetual motion: Once the machine has passed a certain threshold of potential, the energy output exceeds the input. From then on, the energy output is virtually limitless.

Searl explains this by stating that the machine collects solar energy. The estimated power output of the generator is some modest 10¹⁴ or 10¹⁶ watts, which puts the figure too high for a solar source.

5. Inertia loss: Above the threshold potential, which must be some 10¹ volts, the generator and attached parts become inertia free. This, of course, jars with the accepted concept of inertia in mass.

6. Drive: By altering the distribution of potential on the surface of the craft, it is possible to propel it. The preferred direction of travel at ultra-high speeds is away from the planet, with the plane of the generator being at 90 degrees to the gravity field. When in horizontal flight, the craft takes up an angle to the gravity field suggestive of a balance between like vector fields. The generator may produce a gravity-type field of its own.

7. Ionization of the air: This is a simple electrostatic effect. It gives rise to a translucent glow surrounding the craft and glowing trails. The intensity of the field is such that it is capable of excluding the ionized air, creating a near vacuum around the craft.

15

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come 8. Permanent electric polarity: Searl noticed that after working near generators or craft, he experienced a “cobweb” sensation on his skin. His clothes and bed linen clung to him.

This was accompanied by occasional crackling and lasted some hours.

This effect could be attributed to a permanent polarity of dielectric material. In this case, the material being This UFO was photographed by James Lucci, 17, on 8 August 1965, at around 11:30 p.m., in the skies over Beaver County, body tissue. Little work has been done Pennsylvania. James had gone out with his older brother, on permanent dielectrics; but reference John, 23, to the outskirts of Beaver Falls to get away from may be found in the records of the the city lights to photograph a full moon, when they chanced upon this unusual object that appeared to be taking off. AcPhysico-Mathematical Society of Japan, cording to the Cosmic Ray, the glow surrounding the UFO 1920. This work was carried out by is a clear demonstration of the Searl effect, where the atoms Professor Eguchi of the Naval College in atmospheric molecules are being ionized by the energized power coils of an interplanetary scout craft. in Tokyo.

9. Matter snatch during acceleration: This occurs when the craft is on the ground and the drive is suddenly switched on. The rising craft takes a lump of ground with it, thereby leaving the well-known hole in the ground.

Part IV Application of John R. R. Searl’s Theory In the 1 June 1968 issue of the Searl National Space Research Consortium Newsletter (Mortimer, Berkshire, United Kingdom), the application of John Roy Robert Searl’s ring generator is detailed by Consortium member, P. L. Barrett, B. Sc., an electrician who worked closely with Searl on his levity disks and probably understood their operational characteristics more than most.

According to Barrett, in its application, the ultra-high potential produced by the Searl ring generator is much greater than the ionization potential of the air. Acting as a positive electrode, this causes the ionic breakdown of the air at some feet from the craft’s skin. The negative side of the generator is connected to the periphery of the saucer and is isolated from the skin; while the field at the negative terminal is, therefore, very much greater with the air ionized at a greater distance from the rim. In this process, the air at the positive terminal loses electrons.

The resulting ions are repelled away from the terminal with a high acceleration. The electrons, in turn, pass through the generator, constituting the current in the generator and providing the charge at the negative terminal to produce the negative ions in the air near the rim. The craft, therefore, is enveloped in a vacuum.

Comparisons Made Barrett explained that in ordinary high voltage generators, the maximum potential is limited by the ionized breakdown of the air. Flashover occurs and the accumulated energy is lost. The geometry and arrangement of the field coils in the Searl generator, however, is such

16

Raymond Andrew Keller II that the flashover is eliminated. And once the craft is enveloped in a vacuum, any occurrence of a flashover is rendered impossible.

Levity Process Explained Here, in his own words, are the comments of Searl’s apprentice as he understood the application of his mentor’s theory: “Energy is required to build up the potential and initially has to be supplied from an external source. As the vacuum layer increases about the craft, less energy is required to maintain the potential. The generator soon reaches a potential when the Searl effect takes place and the device produces its own energy along with the levity phenomenon. On the basis of the theory, at this potential the stress on the space fabric cannot be equalized by flowing magnetism (current flow) through the air and craft as a circuit. The space fabric breaks down to provide the magnetism to relieve the stress; but the energy by-product is absorbed by the generator which reinforces the field.

“The generator then must set up an ether flux along the lines of the electric field. The direction of ether flow is, however, in at the positive and out at the negative. This is deduced from the aether force theory of the German physicist Karl Schappeller. The generator and craft therefore reproduce its own gravitation-type field. The net effect of the craft field plus the Earth’s gravitation field gives rise to a condition where the ether density below the craft is higher than that above it.

“The craft, therefore, is strongly repelled away from the planet; and to stop it from shooting off into space, the field of the craft must be intentionally perturbed. In the drive condition, where the field is aptly reconfigured, the craft is shot out of the Earth’s field like a wet orange pip from between the fingers.

“The acceleration is enormous; but since all matter associated with the craft is linked with the field, no distortion of any part, including passengers, if any, occurs. The limit to the speed is unknown; but since the craft has no inertia, there is possibly no limit. It would be safe to say, however, that the limit is below the speed of light. Above this speed, too much is unknown to take the risk; but since the craft carries its own space with it, the theory of relativity is inapplicable.

In fact, the craft does not travel through space, but past it.”

German aether physicist Karl Schappeller (1875-1947) and diagram for his Schappeller device, an advanced generator that included: A. Steel outer casing.

B. Special ceramic lining in which tubes are imbedded.

C. Hollow center filled by glowing magnetism when in operation.

D. Tubes, circuit and grounding.

In attempting to understand the basis of aether physics, keep in mind that the universe can be considered as an infinite “sea of energy,” forming a background of energy everywhere simultaneously. Aether is, therefore, an energy source emanat17

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come ing from everywhere at once. Therefore, it would be extremely difficult to make any independent measurements of this energy source. Also, the aether is always in motion; and like any form of energy, it is radiant. In accordance with aether theory, the aether would encompass both electromagnetic radiation and gravity radiation. While Newton described the effects of gravity, he never told us what it was. In aether theory, gravity is really a push, not a pull. Gravity is acceleration and is caused by the aether field. And since all energy is radiant, its fundamental basis is aether radiation.

With aether radiation as the underlying cause of gravity, then one can logically assume that it, like any other radiation, can be converted to mass or under certain circumstances, reradiated or converted to other forms of energy. Hence, no unified field theory is necessary as the aether field is the unified field. And there would be no need to look for a separate anti-gravity, at least insofar as gravity is a push, then it is all antigravity. All one needs do to construct a flying saucer, then, is to find this particular frequency of gravity and find a way to generate it.

It is clear from the work of Schappeller and Searl that these two scientists had come to grasp this important fact about the aether force. Most in the scientific community have been led to focus on Albert Einstein and his theories of relativity, and several generations of physicists have literally spent their lifetimes on trying to prove Einstein correct. However, this misguided thinking has apparently led to these scientists in painting themselves into the proverbial corner, so to speak. One merely has to look at the many “free energy devices” which have arisen over the past century, in spite of accepted scientific theory, to see that this statement is true. Going back to the time of Schappeller in Nazi Germany, we see that the German scientists labored under no such illusions about Einstein’s theories. In fact, they never abandoned aether physics for the physics of relativism, as it has been traditionally taught in schools. The aether physics, the more esoteric type, was utilized secretly by the Nazis in developing the prototype flying saucer described in Part I of this chapter, and subsequently in the fabrication of TOP SECRET space vehicles and weaponry, by the extant military powers of the Earth.

For further information, see https://www.aetherforce.energy/the-karl-schappellerdevice/.

Barrettt provided a detailed gravity field diagram in the aforementioned 1 June 1968 newsletter, wherein neutral zones appear below the craft and the ring above, during those times when the levity drive was activated. If matter became located in that zone, then it would be held there. Consequently, the Searl craft as constructed up through the time that Barrettt published his report, had left their mark in the countryside in the form of large, neat holes after the saucers had taken off; ergo every time a saucer was launched, a chunk of earth was taken up with it.

The gravity field within the body of the craft is such that the center is up and the rim is down. Therefore, if the generator is allowed to run up in those instances where the polarity is opposite to that of the Schappeller device, the field is expansive and pulls the craft apart.

Prior to this, glowing magnetism could start, characterized by an orange yellow glow, but could not become self-sustaining, being in an expansive state. The Searl generator runs at low speeds and is, therefore, unlikely to fly apart by centrifugal force. A part of this side effect is that electromagnetic forces help to keep it together. As with other gravity fields, the flux favors passage through matter. As such, the field within the craft may be tailored by appropriately 18

Raymond Andrew Keller II distributing the mass within the craft. This will prove particularly convenient in manned craft where crew comfort can be significantly improved where the cabin field is about ½ g.

When travelling in free space, Barrettt reports that the external field would resemble that of the combined Earth and the craft insofar as it would be moving relative to a stationary field.

According to Barrettt, “Collision between the craft and large objects in space is very unlikely except in a direct line of flight when such could be seen and the craft rapidly turned. The field is such that the objects are diverted past the craft, or it (the field) past the object. If the object qualifies as a planet or moon having its own gravity due to a glowing core, then the craft oriented by the interaction of fields is strongly repelled away unless measures are taken to alter the field of the craft. Small objects such as meteorites are pushed out by the combined electric and dyno-magnetic fields. An object entering such a powerful statis field is at first attracted, then ionized and then strongly repelled. The dyno-magnetic field induces an ordinary magnetic field in objects which will interact with the craft’s ordinary magnetic field at considerable distances (miles), and repel it.”

It is important to keep in mind that only a very small amount of space fabric actually passes through the craft; and even a smaller amount is converted for energy. However, as Barrettt pointed out earlier, small changes in the ether will lead to large, physical changes.

“Even in deep space,” Barrett postulated, “the craft has an electromagnetic flow through the generator which is continuous along the electric field outside the craft. Electrons are picked up and some leave the rim at relativistic velocities. These do not contribute to the drive. Ergo, the craft carries its own negative space charge. In an atmosphere, the electronic flow is much greater and the generator current much higher. The craft, therefore, functions a lot better and has greater flexibility in space. In air, the recombination of ions in the air can give rise to condensation. This effect, coupled with the output of electrical energy, could well precipitate thunder storms.”

Minor Deficiencies Barrettt insists that the only hazard that he had observed was that when the craft hovered for too long close to the ground, the soil became burnt. This was due to the electric currents in the craft, which built up heat. Also, the apprentice to Searl noticed that the nervous systems of animals were interfered with by the ionizing discharge of the object, if they got too near it. Birds in flight had been really hurt by these discharges as well, losing their sense of internal guidance and flying uncontrollably into stationary objects.

Unanswered Questions Of course, J. R. R. Searl and his levity disk generator have served to “generate,” pardon the pun, an amazing amount of controversy over the years, especially in the UFO community. If some extraterrestrial civilization has found a way to get around the all-pervasive force of gravity, that would certainly go a long way in explaining the presence of so many UFOs in our skies.

And in emulating these UFOs, ergo in trying to build such

John Roy Robert Searl, photographed in 2014.

19

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come interplanetary vehicles, the ability to unhook ourselves from Earth’s firm grasp would be the first, if not the most important step, in this process. But is Searl’s version of such a flying saucer the way to go?

As Dana Custer of the Electric Spacecraft Journal (Vol. 1, No. 1, January-March 1991, Ashville, North Carolina), has pointed out, there are some difficulties here: “For a variety of reasons, Searl seems unable or unwilling to give out clarifying information. He has said that he has flown a number of these discs, and that some rose up, hovered, and then disappeared, going straight up into space. But where are the eye-witness accounts? The Barrettt report stated that there were indeed eye-witnesses, but they remain unidentified.

“Searl is considered pretentious by most of the scientific community; and his work, therefore, is thought to be suspect. He is a self-taught scholar; and his explanations may elude the more formally trained. The concepts involved are intriguing- electricity, magnetism, the glowing corona. The explanations are complicated; but they sound convincing.”

Naturally, we would all like to see the realization of the antigravity devices and resulting benefits that Searl’s explanations suggest. Custer admits that we all want this so much that we are, “willing to investigate even the most obscure references.” But it would be tremendous, at this point, to be able to interview some verifiable eye-witnesses. Or even better, how about being an eyewitness to the proper application of a Searl generator, actually noting the reproduced effects?

Part V “Wizard of Wall Street”

Roger W. Babson (1875-1967) was a selfmade man who amassed a great fortune on Wall Street by applying the laws of gravity toward making accurate stock market predictions. He was such an outstanding technical investor that many in the circles of high finance came to call him the “Wizard of Wall Street.” At the start of 1949, he dedicated a goodly portion of his vast financial resources to establish the Gravity Research Foundation (GRF) in New Boston, New Hampshire. The first meeting of Financial guru Roger W. Babson declared a one-man war the GRF was held on 19 January 1949; and on on gravity following the drowning of his older sister, who 1 December of the same year, the first awards was pulled down to the bottom of a river on the outskirts of Gloucester, Massachusetts, during his youth. for the best essays submitted on the subject of gravity were made.

Babson graduated from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in 1898 with a bachelor of science degree in engineering. It was Babson’s interest in gravity that propelled him to enroll at MIT. This fascination with gravity actually began back in Babson’s childhood, following the drowning of his older sister in a river on the outskirts of Gloucester, Massachusetts.

Babson referred to gravity as “our enemy number one” and then elaborated on the origin of his obsession in overcoming this force of nature: “She (his sister) was unable to fight gravity, which came up and seized her like a dragon and brought her to the bottom.”

20

Raymond Andrew Keller II At MIT, Babson’s favorite class was that taught by the engineering professor George F. Swain. Dr. Swain, to highlight his lectures and keep his students’ attention, used stock market charts to illustrate the application of Isaac Newton’s laws, most notably the law of action and reaction. Babson used the exercises learned in the class to develop his own method of analyzing the stock market and making profitable investments. From Dr. Swain, Babson learned how to

According to the Forex Trading Group, “The Andrews Pitchfork is an on-chart technical indicator that is drawn around recent price action. It falls into the category of channel indicator studies. The structure of the Andrews Pitchfork indicator consists of two parallel lines and a median line in the middle. In this manner, the Andrews Pitchfork drawing tool has three parallel levels which are equidistant. It is used to gauge the price behavior during an emerging or prevailing trend.” For further information, see https://forextraininggroup.com/rules-for-using-andrews-pitchfork-and-median-lines/.

draw a nominal line through zigzagging market action on financial charts. After moving on from MIT, Babson established his own investments firm and taught this technical skill to one of his brokers, Alan H. Andrews, who later refined it into “Andrew’s Pitchfork,” a now commonly utilized trendline indicator.

Interestingly, and unlike countless other investors, Babson and those following this technique were able to avoid the calamity of the stock market crash of 1929 by selling off early, reaping exceptionally high profits. Just a couple of weeks before the stock market plummeted to record lows, Babson remarked that, “Inasmuch as there was strong upward action, there would now have to follow a severe downward reaction,” adding that, “What comes up will come down, and the stock market will fall by its own weight.”

In the years following World War II, the theory of gravity was largely a neglected area of research in the scientific community and Babson wanted to energize it. To this end, he consulted his close associate, George M. Rideout, then President of Babson Reports, his primary stock analysis firm, as to how best to proceed to encourage the study of gravity. After some consideration, George Rideout advised him to start a foundation and to solicit ideas by offering annual awards for the best ideas submitted. Roger Babson accepted the advice and the GRF was formed. The GRF is still in existence, but still little known to most in the UFO community, to whom it should matter most.

According to the GRF website, “Babson’s main interest was to stimulate interest in the study of gravity. He hoped that ultimately unique and practical applications would be found.

21

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come His views were reflected by the wording in the announcement of the first essay competition that said the awards were to be given for suggestions for anti-gravity devices, for partial insulators, reflectors, or absorbers of gravity, or for some substance that can be rearranged by gravity to throw off heat. Although not specifically mentioned in the announcement, he was thinking of absorbing or reflecting gravity waves. The wording was unusual and the scientific community responded with a resounding lack of enthusiasm. George Rideout recognized that the wording discouraged the best scientists from submitting essays. He succeeded in convincing Babson that, if one understood completely the theory of gravity, one would understand its possible applications. He was able to modify the statement in the annual announcement of the essay competition so that it has been for many years, and almost from the beginning, stated that the awards are given for essays on the subject of gravitation, its theory, application, or effects.”

Although Babson’s obsession with gravity was considered, by most, nothing more than a “pipe dream” back in 1949, in today’s world the theory of gravity is one of the more active areas of research in theoretical physics. And most ufologists subscribing to the extraterrestrial hypothesis for the origin of UFOs would heartily agree that a thorough and comprehensive theory of gravity is needed to explain the existence of flying saucers as interplanetary spacecraft covering the immense distance between the stars in such presumably short time spans.

The GRF website acknowledges that Babson, if he were still alive, would certainly recognize that he erred in not thinking boldly enough. The site continues: “Instead of terrestrial applications, he should have thought of cosmological; instead of static fields, he should have thought of dynamic and radiative effects. Anti-gravity he would now know was associated with dark energy, rearranging matter to produce heat he would associate with Hawking radiation from black holes. He would be doubly excited to know that gravitational radiation has been observed and that a new window for cosmological events has been opened.

By any measure, he would feel vindicated in his judgment and satisfied that indeed the study of gravity was no longer being neglected, and it is likely that when gravitational radiation is observed, absorption by other galaxies will also be observed.”

In looking at gravity as a radiation, we now find ourselves right in line with the speculations offered by John R. R. Searl. In the next section, we shall look at the GRF essay winners for 1949 – 1953, and see how their research was coopted for the development of TOP SECRET aircraft in the United States during the mid-1950s, the beginnings of the so-called “Skunkworks” and In his later years, Roger W. Babson (left) continued to ponder the emergence of an anti-gravity aerospace a utopian future where the application of anti-gravity techtechnology that remains largely hidden, even nology would become a reality. Photo from Babson College unto this modern age. archives, Babson Park, Massachusetts.

22

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part VI Gravitational Screening Back in 1949, when David B. Wittry was studying for a bachelor of science degree in applied math and mechanics at the University of Wisconsin at Madison, the burgeoning young scientist was already thinking outside the box, especially when it came to challenging and reconceptualizing our then widely held, but erroneous concepts, about the unfeasibility of building anti-gravitation devices. In his award-winning essay submitted to Roger W. Babson’s Gravity Research Foundation (GRF) of New Boston, New Hampshire, in that year, on the “Possibility of Discovering an Absorber, Insulator or Reflector for Gravity Waves,” Wittry took note that, “Serious scientists are not supposed to concern themselves with freedom from gravity. Such David B. Wittry, Ph.D., Materials Science and Elecideas make exciting material for pulp magazines; but trical Engineering (1929-2007), early pioneer in anti-gravity research; for a thorough biography see anyone who seriously considers screens for gravity is http://www.davidwittry.com/. immediately set off as a potential crackpot.”

Wittry did not believe that this was fair. Scientific exploration should not be restrained as there are no limits in the acquisition of knowledge. “The method of science has always been one of careful observation, generalization and mathematical expression, and then deduction and prediction,” the young scientist asserted. He added that, “A theory to be valid must be found true in subsequent experimentation and observation. But the theory must be careful not to indicate anything which is known to be absent.”

Young Wittry felt that the then extant tendency in developing theories on gravity that ignored the one effect that could not be adequately explained, gravitational screening, was quite unfortunate. Of this phenomenon, he pointed out that, “Gravitational screening is the one effect crucial in all theories of gravitation. The absence of any gravitational screening would make gravitation almost unique among physical phenomena; while the existence of it would be contrary to the myriad daily observations made consciously or unconsciously by everyone.”

Wittry saw Newton’s law as a convenient starting point in looking at the subject of gravity, especially since it has stood up over the centuries in which other physical concepts were constantly changing. The university student was concerned about the overall implications of Newton’s law, especially if they can still hold up under the light of new observations. The way that Wittry saw it, Newton’s Law of Gravitation implied that gravity was independent of the following: 1. The physical condition of the mass- solid, liquid or gaseous, amorphous or crystalline.

2. The chemical composition of the masses.

3. The temperature of the masses or of the intervening medium.

4. The directional effects.

5. The nature of the intervening medium and that it acts as if were concentrated at the centroid of the masses for large distances.

23

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Any new theory on the mechanism of gravity must take into account even the slight existence of gravitational permeability. According to Wittry, “All the theories advanced in the two centuries from Newton to Einstein have failed because they indicated gravitational permeability, and because no such effect is definitely known to exist.”

Promising areas of research were foreseen by Wittry back in 1949, however, and these included particle theories and other theories that might help to explain gravity in terms of electromagnetic fields. As Wittry saw it, particle theories made gravitation a push due to greater pressure on the far sides of two bodies than between them. Unless the matter possessed some way to stop the particles in the form of waves or rays, there could be no gravitation between them. And as to electromagnetic field theories, the presence of a screen effect is also implied insofar as it is impossible to imagine any combination of electric and magnetic fields in which one or both elements are not subject varying permeability in matter. Interestingly, these lines of research corresponded nicely with the investigations then being conducted in the British Isles

by John R. R. Searl, which we covered in previous sections.

It is clear that the work being done at the GRF from the period of 1949-1953 was both keeping the subject of anti-gravity in the public’s attention as well as laying the groundwork which was pushing the subject into the realms of respectability in the scientific community.

By 1954, we will start to see more involvement in this subject on the part of the United States government, with lucrative contracts being awarded to universities and corporations for the development of actual anti-gravity technology and the construction of aerospace platforms that mimicked the speeds and maneuverability of the UFOs then being sighted in ever-increasing numbers the world over.

Buck dreams of an anti-gravity rocket from the Buck Rogers 2429 A.D. comic strip by Philip Nolan and Richard Calkins. The “Tiger Men of Mars” arc appeared in the Evening Gazette of Worcester, Massachusetts in the winter of 1929.

24

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part VII The work of the Gravity Research Foundation (GRF) of New Boston, Massachusetts, was proving invaluable in attempts at extending theories of anti-gravity into the general discourse of the scientific community, moving the subject from the realm of “crackpots” into abstraction and generalizations based on a wide array of observations and the results of sundry experimentation. In the GRF award-winning essay selected for 1950, a then graduate student in the physics department at Princeton University in New Jersey, Richard A. Ferrell, turned his attention to the two principal features of general relativity as a field theory and how it relates to the gravitational interaction of matter. These included: 1. The production of the field of disturbance in space by the matter existing elsewhere. One portion of space is Richard Alan Ferrell, Ph.D., Physics considered to influence (more strongly if it contains (1926-2005), early pioneer in anti-gravimatter) its neighbor, the latter to pass on the condition ty research; for a thorough biography see https://umdphysics.umd.edu/about-us/2in turn to its neighbor, and so on until the disturbance uncategorised/539-richard-a-ferrell-. html. has been extended throughout the universe. This situation is analogous to the spreading of waves over the surface of a pond. There are partial differential equations to describe accurately how the neighbors act on one another.

2. The exertion of actual forces upon matter at any given point by the field or disturbance which happens to exist at that point.

From his preliminary analysis of this two-part theory, Ferrell initially thought that he might be able to attack the problem of finding gravitational shields, absorbers, reflectors or similar devices through an investigation of either of the two aspects separately. He was hoping to find a new way of producing the field or a new way of having the field act upon the matter. However, Ferrell noted in his GRF 1950 essay on the “Possibility of New Gravitational Effects,” that, “A particle which, according to the second aspect of the theory, is acted upon by the field will also produce a field of its own. When this is added to the original field already present, one is able to describe the total field in terms of the equations of the first aspect of this theory. These equations require the field at every point of space to change in a certain manner with time, and thereby also specify the way the portion due to the particle alone varies with time.”

The young scientist continued to clarify this complex subject: “But because the particle and the field it produces are intimately connected, we consequently see that the motion of the particle is also determined by the first aspect and that the second aspect is not actually a separate, independent phase of the theory. The realization and proof of this fact is a development of recent years. More precisely, Einstein, Schild and Infield have proved that the equation of motion of a particle can be derived from gravitational field equations.”

Essentially, following Einstein’s long road of equations had led Ferrell down to a dead-end street when it came to finding any possible access it might afford to new and useful effects such as the shield, reflection or absorption of the gravitational field. The scientist surmised that, “This does not mean that new effects are not likely to be discovered. However, these future 25

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come effects will surely be rather subtle to have gone unnoticed for so long. Such, for example, was the case with the discovery of the laws of electromagnetism by Faraday and Maxwell. Only much later did these slight and previously unnoticed phenomena become the basis of dynamos, electric motors, radio, etc.”

Farrell did admit that the scientific community of the early 1950s should remain optimistic about finding a unified field theory which will adequately describe both gravitation and electrodynamics. He noted that Einstein’s latest theory had not yet reached that important stage; but, in the young scientist’s estimation, Einstein’s theorizing gave every indication of at least moving in the right direction toward achieving this end. Clearly, when such a comprehensive theory appears on the scene, it should give many predictions of completely unsuspected phenomena, depending upon the interaction of electric charges and the gravitational field. The great difficulty with laboratory experiments involving general relativity, however, would be in measuring the extremely small effects.

The Princeton graduate student addressed this issue: “However,” he declared, “if coupled with the much stronger electrical effects, general relativity might be made an experimental field of investigation and brought into the laboratory for the first time. Work in both the theoretical and hopefully, later the experimental aspects of this subject should be strongly encouraged as it could be very fruitful.”

What history has shown is that a frontal attack in science does not necessarily prove to be the most successful approach. Endeavors that are guided primarily by the desire to know and to understand the laws of nature have proven to be the ones that have resulted in becoming the most beneficial to the progress of humankind; take the example of backyard mechanics like John Roy Robert Searl in the United Kingdom trying to build their own versions of flying saucers or Nikola Tesla designing electric airships based on dreams and visions.

Of the two aspects of Einstein’s theory, however, Ferrell did admit that, “There is only one feature to consider in Replica of I-beam composed of unknown surveying known and in scouting for unknown gravitational alloy and inscribed in type of hieroglyphics recovered from the Roswell, New Mexico, UFO effects, viz. the production of the field by matter.” Isn’t it crash site on 7 July 1947 by Army Air Corps crash retrieval detachment personnel. Entire interesting to note that Searl postulated that gravity was craft was supposedly fabricated with the same a particle? Since it emitted radiation, he assumed it has a alloy. mass.

26

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part VIII The 1951 annual award of the Gravity Research Foundation (GRF) of New Boston, New Hampshire, went to Myron Jordan Lover, Ph.D., Thermodynamics, of Ozone Park, New York, for his essay on the “Thermodynamic Aspects of Gravithermels.”

According to Lover, “In spite of their many shortcomings, the concepts of thermodynamics still enjoy referee status for problems concerning heat and other forms of energy. It is sometimes fortunate,” he noted, “that the laws of thermodynamics are based on experience rather than pure reason. Thus, when we pose the question, ‘Is it possible to discover any alloy the temperature of which can be affected by gravity waves?’ thermodynamics replies with a resounding affirmative, but only after we have subjected specific systems to its scrutiny.

“It is comforting to realize that such alloys are neither startling nor unprecedented. Thermodynamics anticipates their discovery, sanctions their use by reference to systems currently accepted in Trevor James Constable (1925our philosophy, and even tells us the properties we ought to seek 2016) at the 1957 Interplanetary in order to discover the most efficient alloys.”

Spacecraft Convention at Giant Lover created the term “gravithermels” to designate those Rock Airport in Landers, Califoralloys which may be heated or cooled by gravity waves. The nia. Trevor was the first to propose the idea that UFOs were themselves scientist maintained that his coining of this word followed the ethereal beings from a quantum modern practice that has produced such words as “thermistor” and dimension projecting only the image of physical spaceships. electrad.” And in his broadened definition of gravithermel alloys, Lover included non-metallic systems that allowed for the removal of needless restrictions put on the practical application of his ideas, with conclusions independent of the chemical nature of the materials involved.

“Space Critter” Theory With respect to the UFO phenomenon, this opens up some interesting possibilities. Trevor James Constable (1925-2016), a native of New Zealand and communications officer for ships of the Matson Line, was also known as one of the contactees of the 1950s and frequent speaker at George Van Tassel’s Interplanetary Spacecraft Conventions out at Giant Rock Airport in Landers, California. As a pioneer ufologist, he advanced the “space critter” theory in his book, They Live in the Sky (Los Angeles, California: New Age Publishing, 1958). The author describes his own telepathic contact with an invisible being, and how, at the suggestion of this ethereal intelligence, he began experimenting with infrared film in conjunction with the elementary principles of spiritual science.

From this entity, Constable learns that flying saucers operate mainly in a quantum universe, unseen by humans but on rare occasions. Some of the UFOs that we do observe, however, consist of both physical craft and living, biological creatures. The book shatters many misconceptions generally held by ufologists and offers, instead, the twin premises that these UFOs are ultradimensional and living organisms that take on the appearance of spacecraft when they materialize in our atmosphere, possibly playing off the observer’s shared conceptions of flying 27

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come saucers and their occupants in the collective consciousness. These entities, emanations from a quantum universe, would certainly have ethereal bodies that defied the known laws of our reality. In one sense, these entities can be viewed as consubstantial with the perceived UFOs, thereby exhibiting the ability to morph into anything they wish to project to us. This is where a tie-in comes with the work in thermodynamics conducted by Dr. Myron Jordan Lover.

On the other hand, Constable does not discount the possibility that some of the UFOs may, indeed, be extraterrestrial spaceships of a physical nature. Examples of the physical material from these types of UFOs may have been recovered by Air Force’s Space Reconnaissance Office, headquartered in Dayton, Ohio. The universe is a big place, after all. There is a plenty of room for endless multitudes of intelligences at all planes of existence, all densities, all dimensions, all modalities.

Ultraviolet camcorder footage of bioenergentic phenomenon similar to that described by Trevor James Constable taken by paranormal researcher Nik Hayes from the roof of his home on the outskirts of Oxford in the United Kingdom on 18 July 2016. See Journal of Psychiatric Orgone Therapy, 15 July 2019, https://www.psychorgone.com/tag/trevor-james-constable.

In returning to Dr. Lover’s essay, however, we see that he provides the equations which demonstrate that substances varying in temperature under the influence of gravity waves were already known. The question, therefore, is reduced to one of degree rather than kind.

Thermodynamics pointed out the way to the production of alloys which may be on the orders of magnitude more efficient than previously known, or even suspected.

28

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part IX From Anti-Gravity Theory to Application Gabor Strasser of New York City was the first-place winner of the 1952 Gravity Research Foundation (GRF) national award for his essay on “Gravity and the Dimensional Constant ‘G’.” In this paper, Strasser looked at various experiments performed in the field of physics taking into account Newton’s Second Law, the Universal Gravitation Equation, Electric Fields and Magnetic Fields. All experiments carried out within the context of these areas of investigation expressed the physical quantity of force within their respective equations. Since the dawn of the Age of Flying Saucers in the summer However, the physical dimension of force of 1947, the idea of creating functional anti-gravity space vehicles of our own has been foremost in the mind of defense seemed to be different in all four cases; and this planners. Above, artist’s conception of the vertical rising discinconsistency could not be accounted for due shaped aircraft under development in the mid to late 1950s for the United States Air Force through a contract with Avro to the following reasons: Aviation, Ltd., of Canada.

1. Physical dimensions are the sole agents that identify uniquely physical quantities. Therefore, identical quantities must have identical dimensions.

2. All four forces expressed by the respective four equations were the same, identical physical quantities; but they had different dimensions; and 3. Gabor Strasser had to conclude that some adjustments needed to be made in order to arrive at a true, unique dimension for force. These adjustments needed to be made with physical justifications, where the electric field and the magnetic field have justifiable dimensional proportionality constants, a dielectric constant and permeability, respectively.

These issues were dealt with at length in Strasser’s essay in the context of a thorough dimensional analysis. While some of the applications of dimensional analysis to ‘G’ seem to be impractical, the physicist did succeed in outlining several possible approaches; and the valid explanation of some of the dimensions in ‘G’ seem to indicate that the key to harnessing gravity might be found through the proper identification of ‘G,’ the Universal Gravitational Constant.

Strasser defined the force of gravity as an “apparently inexhaustible force.” He added that, “It should be considered as an asset and might eventually serve as a catalyst to get cheap, but not free power.”

Strasser was born in Budapest, Hungary, in 1929. Like Nikola Tesla, Strasser immersed himself in the study of electricity and physics while growing up in Europe. It wasn’t until two years after his award-winning essay that he obtained his Bachelor of Civil Engineering at the City College of New York. In 1959, he went on to achieve a Master of Science at the University of Buffalo in New York; and in 1968, he completed another Master of Science in the Program for Management Development at Harvard University in Cambridge, Massachusetts. Interestingly, his study of physics led him into deeper metaphysical research, whence he earned a Master of 29

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Divinity from the Virginia Theological Seminary at Alexandria, Virginia, in 1992.

The Hungarian born physicist led an intriguing career with companies on the cutting-edge of technology. He was a research engineer at Bell Aircraft Company in Buffalo, New York, 19561961, and a project leader at Boeing Airplane Company in Seattle, Washington, 1961-1962.

He also served as a department head at the Mitre Corporation in Bedford, Massachusetts and Washington, D.C. during the period 1962-1968.

Strasser was also the Vice President, Urban Institute, Washington, D.C., 1968-1969; technical assistant to the president’s science adviser at the White House, 1969-1971, executive secretary to the president’s Science and Technical Policy Panel, 1970-1971, and planning director at the Battelle Memorial Institute, Columbus, Ohio, 1971-1973. His last position before retiring was as President of Strasser Associates, Inc., Washington, D. C., 1973-1992.

It therefore appears that the captains of industry were beginning to take anti-gravity research quite seriously. The work of the GRF had moved from the fringes of scientific thought into the arena of active research into gravity’s practical applications. This trend became all the more apparent with the winner of the GRF’s 1953 award winner, Dr. Bryce S. DeWitt of the Radiation Laboratory of the University of California at Berkley. It was his paper, “New Directions for Research in the Theory of Gravitation,” that spurred his appointment by the newly-elected President Dwight D. Eisenhower in 1954 to serve as chair to a special Department of Defense high-level investigations team composed of leading physicists and the top engineers of America’s aviation corporations, coming together for the purpose of constructing a viable space vehicle.

Dr. DeWitt, in his essay, noted that, “Just as electromagnetism can be split into an electric and a magnetic part, so can gravitation be split into two parts- one being that produced by static matter and the other that produced by moving matter. The gauge group of electrodynamics has its counterpart in the coordinate transformation group of gravidynamics. The electromagnetic and gravitational fields both propagate with the speed of light.”

The professor also wrote that, “Every form of energy produces its own gravitational field.

The gravitational field is all-pervading.”

In the European edition of the New York Herald Tribune of 20 November 1955, the existence of the joint corporate and government anti-gravity project was revealed, with its Military and Aviation Editor, Ansel E. Talbert, declaring that the mighty efforts of these joint corporate and engineering endeavors were placed on a par with those of building ever-more devastating hydrogen bombs or launching an artificial moon into orbit around our planet. In the 21 November 1955 edition, in the second of a series of three articles about the TOP SECRET anti-gravity project, Talbert further revealed that, “Many thoughtful theoretical scientists and practical engineers see a ‘space vehicle’ degravitized to a neutral weight and following an electrodynamically-controlled route charted by radar as the ultimate answer.”

He learned that following consultations by high-ranking Department of Defense officials with Dr. Hermann Oberth, the German rocket pioneer who was then working on the development of guided missiles for the United States Army, that, “It would take about 40,000 tons of liquid propellants to lift a payload of only two tons beyond the Earth’s gravitation.” In search of a more economical and satisfactory method of space flight, it was decided to invest heavily in the development of anti-gravity technology and that a viable anti-gravity spaceship could be functioning within 25 years.

30

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part X It was clear by the mid-1950s that the American government and the militaryindustrial complex had teamed up to foster a revolution in power and aerospace applications utilizing the forces of anti-gravity. Longestablished companies in the United States aircraft and electronic industries were contracted by the Department of Defense to initiate an incredible program to discover the secrets of gravity and create revolutionary new propulsion systems that would mimic the From Keller Venus Files: Dr. Charles T. Dozier, left, senior power and maneuverability demonstrated in research engineer and guided missiles expert of the Convair the ever-elusive flying saucers seen in increasing Division of General Dynamics Corporation, conducts an antigravity research experiment with Martin Kaplan, Convair numbers in our skies. As noted previously, senior electronics engineer.

American scientists had come a long way since 1948 and the establishment of the Gravity Research Foundation (GRF) of New Boston, New Hampshire, by the Wall Street wizard and philanthropist, Roger W. Babson, toward unlocking the greatest unsolved mystery of the known universe, the manipulation of the force of antigravity. Babson was thoroughly convinced that there must exist a physical mechanism for the propagation of anti-gravity which can be discovered and ultimately controlled. No doubt, this momentous advance would herald a new age in the generation of a tremendous power that could be utilized in transportation and many other fields, even eclipsing atomic power.

But most importantly, such a discovery would exercise a tremendous impact in the field of aerospace design, for this is where the problem of fighting the effects of gravity has always been the basic concern.

Fantastic Possibility Writing in the European edition of the Sunday, 20 November 1955, New York Herald Tribune, military and aviation editor Ansel E. Talbert, made the following comments concerning the potential inherent in the utilization of the force of anti-gravity: “One almost fantastic possibility is that if gravity can be understood scientifically and negated or neutralized in some relatively inexpensive manner, it will be possible to build aircraft, Earth satellites and even space ships that will move swiftly into outer space, without strain, beyond the pull of the Earth’s gravity field. They would not have to wrench themselves away through the brute force of powerful rockets and through expenditures of expensive chemical fuels.”

Beyond Babson’s GRF, the Herald Tribune military and aviation editor revealed that pure research on gravity was then being conducted in some form at the Institute for Advanced Study and Princeton University, both in Princeton, New Jersey, in addition to the University of Indiana’s School of Advanced Mathematical Studies and the Purdue University Research Foundation, both in West Lafayette, Indiana.

A scientific group from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), which encourages original research in pure and applied science, also felt that it was imperative to attend a seminar of the GRF held in New Boston, New Hampshire, in January 1954, at which Clarence Birdseye, 31

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come the inventor and industrialist was present. Birdseye gave the world its first packed, quick-frozen foods and laid the foundation for today’s frozen foods industry. Birdseye, seeing eye-to-eye with Babson on the vast potential of anti-gravity, felt that the field might be a fertile ground for the funding of investment opportunities.

And at the beginning of November 1955, the board of trustees at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill announced that financing was approved for the establishment of an Institute of Pure Physics, which would primarily carry out theoretical research on gravity. This initiative was proposed by the university’s president, Dr. Gordon Gray, who once served as Secretary of the Army, Assistant Secretary of Defense and Special Assistant to the President of the United States. People in important places were decidedly interested in moving developments in anti-gravity research along.

Funding Collected

From Keller Venus Files: In 1955, George S. Trimble, Jr., vice president in charge of advanced design planning at Martin Aircraft Corporation, organized the Research Institute for Advanced Study to investigate gravitational effects.

Talbert revealed that the majority of funding to make the institute possible was collected by Agnew H. Bahnson, Jr., an industrialist from Winston-Salem, North Carolina. With the unanimous approval of the board of trustees, the university administration was in the process of making decisions as to the institute’s scope and appropriate personnel. The directorship was offered to Dr. Bryce S. DeWitt of the Radiation Laboratory at the University of California at Berkeley, who also was the author of the GRF’s 1953 award-winning essay, “New Directions for Research in the Theory of Gravitation” (See Part IX of this chapter). Dr. DeWitt accepted the leadership position.

Aviation Companies Onboard As of November 1955, Talbert learned of the active backing of a general program to try and discover how gravity is propagated by many United States companies in the aviation industry. These included the Glenn L. Martin Company of Baltimore, Maryland, the builders of the nation’s first giant, jet-powered flying boat; Convair of San Diego, California, designers and builders of the huge B-36 intercontinental bomber and the world’s first vertical take-off fighter; Bell Aircraft of Buffalo, New York, builders of the first piloted airplane to fly faster than sound and a “vertical take-off and landing jet plane;” as well as the Sikorsky Division of United Aircraft, pioneer helicopter builders.

32

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part XI Besides the Bell, Convair, Martin and United Aircraft-Sikorsky Helicopter Division, in late 1955, we discover that Lear, Inc. of Santa Monica, California, one of the world’s largest builders of automatic pilots for airplanes; Clarke Electronics of Palm Springs, California, a pioneer in its field; and the Sperry-Rand Corporation of Great Neck, Long Island, which was then doing important work in the development of guided missiles and Earth satellites for the Department of Defense, also had scientists investigating the problem of developing an anti-gravity propulsion device.

European Expertise Brought Onboard In the 20 November 1955 European edition of the New York Herald Tribune newspaper, Ansel E. Talbert, its Military and Aviation Editor, informed us that Martin Aircraft had recently put under contract two of Europe’s leading authorities on theories of gravitation and electromagnetic fields: Dr. Burkhard Heim of Göttingen University in Germany and Dr Pascual Jordan of Hamburg University, also in Germany. At the time, Göttingen University was perceived as being on the cutting edge of aerodynamics and physics with its faculty scientists making many outstanding discoveries in these areas, all of which Dr. Heim played a leading role. Dr. Heim worked for Germany’s Bureau of Standards during World War II and firmly believed that gravity can be overcome. Although he lost his eyesight and hearing, and even had both arms blown off at the elbows during the war as the result of a rocket explosion, he dictated his theories and mathematical calculations to his wife. As for the accomplishments of Dr. Jordan, he was the Max Planck Medal winner for his important paper, “Gravity and the Universe,” which had excited scientists and researchers around the world as to the emerging possibilities from new breakthroughs in the study of anti-gravity.

George S. Trimble, Jr., the vice-president in charge of advanced design planning at Martin, was then building in Maryland, just to the north of Washington, D.C., a new laboratory for the Research Institute for Advanced Study, where Dr. Heim and Dr. Jordan could supervise the conduct of a theoretical investigation into the implications for future gravity research in the “unified field theory” of the late Dr. Albert From Keller Venus Files: Anti-Gravitation and Aviation. At Einstein. meeting in Maryland, November 1955, George S. Trimble, Jr., vice-president in charge of advanced planning of Martin The general manager of the new facility, Aircraft Company, left, discussing the application of antiWelcome Bender, told the journalist Talbert gravitational research to aviation with two Martin aerospace that, “This new facility would have no scientists, J. D. Pierson, center, and William B. Yates, right. Be connection with the day-to-day business of sure to check out Part XII of this chapter to see the actual flying saucer they were developing behind the scenes, in concert building airplanes.” At the time, early pioneers with the government, aircraft and electronic companies, and of UFO investigation found that hard to believe. millions of investment dollars.

33

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come

Space Research Engineer at Hughes Aircraft and editor of George Adamski’s books and newsletters. In September 1961, at his Pasadena, California, home, Honey revealed that, “I had been present with Adamski when various representatives of the government or the military were at his residence asking for information. I still back up his original contact claims and was with him on one of them.”

The well-known California contactee George Adamski pondered the question of, “Why would the government and a consortium of wealthy industrialists finance the construction of such a scientific institute with such lofty aims and expect nothing in return for their investment?” Adamski frequently told audiences that came to his Venus presentations that he knew of the debris from three crashed saucers, two that went down in New Mexico and the other one in Sonora, Mexico, that were retrieved by reconnaissance teams from the Air Force Office of Scientific Investigations (AFOSI). The crashed saucers were supposedly being back-engineered and rebuilt in a hangar at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Ohio.2 Perhaps these German specialists contracted to work on the anti-gravity project could fill AFOSI in on some of the details of the propulsion systems onboard the recovered extraterrestrial scout ships.

And perchance to dispel such speculation, Talbert made it a point in his groundbreaking article that state that, “Up to now, no scientist or engineer- so far as is known in scientific circles- has produced the slightest alternation in the magnitude or direction of gravitational ‘force,’ although many cranks and crackpots have claimed to be able to do this with ‘perpetual motion machines.’

“There is no scientific knowledge or generally accepted theory about the speed with which it travels across interplanetary space, making any two material particles or bodies, if free to move, accelerate toward each other.”

Intensive Efforts Behind the Scenes Something really amazing and wonderful was going on behind the scenes. By the start of 1956, it was apparent that the efforts of the business, defense and scientific community in the United States to understand gravity and universal gravitation at both the subatomic and universal levels, were starting to yield results. The enthusiastic backing of the nation’s physicists, as well as those imported from Europe to work on these projects, provides ample evidence of tremendous developments already afoot.

Keep in mind that Dr. Edward Teller of the University of California, the scientist who was primarily credited with developing the hydrogen bomb; Dr. J. Robert Oppenheimer, director of the Institute for Advanced Study at Princeton University; Dr. Freeman J. Dyson, theoretical physicist at the same institute, and Dr. John Wheeler, professor of physics at Princeton, gentlemen who also worked on the Manhattan Project and the equations of nuclear fission, felt very sure that if then current team of scientists working on gravitational research could take the same cooperative approach that they did in uncovering the secrets of the atom, then it was a surety that their pure research into the secrets of gravity would be highly successful, far exceeding the broadening of human knowledge. Perhaps their investigations might even propel humankind to the stars!

2 For a greater understanding of the Venusian space ships’ utilization of the principles of “pro-gravitic” propulsion principles, your attention is invited to Chapter 3, “Space Ships and Gravity,” in George Adamski’s Flying Saucers Farewell (New York, New York: Abelard-Shuman, Ltd., 1961).

34

Raymond Andrew Keller II Part XII Back To Futurism Back in 1955, other top-ranking scientists brought in to work on the anti-gravity project were Dr. Vaclav Hlavaty of the University of Indiana, who actually served with Dr. Albert Einstein on the faculty of Charles University in Prague, Czechoslovakia (now the Czech Republic), and later taught mathematics at the Sorbonne in Paris; and from the Princeton Institute for Advanced Study in New Jersey, Dr. Stanley Deser and Dr. Richard Arnowitt.

Hlavaty and the Correct Interpretation of Einstein Dr. Hlavaty expressed his opinion that gravity is simply one aspect of electromagnetism, From Keller Venus Files: Eugene M. Gluhareff, president the basis of all cosmic forces, and that eventually of the Gluhareff Helicopter and Airplane Corporation of it may be controlled in much the same way that Manhattan Beach, California, commissioned this painting we exercise control over light and radio waves of the “Flying Saucer of the Future” and unveiled it at a late 1955 meeting of aviation and electronics company executoday. tives. According to Gluhareff, the saucer was designed “for While it is commonly believed that Einstein exploring far beyond the Earth’s atmosphere and gravity field. expressly declared that the speed of light was The painting shows the flying saucer operating at ‘moderate absolute and that nothing could even exist speed’ over the New England countryside.” The business leader to “a propulsive blast of the electron beams from the beyond this speed, Hlavaty revealed that pointed rear of the saucer, giving it a translational force.” He specuEinstein, shortly before his death, denied that lated that such a craft could conceivably “fly to Venus and he ever made such a statement: “What Einstein back in thirty minutes,” since the speed of light was not even considered a limiting factor in the drive unit. did say was that around 186,000 miles per second, mass would become infinite, that your backside would become your frontside, and time, at least as we conceive it, would come to a stop. In other words, there is no reason, theoretical or otherwise, why that particular speed cannot be exceeded.”

The Czech physicist also declared that his associate in Prague, Dr. Albert Einstein, had indeed completed his major work on discovering a unified field theory that would encompass all cosmic forces in a single equation. “There is also a widely held belief,” said Hlavaty, “possibly one that has been deliberately encouraged, that Einstein’s work on his ‘unified field theory’ had not reached its final stage when his death left this work to be completed, presumably, by still From Keller Venus Files: Dr. Vaclav other minds, yet to develop it.”

Hlavaty, an associate researcher in physics with Dr. Albert Einstein in Europe, claimed the speed of light was not a limiting factor for a spaceship equipped with an anti-gravity drive.

35

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Dr. Hlavaty explained if he was stopped in his important work, there were still many others with the knowledge needed to enable them to continue his investigations into the nature of gravity, “with or without official approval.”

Finding the Gravity Key As for Dr. Deser and Dr. Arnowitt, they shared the opinion that then recently discovered nuclear and subatomic particles of high energy, extremely hard to explain back in 1955, would prove to be the key that unlocks the mystery of gravity. It was their suggestion that the new particles might logically be seen as the basic gravitational energy being automatically and continually converted in an ever-expanding universe “directly into the most useful nuclear and electromagnetic forms.”

In a joint scientific paper on the nature of these particles, the doctors concluded that, “One of the most hopeful aspects of the problem is that until recently, gravitation could be observed but not experimented on in any controlled fashion; while now, with the advent of the past two years of the new high energy accelerators (the Cosmotron and the more recent Berkeley Bevatron), the new particles which have been linked with the gravitational field can be examined and worked with at will.”

The Cosmotron was a particle accelerator, specifically a proton synchrotron, at Brookhaven National Laboratory. Its construction was approved by the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission in 1948. It reached its full energy in 1953, and it continued running until 1966 and was dismantled in 1969. The Bevatron, built in 1954 and run by the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory on a hill overlooking the campus of the University of California at Berkeley, also served, and continues to serve, as an accelerator in which protons are raised to energies of several billion electron-volts by modulating the frequency of the accelerating voltage. Tasking and operation of the Bevatron is supervised by the Department of Energy.

The Interplanetary Spaceship In the next day’s European edition of the New York Herald Tribune, on 21 November 1955, military and aviation editor Ansel E. Talbert continued with his groundbreaking series on the progress being made with anti-gravity research in the United States and the development of Earth’s first interplanetary spaceship, propelled by anti-gravitational forces, that was then already on the drawing board. Part II in Talbert’s series, “Spaceship Marvel Seen If Gravity Is Outwitted: Speeds of Thousands of Miles an Hour Without a Jolt Held Likely,” noted that since American scientists had begun to think of the Earth itself as a giant magnet, many throughout the United States aircraft and electronic industries are becoming excited over the “possibility of using its magnetic and gravitational fields as a medium of support for amazing ‘flying vehicles’ which will not depend on the air for lift.”

Talbert commented that in the near future we could expect to see “spaceships capable of accelerating in a few seconds to speeds many thousands of miles an hour and making sudden changes of course at these speeds without subjecting their passengers to the so-called ‘G-forces’ caused by gravity’s pull.” Essentially, these spaceships would mimic the power, speed and maneuverability of the flying saucers then seen peppering American skies.

The concepts that would make these types of spacecraft possible were incorporated into a TOP SECRET program that was designed to solve the secrets of gravity and universal gravitation already in progress at many of the nation’s leading scientific laboratories and long36

Raymond Andrew Keller II established industrial firms. Although these scientists still did not know much about gravity and its relationship to electromagnetism, nuclear research and experimentation with “highenergy machines” in 1955, such as that conducted at Brookhaven in New York and Berkeley in California, provided a “flood of new evidence” believed to exercise a significant bearing on attaining the goal of fabricating such a working spaceship.

In Part XIII in this chapter, we look at the involvement and backing of William P. Lear, the inventor and chairman of the board of Lear, Inc., one of the nation’s then largest electronic firms specializing in aviation. All along, chief executive officer Lear had been watching closely and going over with his chief scientists and engineers the new theories and developments taking place related to the construction of the first American version of a workable flying saucer.

Part XIII William P. Lear Joins the Fray Insofar as the top American scientists in the fields of engineering and physics had joined in various corporate, government funded programs at the end of 1955 to develop an anti-gravitational propulsion system that could duplicate the power and maneuverability of the flying saucers, William P. Lear, the inventor and chairman of the board of Lear, Inc., one of the nation’s largest electronics firms specializing in aviation, decided that it was time for him and his corporation to enter the fray. It seems that all along Lear had been monitoring new developments and theories relating to gravity William P. Lear (26 June 1902-14 May 1978), points out key with his own chief engineers and scientists of features in revolutionary turbine engine for jet fighter craft. varied other specialties.

In 1949, Lear received the Robert J. Collier Trophy from United States President Harry S. Truman on behalf of the National Aeronautic Association, for “the greatest achievement in aviation in America,” through his development of a lightweight, automatic pilot and approach control system for jet fighter planes. As far as the anti-gravity investigations then underway in late 1955, in an interview with Ansel E. Talbert, the Military and Aviation Editor of the New York Herald Tribune, that was published in the 21 November 1955 edition of that newspaper, Lear declared, “I am convinced that it will be possible to create artificial electro-gravitational fields whose polarity can be controlled to cancel out gravity.” He added that, “All the mass materials and human beings within these fields will be part of them. They will be adjustable so as to increase or decrease the weight of any object in its surroundings. They won’t be affected by the Earth’s gravity or that of any other celestial object. This means that if any person was in an anti-gravitational airplane or spaceship that carried along its own gravitational field- no matter how fast you accelerated or changed course- your body wouldn’t any more feel it than it now feels the speed of the Earth.”

37

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Michael Faraday “Living the Life Electric”

Back in merry old nineteenth century England, creative scientist Michael Faraday (22 September 1791-25 August 1867), contributed greatly to our overall study and understanding of electromagnetism and electrochemistry. His main discovery came in revealing the principles underlying electromagnetic induction, diamagnetism and electrolysis. There is no doubt that Faraday’s pioneering research into all facets of electricity and magnetism paved the way for the construction of artificial “electro-magnets,” in which magnetism is produced by means of electric currents. These electromagnets retain the property of magnetism so long as the current is flowing, ergo an electromagnet can be made by winding around a soft iron core a coil of insulated wire carrying electrical current. The strength of the electromagnet will, therefore, depend primarily on the number of turns in the coil rather than the strength of the current.

Faraday’s Discoveries Still “Sparking” Consciousness Building on Michael Faraday’s research and discoveries, Talbert noted that, “Even today America’s rapidly expanding electronics industry is constantly finding new uses for electromagnets. For example, Jack Fletcher, a young electronics and aeronautical engineer of West Covina, California, has just built a ‘Twenty-First Century Home’ containing an electronic stove functioning by magnetic repulsion,” among other appliances, such as the lamp illustrated above.

Floating Pan Inspires Further Research Fletcher’s stove contained seven coils of wire mounted on laminated iron cores and contained inside a plywood cabinet. The magnetic field from these coils induced “eddy currents” in an aluminum cooking pan nineteen inches in diameter. These currents interact with and lift the pan into space like a “miniature flying saucer.” The cooking pan literally floats about two inches in the air above the stove in a stabilized condition. The eddy currents generate the heat that warms the pan while the stovetop literally remains cold. The aluminum pan can also hold pots and be used as a griddle. Basically, the Fletcher stove was but one of several types of more familiar magnetic repulsion gadgets in use back in 1955, to the include the mysterious “floating metal ball” then seen in many science exhibits.

While no type of electromagnet known to science or industry back in 1955 could have any application toward building a real flying vehicle, Eugene M. Gluhareff, the president of the Gluhareff Helicopter and Airplane In October 1954, engineer Jack Fletcher demonstrates revoluCorporation of Manhattan Beach, California, tionary lamp in his West Covina, California, “Twenty-First Century Home.” Source: Popular Mechanics magazine. had made several theoretical design studies of saucer-shaped vehicles for travel into outer space, having atomic generators of electric power as their basic engines. Gluhareff was in agreement with Lear, that adding atomic power to the equation was a “sure fire” way to get an anti-gravity spaceship “off the ground,” so to speak.

Eugene Gluhareff was the son of Michael E. Gluhareff, the chief designer for Dr. Igor I. Sikorsky, the helicopter and multi-engine aircraft pioneer. Dr. Sikorsky and Michael Gluhareff won the Alexander Klemin award, one of the highest honors in the field of aviation, and were, 38

Raymond Andrew Keller II themselves, deeply interested in the problem of overcoming gravitation. The younger Gluhareff had also proven himself quite an aviation engineer, having advanced the designs for many conventional aircraft then in common use. With an eye to the future of aircraft development, however, Eugene Gluhareff noted that, “I envision the electric power obtained from the atomic generators operating electronic reactorsthat is, obtaining propulsion by the acceleration of electrons to a very high velocity and expelling them into space in the same manner that hot gases are expelled from jet engines. Such an arrangement would not pollute the atmosphere with radioactive vapors.”

The younger Gluhareff continued: “Because of its long-lasting fuel, an atomic-electronic flying disk would be able to control its acceleration to any speed desired and there would be no need for being ‘shot into space.’” He further 4 January 1955: Mrs. Joan Fletcher demonstrates cooking explained this process to the New York Herald- skills with the floating pan electromagnetically suspended over Tribune correspondent, noting that radial elec- her husband Jack’s magnetic repulsion stove. Source: Popular Mechanics magazine. tronic beams around the saucer’s rim would be operating constantly and would sustain flight by essentially “acting against gravity.” Such control can be achieved by a slight differentiation of the deflection of electronic beams in either direction. Basically, what it comes down to is that the beams would act in much the same way that an orthodox airplane’s ailerons and elevator function.

Eugene Gluhareff finds himself in good company. Dr. Pascual Jordan of Hamburg University in Germany, one of the world’s leading authorities on gravitation who proved many parts of Dr. Max Planck’s quantum theory, concurs that, “It will be possible to induce sustainable changes in the gravitational fields of rotating masses through electromagnetic research.” Dr. Jordan, at the time he made this statement, was working on an anti-gravitational research project for the Martin Aircraft Company of Baltimore, Maryland.

Also jumping on the bandwagon was Normal V. Petersen of the Sperry Gyroscope Division of the SperryRand Corporation of Great Neck, Long Island, New York.

As president of the American Astronautical Society, Back to the Future, for real. Here Jack and Petersen attended a TOP SECRET meeting with newlyJoan Fletcher of West Covina, California, are seen driving their children, left to right in elected president Dwight D. Eisenhower and other leaders back seat: Johnny, 21 months, Janie, 3 yrs., of countries in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and Ricky, 21 months. Where they were going, (NATO) held in Copenhagen, Denmark, in 1955, to discuss they didn’t need roads!

39

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come the possibility of launching an “Earth satellite” to monitor military activities of the Soviet Union from a position in outer space. Apparently, he and other scientists briefing the presidents and prime ministers of the NATO nations, were of the same mind in corroborating the theory that “nuclear-powered- or solar powered- ion-electron beam reactors will give impetus to the conquest of space.”

Keep reading this chapter for Part XIV in this series, where we look at the involvement of world-class scientists working under the direction of corporate and government leaders in developing plans for anti-gravity spaceships to explore the Moon and other planets of our solar system.

Part XIV Optimism About Anti-Gravity Spaceships In late 1955, the interest in finding out whether gravity could be controlled or “cancelled out” was not confined to the imaginative young graduates of engineering and scientific schools, as it was at the beginning of the decade. Rather, the corporate leaders of America’s largest aviation and electronics companies were taking an active role in securing government contracts to actually develop advanced aircraft propelled by anti-gravity drives. Some of these two industries’ most experienced and highly regarded executives were already engaged directly in financing the theoretical research and experimentation From Keller Venus Files: Lawrence D. Bell, founder and presinecessary to eventually build “hardware” in the dent of Bell Aircraft Corporation of Buffalo, New York, uses a configurations of planes, Earth satellites and Japanese ivory ball to illustrate his view that humans before long will operate planes outside the Earth’s atmosphere, then interplanetary spaceships which, in the words outside the gravity field of the Earth. The Air Force test pilots of Lawrence D. Bell, founder and president of with him are Lt. Col. Frank J. Everest (left), Maj. Charles Bell Aircraft Corporation in Buffalo, New York, Yeager (in light suit, center), and in uniform next to President Bell, Major Arthur Murray. “can go where we want and do what we want without interference from gravity’s mysterious trans-spatial pull.”

When business leaders like Bell put such credence in new propulsion theories, others in the aviation and electronics communities begin to take these ideas seriously as well. Bell Aircraft built the first piloted aircraft in history to fly faster than the speed of sound. President Bell was sure that practical results would come out of all the then extant anti-gravity research. Of this, he told Ansel E. Talbert, the Military and Aviation Editor of the New York Herald Tribune (22 November 1955, European edition), that, “Aviation as we know it is on the threshold of amazing new concepts. The United States aircraft industry already is working with nuclear fuels and equipment to cancel out gravity instead of fighting it.”

He also noted that, “The Wright Brothers proved that man does not have to be Earth-bound.

Our next step will be to prove that we can operate outside the Earth’s atmosphere and the third will be to operate outside the gravity of the Earth.”

40

Raymond Andrew Keller II Within the week prior to his interview with Talbert, President Bell announced that Bell Aircraft made the first powered flights with its X-2 rocket plane. This revolutionary aircraft was designed to, “penetrate deep into the thermal and heat barrier encountered due to atmospheric friction at a speed above 2,000 miles per hour.” Bell Aircraft was also testing out a new vertical-rising-and-landing “magic carpet” airplane, that was yet to revealed to the general public.

Lt. Col. Frank J. “Pete” Everest was at the controls for many of the X-2 rocket plane’s record-setting flights. Everest, who flew over 150 combat missions during World War II, became a test pilot after the war, setting several speed marks and establishing an unofficial altitude record of 73,000 feet in a Bell X-1 at a speed of nearly 2,000 miles per hour. Lawrence D. Bell was President of the Bell Aircraft Company, headquartered in Buffalo, New York, that designed and built the rocket plane.

President Bell believed that his company could also build an interplanetary spaceship based on the principles of antigravitation.

Veteran Aeronautics Scientist Concurs Grover Loening, the first graduate in aeronautics of an American university and the first engineer hired by the Wright Brothers, was also optimistic about the development of an anti-gravity drive to propel planes and even spaceships. From 1910 through 1955, Loening had a distinguished career as an aircraft designer and builder. At the end of 1955, he was decorated by the United States Air Force for his work as a special scientific consultant.

In the interview conducted by Talbert with aviation leaders and published in the 22 November 1955 edition of the New York Herald Tribune, Loening was quoted as saying that, “I firmly believe that before long man will acquire the ability to build an electromagnetic contragravity mechanism that works. Much the same line of reasoning that enabled scientists to split up atomic structures also will enable them to learn the nature of gravitational attraction and ways to counter it.”

The spaceship from the beleaguered planet Metaluna in the 1955 science fiction movie classic, This Island Earth (Universal-International Pictures), incorporated then many of the extant theories of anti-gravity propulsion.

Anti-Gravity Project Timetable Among the scientists, technicians and corporate leaders engaged in anti-gravity research, there was some dispute about the timetable for the construction of a workable anti-gravity aircraft. George S. Trimble, the brilliant young scientist in charge of the then newly created Advanced Design Division of Martin Aircraft in Baltimore, Maryland, and a member of the Subcommittee on High-Speed Aerodynamics, a forerunner organization that would one day become absorbed into the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), thought that such an anti-gravitation aircraft could be built rather quickly, provided that sufficient resources and momentum were put behind such a program.

41

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Declared Trimble, “I think we could do the job in about the time that it actually required to build the first atom bomb if enough trained scientific brain-power simultaneously began thinking about and working towards a solution. Actually, the biggest deterrent to scientific progress is a refusal of some people, including scientists, to believe that things which seem amazing can really happen.”

The visionary scientist added that, “I know that if Washington decides it will be vital to our national survival to go where we want and to do what we want without having to worry about gravity, we’d find the answer rapidly.”

Stay tuned to this chapter for Part XVI of “Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion Examined,” where we take cognizance of various notes of caution with regard to anti-gravity research and experimentation issued by other corporate executives and scientists worldwide. We’ll also peruse some of the interesting speculations emanating from the directors of cutting-edge UFO groups of the mid-1950s.

Part XVI “The Make-Up of Outer Space”

G. Harry Stine (26 March 1928-2 November 1997), former Chief of Navy Operations at White Sands Proving Grounds in New Mexico, believed that rockets would one day be replaced by electromagnetically powered, anti-gravity, interplanetary spaceships.

It was Dr. W. R. G. Baker, the vice-president and general manager of the General Electric Company’s Electronics Division, who pointed out in late 1955 that scientists working in many fields were actually beginning to explore the deep mysteries of the universe. Baker noted that everyday these scientists were “learning new things about the make-up of outer space and formulating new concepts.

“Today,” Baker continued, “we in electronics are deeply interested in what lies beyond the Earth’s atmosphere and its gravity field, for there we may find the electronics world of tomorrow. Such questions in the past usually have been reserved for the realm of physics and astronomy. But through entirely new applications in radar, for example, science already is able to measure some of the properties of the world beyond. Warm bodies radiate microwaves; and by recording noise signals, we are learning about invisible celestial forces we did not even know existed.”

“Power of the Future” Concurrent with the corporate developments taking place insofar as anti-gravity research was concerned, leaks from government experts on this same topic were seeping into the press.

G. Harry Stine, the Chief of Navy Range Operations at the White Sands Proving Grounds in New Mexico, wrote the following in his article, “Anti-Gravity: Power of the Future,” in the June 1957 issue of Mechanix Illustrated (New York City, New York): “There is a good chance that the rocket will be obsolete for space travel within 50 years.

Some of us have been concentrating on the development of the rocket as the possible power plant for outer space propulsion. We have fired a lot of them and we have proved that they will 42

Raymond Andrew Keller II work in outer space. We have also learned a lot about what is out there by using rockets. And probably we will take the first few faltering steps into space with rocket power plants.

“But recent discoveries indicate that the spaceship of the future may be powered by antigravity devices. These, instead of using brute force to overcome gravity, will use the force of gravity itself much as an airplane uses the air to make it fly.”

Hints of Progress Made In the mid-1950s, Sir William Cooke, the English scientist who developed the cathoderay tube used in television sets, was already conducting extensive experiments into levitation phenomena, a field that once belonged exclusively to Vaudeville magicians. But reasoning scientists, admiring the work that Cooke accomplished with television research and development, thought that if their fellow English investigator felt there was something to levitation after all, that they, too, would take a serious look into it.

Other noted scientists were investigating the fields of gravitic isotopes, jet electron streams and the mechanics of the electron shells surrounding atoms. Townsend T. Brown, a prominent American inventor, had even gone further in his anti-gravity research. In his article, Stine wrote that, “There are tumors that Brown has developed a real anti-gravity machine.” He also pointed out that there were many firms working on the problems of anti-gravity, and particularly cited Bell Aircraft, General Electric, the Glenn L. Martin Company, Sperry-Rand Corporation, and others.

What ufologists may find particularly interesting is the following quote from the chief of the Navy missile operations: “Rumors have been circulating that scientists have built twodisc airfoils, two feet in diameter, incorporating a variation of the simple two-plate electrical condenser which, charged to a potential of 50,000 volts, has achieved a speed of 17 feet per second with a total energy input of 50 watts. A three-foot diameter disc airfoil charged to 150 kilovolts turned out such an amazing performance that the whole thing was immediately classified. Flame-jet generators, making use of the electrostatic charge discovered in rocket exhausts, have been developed which will supply charges up to 15 million volts.”

Fantastic Revelations in Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus Confirmation of these very principles were expounded upon years earlier by a Venusian saucer pilot to George Adamski out on the Colorado Desert in Riverside County, California, where her scout ship landed about 10.2 miles northeast of the small, truck stop community of Desert Center on 20 November 1952. The highly detailed, scientific conversation regarding her flying saucer’s electromagnetic propulsion that took place between the Southern California contactee and the lovely Venusian, Lady Orda, is found on pages 41-42 of my second book in the Venus Rising Trilogy, The Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2017). Lady Orda’s words vindicate everything that the Navy missile operations chief was only speculating upon in his Mechanix Illustrated article. Lady Orda was known on Earth at that time as Dolores Barrios, residing clandestinely in Venice, California, and working as a seamstress under contract with Helen

The “Cosmic Ray” unveils many of secrets of the Venusians’ astounding science in the pages of his Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2017).

43

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Rose, the costume designer for the Metro Goldwyn Mayer Studios (MGM) epic science fiction adventure movie, Forbidden Planet, that was released on 3 March 1956 in Charlotte, North Carolina. A never-before seen photograph of Dolores Barrios and this writer, taken at Chula Vista, California, in 1972, by Gabriel Green, President of the Amalgamated Flying Saucer Clubs of America, appears on page 39 of the Rockets to Venus book. This is a different photo than the one which appears on the cover of Cosmic Ray’s Excellent Venus Adventure (Headline Books, 2017). It was at that 1972 meeting that Lady Orda explained to the Cosmic Ray the gist of her conversation with Adamski in 1952 regarding the electromagnetic propulsion system onboard the Venusian scout ships (ventlas).

Discoveries Made

Stine took note that several important discoveries with regard to gravity propulsion had been made in the year and a half since the Talbert series of articles appeared in the New York Herald Tribune’s European edition from 20-22 November 1955. First, the propulsive force does not act on only one part of the ship that it is pushing. It acts on all parts of the ship within the gravity field created by the gravitic drive. Second, it probably is not limited by the speed of light. And third, gravity-powered Anti-gravity saucer capable of hyper-space travel as seen in vehicles have apparently been able to change the MGM 1956 science fiction epic movie, Forbidden Planet. direction and accelerate rapidly at high g’s, even stopping abruptly without any heavy stresses being experienced by the measuring devices aboard the vehicle and within the gravity propulsion field because control is exercised by changing the direction, intensity and polarity of the charge on the condenser plates of the drive unit. Even for scientists in 1955-1957, this was a fairly simple task.

Keep reading, for in Part XVII of “Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion Examined,” Dr. Raymond A. Keller, a.k.a. “Cosmic Ray,” takes us aboard a real anti-gravity spaceship developed by a joint American corporate and government consortium in the late 1950s that could actually fly to Venus and back in 30 minutes.

Part XVII Anti-Gravity Spaceships vs. Conventional Rockets G. Harry Stine, Chief of Navy Range Operations at the White Sands Proving Grounds in New Mexico, was among the first to admit back in 1957 that the idea of electromagnetic, antigravity spaceships certainly sounded incredible to most Americans, something way beyond the technology of the age. But for Stine, an insider in the defense establishment and scientific community, it was a matter certainly within the scope of possibilities. The administrator and acknowledged rocket pioneer wrote the following in the June 1957 issue of Mechanix Illustrated (New York City, New York):

44

Raymond Andrew Keller II “The information comes from reliable sources. We are licking the problems of gravity.

Indications are that we are on the verge of tapping a brand-new group of electrical waves similar to radio waves which link electricity and gravity.

Electronic engineers have taken the electrical coil and used it as the link between electricity and magnetism, thus giving us a science of electromagnetics, which in turn, has given us such things as radio, television, radar and the like. Now, gravity researchers seem to think that the condenser will open up the science of electrogravitics. Soon we may be able to eliminate gravity as a structural, aerodynamic and medical problem.”

Rockets Obsolete Although Stine had been designing and developing actual rockets for the American military, and was among the first to grasp the peaceful use of these for the exploration of outer Just in time for the dawn of the Space Age, Captain Quick’s popular with children in the space, the missile scientist recognized the built- Large Punch-Out Book was 1950s. in obsolescence of going down this avenue of technological research and development. In the Mechanix Illustrated article, Stine explained that, “Although we will probably use rocket power to make our first explorations into space, the chances are now pretty good that this will not always be the case. In 50 years, we may travel to the Moon, the planets or even the stars propelled by the harnessed forces of gravity. If this seems fantastic, remember that the rocket and the idea of a trip to the Moon was fantastic 20 years ago. Fifty years ago, the idea of commercial air travel was utter nonsense.

“With gravitic spaceships,” he added, “we may travel to the Moon in less than an hour, to the planets in less than a day or to the stars themselves in a matter of months. We may be able to do it in absolute comfort without the problems of zero-gravity or high accelerations.”

Of course, while Stine did take note that, “The idea of the rocket becoming obsolete is not a happy idea, particularly when so much work has been done on rockets,” that was because, “We (the scientists working on missile and rocket development) believed they were the only type of power plant capable of working in outer space. If a better method comes along, Illustration from Michael Gladych article in the November 1956 issue of American Modeler (New York City, New York), why shed tears?” And since the basic goal was gave a hint to his blockbuster revelations in Mechanix Illusto travel and explore outer space, before the trated, one year later.

45

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Soviets could get there, of course, then it should not “make much difference how we do it,” he emphatically concluded. Keep in mind that Stine’s prophetic article appeared in print just five months before the Soviet Union’s launch of its Sputnik satellite.

Rocket to Venus and Back in 30 Minutes The reader response to the June 1957 issue of Mechanix Illustrated was so great, that the editors decided to run a follow-up article in its July 1957 issue. Titled, “Spaceship That Conquers Gravity,” aviation and space research writer Michael Gladych, describes a vehicle that will “fly at the speed of light-making a round-trip to Venus in about 30 minutes!”

Gladych, an allied ace fighter pilot from Poland in World War II who served in the Polish Air Force, the Royal Air Force and the United States Army Air Force, became an immigrant to the United States after the conflict, settling with his Canadian wife in the Seattle, Washington, area. In the July 1957 issue of Mechanix Illustrated, Gladych revealed that, “Since 1953 the Canadian government’s Project Magnet has been working on a gravity-defying vehicle powered by electromagnetic forces.” He also declared that, “At least 14 United States universities and other research centers are hard at work cracking the gravity barrier.

“And backing the basic research with multi-million-dollar secret projects is our aircraft industry,” adding that, “Convair on the west coast, Glenn L. Martin Aircraft of Baltimore, Maryland, Bell Aircraft Company of Buffalo, New York, and Sperry Gyroscope Company of Great Neck, Long Island, maintain teams of researchers and engineers prying into nature’s most jealously guarded secret- gravity.”

Gladych, of course, was restrained from saying too much more about these matters as the United States was then in the midst of the Cold War with the Soviet Union, as well as being at the beginnings of closing the missile gap and entering the Space Age and the race with the Soviets to develop the first “artificial moon” or satellite. But he did describe the rumors of a potential anti-gravity spaceship as follows: “The spherical craft squatting on a concrete strip emitting a faint hum. A ghostly glow surrounding its shell. The strange craft rose and hovered momentarily while its landing gear retracted. Then the hum increased and the craft shot eastward and vanished beyond the horizon before the witnessing scientists could click their stop watches.

“Jet-powered missile? No. Made weightless and propelled by its anti-gravity engine, the round ship was a research vehicle able to travel at almost the speed of light- 600,000,000 miles per hour.”

The origins of the secret program to develop this advanced spaceship Gladych attributed to Canada’s Project Magnet and the early groundbreaking research accomplished by the Gravity Research Foundation in New Boston, New Hampshire. A clue to the big breakthrough on this project comes from a salient quote from Lawrence D. Bell, the level-headed builder of the Bell rocket research planes: “We are already working with nuclear fuels and equipment to cancel out gravity instead of fighting it.”

The infusion of nuclear fuels to create an anti-gravity, ion propulsion space vehicle was already underway in mid-1957. ***

46

Raymond Andrew Keller II You can read all about the mysterious Project Magnet in Dr. Keller’s third book in the Venus Rising trilogy, Cosmic Ray’s Excellent Venus Adventure (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2017). Stay tuned to Part XVIII of “Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion,” where the Cosmic Ray takes us on a journey back in time where we hop onboard an advanced spaceship for travel to our cloud-shrouded sister planet Venus.

Part XVIII “Are You Cosmic?”

At the same time that the government and the larger aviation and electronics companies were beginning their research in the development of anti-gravity spaceships, an unparalleled interest in this subject was emerging in the civilian community. This was particularly spurred on by ufologists, entranced by the numerous reports of actual contact between extraterrestrials and human beings. In many of these close encounters, the alien visitors to Earth would share some of their knowledge about flying saucer propulsion with the contactees, who would, in turn, pass it on to the general public in books, lectures, magazine articles, as well as radio and television appearances.

An interesting article on this very theme, “Are You Cosmic?”, appeared in the Tuesday, 15 June 1954 edition of the Prescott, Arizona, Daily Courier, with no byline given. A minister and leader of a small but growing Latter-day Saints restoration sect in Redondo Beach, California, From Keller Venus Files: Information pamphlet from Greater Dr. William C. Conway (1865-1969), was the Redondo Beach, California, Chamber of Commerce, Consolidated, 1954. Bottom photo of pamphlet caption: “The John featured speaker at the Hasayampa Hotel, where C. Roberts Company, Inc., Experimental Power Plant, where he addressed the Prescott Lions Club at noon energy is taken from the air and harnessed, then beamed on the day previous. He told the rapt audience through the Earth as an electro-magnetic beam, without wires or other visible type of transmitter, powering farm-tillage about a little-known inventor back east, John implements, tractors, mills, boats, etc., and the ‘Flying SauC. Roberts of New Castle, Delaware, who had cers,’ all operated by remote control.” succeeded in creating “devices that harness the tremendous cosmic energy taken from the air.” Conway testified that he has personally seen such cosmic energy utilized to operate machines by remote control. In addition, he claims that it has been used to “pick up” non-broadcast conversations occurring up to thousands of miles away. “Unfortunately,” Conway asserted, “Roberts’ invention has been suppressed in its presentation to public use by vested interests.”

The minister was introduced to the Lions Club membership by Leslie Taylor, a local hardrock miner who had known Conway for many years. Besides presiding over a growing church in

47

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Redondo Beach, Taylor introduced Conway as the executive secretary of the Greater Redondo Beach Chamber of Commerce, Consolidated.

Enigmatic Inventor The reverend claims that when he first met Roberts, he could not believe that he was just one year short of his 90th birthday, for he looked to be about 50 years old. During the initial meeting, Conway jokingly asked him if he was really from Mars or Venus, as his office walls were decked out in photographs of flying saucers in close vicinity to a mothership. Of Roberts, Conway noted that the inventor gained his information to build his cosmic ray machines through an inheritance of papers and schematics. Roberts would not reveal any more about this source.

The cosmic energy employed by Roberts’ cosmic ray machines could certainly perform many other “fantastic feats.” Conway said that such cosmic rays “could be beamed through the Earth without wires and, in working with the energy, Roberts found he could defy gravity.”

Of the oft-sighted flying saucers, the pastor would not speculate on where they came from; but he did note that, “Roberts had, with his device, operated a toy saucer; and during World War II, controlled a fleet of small saucers in a mock attack on Los Angeles, thereby proving how vulnerable that city was to attack.” Conway later discovered that the photographs in Roberts’ office were taken by an amateur astronomer, George Adamski, through his telescope that he operates from a café on the slopes of Mt. Palomar in Southern California. Conway opined that, “Roberts’ experimental craft are almost certainly similar in their design to the Adamski photographs showing a supposed ‘mother’ spaceship giving birth to smaller craft.”

Conway added that for some time he was in possession of one of Roberts’ devices, which was only the size of a wristwatch. Nevertheless, it proved to him the soundness of Roberts’ work. This was the same mechanism that he previously referred to, the one that could pick up on conversations taking place thousands of miles away. The reverend stated that back at Redondo Beach, through the use of this wristwatch-appearing device, conversations between President Eisenhower and Prime Minister Winston Churchill, being initiated in Washington, D.C., were actually recorded by him on tape.

This small device was also used during the course of World War II to literally “freeze” the engines of German aircraft while in flight, forcing them to plummet to the ground. And prior to that, it was effectively employed during the Ethiopian-Italian conflict in the 1930s to literally ground to a halt the mechanized forces of the Italian army. Conway did not specify whether Roberts himself or some other individuals or military power were responsible for these actions, other than it wasn’t the government of the United States.

Regarding the immense power of this device, Conway declared that, “Roberts realize the value of his discovery and the horror it could create if it fell in the wrong hands. Roberts had been stymied in his attempts to take it to the government and had been the victim of vested interests that did everything to stop him because he himself would not capitalize on his amazing discovery.”

Conway believed that Roberts had been “framed” into serving a five-year jail sentence. It was during that time of incarceration that his wife disappeared and she has never been located.

Roberts’ once-huge experimental plant in Delaware was disbanded with much of his papers and work being confiscated by government agents. Soon after, Roberts took off for the Soviet Union, whence he escaped after a “brain washing” and returned to the United States, where he kept his new location a secret from everyone, including his friend the California minister.

48

Raymond Andrew Keller II At the Lions Club meeting, Conway claimed that Roberts’ invention could even be used to foretell the actions being planned by the enemies of the United States. He further stated that, “Those in possession of the devices had attempted to warn the United States of the Pearl Harbor attack and spy activities of the Japanese on the West Coast before the 7 December attack.”

The Chamber of Commerce representative concluded his talk by pointing out that it was his most sincere hope that Americans would wake up to what was going on, and thereby bring Roberts and his device into the service of the United States, thus securing our safety in these perilous times.

Back in California After conducting a tour of the Western United States, Dr. William C. Conway was back at his home and local congregation in Redondo Beach, California. The Desert Journal of Joshua Tree, California, ran an article, “Dr. Conway to Reveal ‘Saucer’ Secrets at Community Club,” in its 16 September 1954 edition, announcing that he would be a speaker at the next regular, monthly meeting of the Yucca Valley Community Service Club on Tuesday, 21 September 1954, at 8 p.m.

Irene Wescott, president of the Community Service Club, said that her organization was working closely with the Greater Redondo Beach Chamber of Commerce, Consolidated, in conducting an educational campaign regarding the “Flying Saucers from Space” that landed at Los Alamos, New Mexico, six years ago, and the occupants of these craft. Conway said that to date, over 200 authentic photographs of the mysterious flying saucers have come to the public’s attention through magazine and newspaper articles. The doctor of divinity turned ufologist promised to answer “Why the ‘big wigs’ of Washington, D.C., are trying so desperately to suppress all knowledge of the ‘saucers.’” He promised to reveal many other astounding things at the meeting.

Wescott said that everyone was welcome. “Be early and stay late!” is what she recommended.

Door prizes, consisting of recent books written by UFO experts George Adamski of Mt. Palomar and Redondo Beach resident Truman Bethurum, were distributed. Gabriel Green, a prominent ufologist from Los Angeles, California, attended the meeting, along with a packed audience.

Both Bethurum and Green testified that the flying saucers that landed at Los Alamos back in 1948 were from nearby planets in our own solar system; and Conway revealed that these extraterrestrials were the ones working behind the scenes in sharing information about various cosmic ray devices with responsible parties like John C. Roberts all along.

A donation of fifty cents was collected at the door, with all of the proceeds going to the Yucca Valley Community Service Club. Dr. William C. Conway did not charge anything for his presentation. *** You can read all about the early contactees and what they learned about the mysterious flying saucers in any of Cosmic Ray’s series of Venus Rising books (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2015-2020). Stay tuned to Part XIX of “Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion,” where the Cosmic Ray takes us back to 1948 for a ride onboard the first Earth-manufactured, Venus-bound spaceship, launched from a TOP SECRET facility in the United States.

49

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Part XIX Atomic Research Provides Clues to Anti-Gravity

In Dr. Albert Einstein’s theory of relativity, molecular attraction is not substantially different than the gravitational pull of the planets and stars. Basically, this attraction works on the same principle of electromagnetism. Whether a molecule, planet or star, all have gravitational fields, just as magnets or electromagnets have magnetic fields. And to properly illustrate this similarity, Einstein assured us that a gravitational field would attract and bend light rays just as a magnetic field bends the cathode rays in your television’s picture tube.

Dr. Stanley Deser and Dr. Richard Arnowitt of the Princeton Institute for Advanced Study in 1955 discovered new subnuclear particles of the atom. In previous installments, we learned that Interplanetary G-ship can fly at the speed of light, making a round-trip to Venus in about 30 minutes! Illustration above when certain atoms are bombarded by a beam from Mechanix Illustrated, July 1957 issue. of light or a charged particle inside a powerful electromagnetic accelerator, those struck atoms will either recoil from the interaction or additional particles will materialize out of the energy generated from the collision. It is through this scattering process that the structural breakdown of the atoms yields strange particles from which the nuclear physicists hope they can find an answer to the gravitational field problem. The two physicists issued a joint statement in the July 1957 issue of Mechanix Illustrated declaring: “Until recently, gravitation could be only observed but not experimented on in a controlled fashion. But the new particles of atom which have been linked with the gravitational field can now be examined and worked with at will.”

The implications of this discovery are astounding. The doctors surmised that before long, we shall be able to switch gravity on and off as we do electricity and electromagnetism; while the next logical step is simply a matter of engineering. To illustrate this, the two physicists explained: “Let’s take an ordinary fly-wheel suspended on roller bearings and coupled with a powerful electric generator. One side of that wheel would be ‘under fire’ of our degravitating apparatus. The particles responsible for the gravitational attraction would be neutralized. A portion of the wheel would be made weightless. But once out of the anti-gravity field, the same part of the wheel would gain weight and be pulled down by Earth’s gravity, thus giving us a powerful rotating motor.”

And from Dr. George Rideout, the president of the Gravity Research Foundation of New Boston, New Hampshire, comes yet another idea for an anti-gravity device. “We need a differential of gravity forces,” noted Rideout, adding that, “And the way we can get it is through a gravity insulator or absorber.”

50

Raymond Andrew Keller II Electromagnetic Effects Illustrated In order to grasp how such an anti-gravity device might function, however, one has to shift their focus to gravity’s twin brother of electromagnetism. If you are backyard mechanic and were ever wearing a watch while tinkering with your car’s generator, you may have taken notice that your timepiece became magnetized. The delicate balance wheel of your watch became exposed to the electromagnetic field of the generator, thus converting it into a little magnet and rendering it an unreliable watch. We can be pretty sure that flying saucers are generating strong electromagnetic fields from their propulsion systems because of the magnetizing effects on automobiles, watches, radios and other electronic devices in close proximity to them. But getting back to the wristwatch, in order to protect it from such magnetic influence from your automobile’s generator, we must put the inner works in a soft iron casing that can absorb the magnetic force and thereby shield the balance wheel. Thereby, with the soft iron casing, we have a free space from outside magnetic pull, a differential of magnetic forces.

Anti-Gravity Spaceship A gravity absorber or shield would essentially do the same thing for the anti-gravity spaceship. The shielded interior would be free from the gravity attraction of the Earth. Its inner structure, equipment and crew would be weightless in relation to the Earth and therefore, we would establish a differential of gravity forces and our ship would take off instantly like a super-balloon. Suppose, for example, we were to take our anti-gravity ship to the equator where the rotational speed of the planet is about 1,000 miles per hour. With the anti-gravity shield completely closed, our ship would be hurled into outer space just as a particle of mud shoots off a spinning tire. We would scoot along a more or less straight line unless we have installed some type of control system for direction and speed. The weightlessness of our ship might easily be controlled by permitting some of the Earth’s gravity to act upon the ship’s interior.

An arrangement of shutters, like venetian blinds, might just do the trick. And to control our direction, we would need to apply thrust. But as a rocket would limit our amount of fuel, we will be forced by economic factors to look elsewhere.

Dr. Ernst Stuhlinger’s Ion Rocket One of the least known but important German scientists to be brought over to the United States under the auspices of Operation Paperclip was Dr. Ernst Stuhlinger (19 December 1913, Creglingen, Germany-25 May 2008, Huntsville, Alabama). A graduate of the Berlin Institute of Technology and the Eberhard Karls University of Tubingen, Dr. Sthulinger broke his silence and spoke of the existence of a secret program underway in the United States to develop ion rockets or similar nuclear rockets where subatomic particles are accelerated by a powerful electromagnetic gun and thereby ejected into space. He also informed aviation correspondent Michael Gladych in a published interview in the July 1957 issue of Mechanix Dr. Ernst Stuhlinger and Dr. Wernher von Braun discuss Illustrated (New York City, New York) that both revolutionary modes of spaceship propulsion.

51

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come the United States and Canadian governments had acquired German technology lending itself to the creation of “electromagnetic repulsion systems” for spaceships. In 1957, in the midst of the Cold War, Canada and the United States were the two most powerful countries in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and were sharing in the research and development of advanced aerospace platforms in providing for defense against the aggressive evil empire of the Soviet Union.

Said Stuhlinger, “We know that two like magnetic poles repel each other, just as under certain conditions an electromagnetic field repels the so-called diamagnetic metals. Take a flat aluminum ring, put it over a strong electromagnet and switch on the current. The disk will fly off the solenoid with quite a speed. Starting with the principle of diamagnetic repulsion, a group of Canadian scientists at Project Magnet proposes to harness the magnetic fields of the Earth and other celestial bodies for propulsion of the G-ship.”

The German physicist further explained, “Of course, the Earth’s magnetic field is just too weak to repel or propel a G-ship made of ordinary metal. However, current studies in the nature of magnetism point to a possible solution. Scientists believe that the answer lies in the structure of atoms. By rearranging the atomic structure, we could greatly increase the diamagnetic properties of the G-ship and make it travel along the magnetic lines of force like the aluminum ring shooting off the solenoid.”

Back to Einstein’s Equations This brings us back to Einstein’s theories. These clearly show that there is no end to the electromagnetic and gravitational fields of the planets and stars. Those fields intertwine in a most complex pattern; but they are ever-present. Opined Dr. Stuhlinger, “The proper selection of fields and the controlled exposure to their forces would allow us to navigate our G-ship in space as well as within the Earth’s boundaries. And the use of electromagnetic propulsion would eliminate the problem of fuel.”

Inside the Spaceship From the various scientists from around the globe interviewed by Gladych, he was able to piece together a closer look at the workings of this supposedly theoretical “G-ship.” Wrote the aviation correspondent: “Its spherical shape is dictated by the internal pressurization necessary for high altitude and space travel.” From an engineering perspective, this makes a lot of sense; for a sphere is perfect for coping with the pressure differential. This shape also provides for the maximum volume for its dimensions. An interior artificial gravity ring would solve the problems of living in a weightless void, thus avoiding any medical problems for the astronauts, like weakened bone structure. The anti-gravity shield covers the entire crew and passenger compartment. But while this would eliminate visual observation, our radar and television would provide the crew with outstanding electronic vision. And apart from the cabin, there would be an engine room for the anti-gravity motor and the auxiliary power to run all other electronic devices.

Since the G-ship would take off and land in an atmosphere, however, there would also be the problems of heat caused by air friction and the question of the air drag of the spherical shape.

To reduce the friction heat, Canadian scientists, headed by radio engineer Wilbert B. Smith of Project Magnet in Shirley’s Bay, Ontario, just outside of Ottawa, contemplate the employment of an ingenious electromagnetic apparatus. According to Smith, “The device would be switched 52

Raymond Andrew Keller II on before take-off, thus attracting and holding fast a large portion of air around the ship. This captured ‘boundary cushion’ would move with the ship. Therefore, the air friction would take place at a distance from the ship’s structure and the heat would be dissipated before it could warm up the ship’s anti-gravity shield. The mass of captive air would be shaped into the most advantageous aerodynamic form- a tear-drop for moderate speeds, a sharp-ended spindle for supersonics and a concave, cup-like shape for adding deceleration for landing.”

Rocket to Venus The Project Magnet director surmised that, “Even for space travel, the stores and provisions would be small. Once outside the Earth’s atmosphere, the G-ship would be capable of traveling at near the speed of light- roughly 600,000,000 miles per hour. At that speed, a 322,000,000mile round trip to Venus would take about 30 minutes!”

After having examined numerous documents from the period of the late 1940s through the late 1950s, and taking note of the certitude to which the world’s top scientists were disclosing fantastic discoveries regarding the construction of anti-gravity spaceships, I began to wonder if any government or private agency, for that matter, had actually succeeded in building a rocket to Venus, such as Wilbert Smith described in the previous paragraph.

Stay tuned for the final section in Part XX of “Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion,” where Dr. Raymond Keller takes us inside the workings of the United States government TOP SECRET Project Aphrodite, a program initiated in the Department of Defense in 1948, not long after the preliminary investigations of the crashed saucer at Aztec, New Mexico, revealed that it originated on our cloud-shrouded sister planet of Venus. The big question remains: Did they have our own version of a flying saucer all along?

Part XX After having examined numerous documents from the period of the late 1940s through the late 1950s, and taking note of the certitude to which the world’s top scientists were disclosing fantastic discoveries regarding the construction of anti-gravity spaceships, I began to wonder if any government or private agency, for that matter, had actually succeeded in building a rocket to Venus, such as Wilbert Smith described in Part XIX of this series. In Part XX, I will take you inside the workings of the United States government TOP SECRET Project Aphrodite, a program initiated in the Department of Defense in 1948, not long after the preliminary investigations of the crashed saucer at Aztec, New Mexico, revealed that it originated on our cloud-shrouded sister planet of Venus. For detailed information on the Aztec incident, please see my second book, Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2017), pages 173-188. But now, the big question remains: Did they have their own version of a flying saucer all along?

Dr. Raymond Keller, a.k.a. “Cosmic Ray,” displays newspaper article from the Toronto, Canada, Telegram newspaper of Tuesday, 14 April 1959, describing amazing flight characteristics of U.S. Department of Defense-contracted flying saucer built by the Avro Corporation of Canada. Saucer depicted in the article is in sharp contrast to the one published in the United States and tested by the Air Force, that said the Avro disc was a flop and only got a few feet off the ground.

Someone was not telling the truth. Medallion worn by Dr. Keller is for the Royal Order of Melchizedek, bestowed on members of Dr. Frank Stranges’ Inner Circle, formerly of Van Nuys, California.

53

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Air Force Investigations

Dr. George C. Tyler, the president of the Colorado Shale and Metal Company, based in Denver, Colorado, was contracted by the Department of Defense for the provisioning of some of the heavy equipment that would be needed in assisting in recovery and clean-up crews from both the Army’s Fifth Group, based out of Colorado, and the Air Force’s Walker Base, that up through 1947 had been known as the Roswell Army Air Field, in dragging the crashed saucer off the remote mesa outside of Declassified version of the VZ-9 Avrocar as unveiled by the U.S. Air Force in 1958 was nothing like the perfected version Aztec and hauling it and any other debris they revealed by the Avro Corporation in the following year. could find to the Los Alamos laboratories for initial analysis, for subsequent transport to Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Ohio, for further analysis at the technical center situated there.

Public scrutiny into the elusive flying saucers was intense, with reports of the mysterious objects occupying banner headlines in all the nation’s newspapers on an almost daily basis.

Besides the wide attention given to the Aztec and Roswell crashes, it was also believed that another disc had crashed somewhere on the Plains of San Augustin, also situated in New Mexico, to the south and west in that state, not far from the small ranch town of Magdalena.

Scientists speculated that these three saucers had crashed due to their proximity to nuclear experimentation and testing then taking place in the American southwest.

In response to all of this hullabaloo over the flying saucers, by late 1948 the Air Force issued a public statement denying the existence of flying saucers as interplanetary spacecraft. At the same time, the Air Force discontinued its Project Sign flying saucer investigations and replaced it with a new research group, code named Project Grudge. This organization was designed from its very inception to be much more negatively-oriented in its approach to the flying saucer enigma, hoping that it could somehow buy time for the technical investigators at WrightPatterson to further delve into the origin and nature of the crashed discs while at the same time putting up a smoke screen for public consumption that effectively pushed attention to the more easily explained sightings as misinterpretations of astronomical or natural phenomena, or better yet, simple hoaxes perpetrated by publicity seekers. The same young aviation officer that headed up Project Sign, Captain Edward J. Ruppelt, was transferred over to head up the new saucer investigations group.

It should be noted that the lack of objectivity in the new organization became a bone of contention with Ruppelt, insofar as he admitted that he was given orders to downplay the presence of flying saucers in our skies, dismissing these objects as optical illusions, unusual cloud formations, conventional aircraft seen under unusual circumstances, etc. For further information on this matter, see Ruppelt’s controversial book, Report on Unidentified Flying Objects (London, United Kingdom: Victor Gollancz, 1956), that details the Air Force captain’s experiences in three government agencies investigating “UFOs,” a term, coincidentally, that he created to replace the more ubiquitous “flying saucers.”

The Air Force captain also reported that the choice of the word “Grudge” to describe the new project was deliberate. Ruppelt’s superiors in the higher echelons of the Air Force demanded that 54

Raymond Andrew Keller II the new Project Grudge commander take the initiative in providing more mundane and prosaic explanations for as many of the incoming sighting reports as possible. Consider Ruppelt’s own words concerning this: “On February 11, 1949, an order was written that changed the name of the UFO project from Project Sign to Project Grudge. The order was supposedly written because the classified name, Project Sign, had been compromised. This was always my official answer to any questions about the name change. I’d go no further and say that the names of the projects, first Sign and then Grudge, had no significance. This was not true; they did have significance, a lot of it” (page 50, Report on Unidentified Flying Objects).

Ruppelt referred to the Project Grudge era as the “Dark Ages” of official Air Force investigations. Still, by late 1949, some twenty percent of UFO sightings remained classified as “unknown” by Grudge investigators; and by 1951, according to Ruppelt, some highly influential Pentagon generals had become so disenchanted with Grudge’s debunking that Grudge itself was dismantled and replaced by Project Blue Book, with Ruppelt in charge. UFO historian Jerome Clark wrote of Ruppelt that, “Most observers of Blue Book agree that the Ruppelt years comprised the project’s golden age, when investigations were capably directed and conducted.

Ruppelt himself was open-minded about UFOs, and his investigations were not known, as Grudge’s were, for force-fitting explanations on cases” (Jerome Clark, UFO Book: Encyclopedia of the Extraterrestrial (Detroit, Michigan: Visible Ink, 1998), page 517.

Aphrodite Project Imagined Even following the publication of the Project Sign report in 1948, however, it became clear in Washington, D.C., centered in the highest echelons of military and political power, that the United States needed to develop an atomic rocket capable of carrying a space probe to the planet Venus. The Sign panel’s conclusions that the flying saucers emanated from our sister planet Venus, based on an analysis of the crashed discs, was propelling the drive to initiate what would become known in the inner circles of the military-industrial complex as the “Aphrodite Project.” Hints of this TOP SECRET program were leaked by science writer R. S. Richardson, under the pen name of Philip Latham, in the pages of the June 1949 issue of Astounding Science Fact and Fiction (New York, New York: Street and Smith Publishers), of which I have an original copy in my Venus files. Basically, Richardson proposed that the United States should develop and launch a rocket to Venus, whence it would endow the cloud-shrouded but solitary orb with a moon of its own, albeit an artificial one. This would, of course, be a satellite that we could deploy into a highly elliptic, but extended Venusian orbit.

Venus Prioritized Personnel in the Department of Defense, worried about the intensive increase in flying saucer sightings around our military installations, were hot on the idea of applying atomic energy to military purpose. If the flying saucers represented the intrusion of Venusian technology into our skies, what was the intention of our celestial neighbors in carrying out this reconnaissance?

By the end of 1948, President Harry S. Truman had ordered two of the most powerful telescopes in the world to be dedicated to the continuous observation of the planet Venus. These were the Mount Wilson 100-inch telescope in Los Angeles and the 200-inch telescope atop Mount Palomar to the north of San Diego. Astronomers on staff at these observatories were sworn to the utmost secrecy in the interest of national security. Each telescope would alternate days of 55

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come operation. At first, nothing was showing up concerning Venus except a blank disk. But it was soon discovered that certain markings and unique cloud formations would turn up when the planet was photographed in ultraviolet light. Fortunately, one day the Venusian cloud layer had parted. This allowed the California Venus watchers to “look at an enormous mountain on the surface” (Richardson). But more was needed if we were to get a closer observation of the Venusian surface, perhaps espying a city or massive military facility, such as a spaceport.

In order to accurately assess the Venusians’ capabilities, however, the United States had to get a probe in orbit around Venus as soon as possible, with such a remote-controlled device having the capacity to collect, encrypt and transmit the gathered intelligence back to Earth. Naturally, we had to be careful. We could not afford to let any of this data get into the hands of the Soviets.

Interestingly, a survey of documents released by the Department of Defense during this critical time reveals the existence of the so-called Smythe Report, officially titled, “Atomic Energy for Military Purposes.” This document is important because its unknown author speculates that atomic energy can be applied to rocket propulsion. Just such research was, in fact, being conducted at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory under the direction of the maverick rocketeer, John “Jack” Whiteside Parsons, whom you can read more about in my Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus, pages 64-274, who even claimed to have made contact with a lady from Venus in the California desert.

There was certainly a need for an “Aphrodite Project” such as the one that Richardson described in the late 1940s. The idea of sending a rocket to Venus was well within the realm of possibility, as we have seen in all of the preceding articles in this UFO Propulsion series.

Twelve years after Richardson’s initial recommendation, he would declare in another issue of Astounding Science Fact and Fiction that, “Undoubtedly, such an instrument (a space probe) will add greatly to our knowledge of this planet (Venus). Until such a feat becomes possible, however, we will have to rest content with observations made from Earth in the usual way.” But now the science writer was covering up, asserting that, “Unfortunately, the clouds have never rolled away to give us so much as a glimpse of the surface below. Thus, of necessity all of our information of Venus has been gained from without the cloud layer.”

Concerns About Soviets’ Venus Research Concern about Venus investigations in the Soviet Union were also expressed by Richardson; but remember that this was six years before the United States Air Force’s Project White Stork revelations about the search for extraterrestrial life in the solar system and beyond by Soviet scientists, as fully detailed in my Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus, pages 94-227. But by 1960, Richardson states that he was cognizant that, “Some of the most important of the recent papers on Venus have been in Russian and hence have received little more than scant mention….”

And of these papers, he notes that, “They are mostly by Dr. N. A. Kosyrev of the Crimean Observatory who startled the world about a year ago with the observation of what he called a ‘volcanic process’ in the lunar crater Alphonsus.” Thus, buoyed by the accomplishments that Kosyrev made regarding the Moon, Richardson comments that, “His observations of Venus are genuinely interesting if not so spectacular in nature.”

What Kosyrev’s study of the Alphonsus crater revealed was that our Moon remains geologically active; and what he discovered about Venus was so startling that it would forever change the way in which his fellow Russians would consider our sister world in level or

56

Raymond Andrew Keller II prioritization for funding and further space research in the most powerful of all communist nations.

My contention is that all of the certain pronouncements made by sundry scientists about the introduction of atomic energy to facilitate the creation of interplanetary, anti-gravity spaceships in the mid-to-late 1950s were hints being dropped as to the existence of a such operational aerospace platforms and the beginnings of a real secret space program.

57

Chapter 3

Lost Interview with Ufology Pioneer Riley Crabb Comes to Light Part I In the early days of television in the Hawaiian Islands, one of the more popular programs was Betty’s Guest Book, aired on the CBS Honolulu affiliate KGMB-TV from 1 to 1:30 p.m. every Thursday. To those senior citizens that can still remember the program, there was an episode that dealt with the most controversial subject of flying saucers that stood out above all the rest. Airing on 27 January 1955, this is perhaps one of the more intriguing interviews ever conducted regarding the UFO phenomenon, insofar as it contains many revelations about the advanced civilizations that exist on other bodies in our own solar system. The guest was Riley Hansard Crabb (2 April 1912-20 January 1994), a prominent researcher of esoterica and the borderland sciences. The following, taken from Dr. Raymond A. Keller’s Venus Files, is an exact transcript of that program from the audio tape recording made at home off of the television set

by Riley’s then second wife, Judy Crabb: Betty Smyser: We have a guest who is an expert on a very unusual subject, flying saucers. His name is Riley Crabb. This is so nice of you to come down and tell us about a subject which is so fascinating. But is it believable?

Riley Crabb: Yes. That’s what we will find out during your show.

Betty: I read in the paper the other day that you gave a talk at the YMCA. What did you talk about?

Riley: The title of last Tuesday evening’s talk, Betty, was, “Flying Saucers and Why Some Men Are Taken for a Ride.”

It was given at a public meeting of the Theosophical Society, of which I am lodge president.

Betty: First, Riley, how did you become interested in interplanetary travel?

Riley: One of the radio engineers here in Honolulu, back in 1950, gave me a copy of True magazine, which had one of Riley Crabb (1912-1994), pioneer ufologist their first articles on the subject. Prior to that, I dismissed and paranormal investigator.

58

Raymond Andrew Keller II them as hallucinations. But the factual material in the article startled me. Shortly after that, I had a chance to join the Borderland Sciences Research Associates, a group with headquarters in San Diego. We compile material of this kind and analyze it to see what truth is in it.

Betty: And you have been pursuing your studies ever since?

Riley: Yes, Betty, I’m afraid it has become an avocation now.

Betty: What, just exactly, is a flying saucer supposed to be?

Riley: Apparently, it is a spaceship for traveling between planets.

Betty: Just as simple as that?

Riley: Just as simple as that, Betty. I have two books here, just recently received from the British Book Centre in New York. One is Space, Gravity and the Flying Saucer by Leonard Cramp. This man is a member of the British Interplanetary Society and he discusses various scientific aspects of lift, how these saucers get their propulsion. The other volume- and we will review it on your program today- is the Flying Saucer from Mars by an Englishman named Cedric Allingham.

Betty (reaching for the book): It says here, “An eyewitness account of a landing of a Martian!”

Riley: That’s right.

Betty: Now this is going to take a lot of convincing- a flying saucer from Mars. Now, Mr. Riley Crabb, suppose I let you go right ahead and when I am skeptical or have a question to ask, I’ll interrupt you. How about that?

Riley: Fine; and think of the woman’s angle, Betty. The thing is that Allingham was well equipped to have such a thing happen to him. He was out on a lonely beach, a beach in Scotland named Lossiemouth, and he had with him the basic equipment: a camera with film in it, a note or sketchbook and binoculars. It was 18 February 1954, not quite a year ago. It was about half an hour past noon. Allingham was a professional bird watcher, an ornithologist, and also an amateur astronomer. He was out actually looking for birds, so he was also used to looking up.

Betty: You mean he wasn’t out looking for a flying saucer?

Riley: No, but he believed in them and had since the stories first broke back in 1946, because of his astronomical background. He feels that science has not disproved that life is possible on other planets; and when these spaceships began showing up, that was proof to him. Well, anyhow, this particular day he was surprised to see this blob of light about 5,000 feet above him. He put his binoculars to it and saw the round dome and three-ball landing gear underneath, the usual identifying marks of Birdwatchers are more likely to see and even photograph a flying saucer, insomuch as they are outside more often and a scout saucer. We might look at our first slide usually packing photographic equipment to document their now, copied from the back of the book. There bird finds. is Allingham, beside his ten-inch reflecting telescope, one he has used for years in his astronomical work. The next picture is a copy of the one he got that day at noon.

Betty: You mean that blob of light?

59

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Riley: Yes, that is typical of many pictures which have been taken by other people. The main difference was that this one came on down and landed about 3:30 p.m. and he got a close look at it.

Betty started laughing in disbelief.

Riley: It’s true!

Betty: All right. All right!

Riley: Allingham stayed in the area, hoping to see the saucer again; and about 3:30 or 3:40 p.m., he heard, rather than saw, this flying saucer coming in very low over the sea.

Betty: What kind of sound did it make?

Riley: A sort of swish, moving the air around it; and it landed there on the beach about 50 yards from him. It was about 50 feet in diameter, 20 feet high; and he got one picture of it coming down. Our next slide will show you Amateur astronomer and English contactee Cedric Allingham with his ten-inch reflecting telescope. that.

Betty: Riley, are you sure that wasn’t taken on a movie set in Hollywood for one of those science fiction things?

Riley: It is true that this would be pretty easy to duplicate.

Betty: But you’ll take Mr. Allingham’s word that this is the saucer he saw, that he actually took a picture of it after it landed on that afternoon?

Riley: Yes. Betty: OK. And what happened after the saucer landed?

Riley: A hatch opened and an individual climbed out, a spaceman, and stood there on the sand; and they stared at each other.

Betty: You mean they didn’t immediately shake hands and say, “How are you, Joe?” Riley: No. Allingham was so excited by that time that he forgot to get a good picture of the spaceman, front view. It wasn’t until the interview was over and the man started back toward his saucer that Allingham upped his camera and got a picture.

Betty: You mean that you have a picture of this man that got off the flying saucer?

Riley: Yes, we will have that pretty soon, such as it is. This next one is a picture of the saucer on the ground, sitting on the beach.

Betty: Look at those three portholes! And that was the picture of the saucer after it landed?

Riley: Yes, Betty, and there is the picture of the man. We’re a little ahead of our story.

Betty: Wait a minute, Riley; let’s clarify this. That picture you see on your television screen now is a man from….?

Riley: Mars.

Betty: Mars? A man got out of that flying saucer?

Riley: That’s what Mr. Allingham claims.

Betty: All right.

Riley: I’m merely presenting his story, Betty. Let me read Allingham’s description: “I had never seen a spaceman. He presumably had seen other Earth men. In all essentials, however, our 60

Raymond Andrew Keller II appearance was similar. My own height is 5’9 ½” and his was a little bit more, I should say about six feet. By Earthly standards, I should say we were about the same age. I am 32. His hair, like mine, was brown and short. But his skin was a peculiarly curious color, rather like a deep tan. Even so, had he been dressed in Earthly clothes, I doubt if he would have any difficulty in passing as an Englishman. The only real difference was that his forehead was higher than that of any man I know. That’s all.”

Betty: It’s as simple as that. I’m completely fascinated.

Riley: Good.

Betty: Now tell me, Riley, what was Mr. Allingham’s reaction? Was he frightened?

Riley: No, he wasn’t. Allingham is a matter-of-fact, straight-forward Englishman, apparently. If you read his From Cosmic Ray’s Venus Files: Photo of book, you will find out that; and he was concerned to get Allingham’s “Favorite Martian.” information from the spaceman which would verify some of his astronomical theories about the inhabitation of the planets. The first thing that occurred to Allingham was to try to find out where the man came from. In asking questions of him, Allingham discovered that this being had a beautiful voice, sounding like water gurgling over rocks. There was a musical quality to it, quite alien to anything he had heard.

Betty: Not words?

Riley: Not as we know them. Therefore, Allingham took out his sketchpad, a handy thing to have if you are searching for flying saucers, and he drew in the Sun and then marked in the orbits of the planets. Number one is Mercury. The orbit of Venus is number two; and then he drew in the orbit of the Earth, number three. (Crabb was demonstrating this with a sketchpad and heavy black pencil for the TV audience, a “Venus” brand pencil at that!) Allingham pointed to this, the Earth’s orbit, and the spaceman agreed that he knew he was on the planet occupying the third orbit in our solar system. Then Allingham pointed to Venus, number two, and got a negative response. The Englishman then drew the fourth orbit, Mars, and got an agreement on that. That is how he established that the individual came from Mars.

Betty (laughs): Well, I’m speechless, absolutely! This is fantastic. Then what happened?

Riley: Then the spaceman tried to ask a question. With gestures the stranger indicated he was concerned as to whether or not we were going to have another war. Allingham could not give him any assurance that we wouldn’t. Then the Englishman tried to discover if this Martian had had any contact with the planet Venus, because the spaceman George Adamski contacted in the California desert in 1952 indicated that he came from Venus. Using the sketchpad again, Allingham showed an arc between Mars and Venus.

Betty: You mean showing that they traveled back and forth?

Riley: Yes, between Mars and Venus, and the spaceman indicated an affirmative. Then Allingham drew in the orbit of the Moon around our planet and finally got the spaceman to understand the question as to whether or not the Moon was being used as a space station; and the answer was again in the affirmative.

Betty: And all of this communication with the man from Mars was done with a drawing tablet?

61

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Riley: And gestures.

Betty: Tell me something else, Riley. Did Allingham mention that the spaceman was afraid of him? Was there no fear?

Riley: No. Allingham remembered those gestures of friendship more common to primitive people here on Earth, of offering a gift. The only thing he had was his fountain pen. He offered that to the spaceman and it was accepted, graciously, and put in his pocket.

Betty: You mean they have pockets to their suits?

Riley: Oh, yes. Here’s a description of the suit: It covered him completely from his neck to his feet. Only his hands were free. There were no definite shoes. The feet were encased in the garment. It reminded Allingham of chain mail, certainly insulating and flexible.

Betty: It’s explained just like that in the book. I told Riley Crabb that I was really going to put him on the spot. I told him that I didn’t believe in flying saucers; that perhaps they were just blobs of light. But you are convincing me, my friend.

Riley: Betty, I’m only presenting such evidence as I have accumulated in four years. I have volumes of it. This is only the latest. Speaking of evidence, I’d like to quote here from the book an interesting item which Allingham dug up. One thing, by the way, which critics have said is that no reputable astronomer or scientist has come out publicly and said that he believes in them. But going back into the past for astronomical sightings, Allingham quotes the French astronomer, Charles Messier, who on 17 June 1777 wrote in his diary: “They were large and swift and they were like ships, yet like bells.” It is clear that he examined these not only with the unaided eye but also with the telescope.

Betty: And that was as far back as 1777?

Riley: Yes, Betty. Of course, a check of written history indicates that we have had sightings as far back as we have- written history! Also, the bell-like shape Messier observed in 1777 indicates that there hasn’t been much change in the design in over 150 years.

Betty (laughs): I was going to say, Riley, not much progress has been made, has it?

Riley: Or perhaps they’ve made all the progress in spaceships that is necessary…. *** (Editor’s Note: For the amazing conclusion of this long-lost interview, be sure and stay tuned to this chapter for Part II, where the Cosmic Ray reveals more of what paranormal researcher and pioneer ufologist Riley Crabb had to say about the contact case of the Englishman Cedric Allingham, the California contactees George Adamski and Truman Bethurum, as well as Leonard Cramp’s exquisite theories of flying saucer propulsion.)

Part II In the early days of television in the Hawaiian Islands, one of the more popular programs was Betty’s Guest Book, aired on the CBS Honolulu affiliate KGMB-TV from 1 to 1:30 p.m. every Thursday. To those senior citizens that can still remember the program, there was an episode that dealt with the most controversial subject of flying saucers that stood out above all the rest. Airing on 27 January 1955, this is perhaps one of the more intriguing interviews ever conducted regarding the UFO phenomenon, insofar as it contains many revelations about the advanced civilizations that exist on other bodies in our own solar system. The guest was Riley 62

Raymond Andrew Keller II Hansard Crabb (2 April 1912-20 January 1994), a prominent researcher of esoterica and the borderland sciences. The following, taken from Dr. Raymond A. Keller’s Venus Files, is Part II of an exact transcript of that program from the audio tape recording made at home off of the television set by Riley’s then second wife, Judy Crabb: Riley Crabb: Oh, oh, on the screen!

Betty Smyser: There’s another one!

Riley: This flying saucer picture, Betty, was Venusian scout ship photographed by George Adamski in December 1952. taken by George Adamski in December 1952, over Palomar Gardens in California. You see the shape is quite similar to the one Allingham photographed. There are differences. This one presumably came from Venus. We also have a sketch of the individual Adamski talked to.

Betty: Not a picture, but a sketch?

Riley: Because Adamski wanted to take of picture of the Venusian but was courteously refused. One of Adamski’s witnesses, who observed the spaceman through binoculars, drew the sketch afterward. There’s a picture of Adamski with his telescope and….

Betty: There it is!

Riley: Again, you see an almost completely covering spacesuit; however, there’s a wide belt and this individual wore shoes. He’s hatless and his hands are uncovered. He had long blond hair. There were differences. Yet if this spaceman’s hair were cut, he could pass for an Earth man easily, Betty.

Betty: Just like the man from Mars. You said that he wouldn’t have any trouble either.

He might even be mistaken for an Englishman.

Well now, Riley, if men like Allingham and Contactee George Adamski adjusts his eight-inch reflecting telescope at his home on the slopes of Mt. Palomar, California. Adamski have done such intensive research and these books are available to the public, what has our government been doing about this?

Riley: Even more intensive research and spending millions of dollars.

Betty: Well, this information has not been released to the public, has it?

Riley: A little…. Not much, that’s true. But then our government has much scientific information which is not released to the public- atomic energy developments, for example; things which we have developed ourselves are not public knowledge.

Betty: Yes, that seems to me a different situation from flying saucers; if you’re going to have them landing all over the Earth and people seeing them and writing accounts of them, you’d think our government would tell us what it is doing to find out the origin of these flying saucers.

Riley: Betty, scientific developments since the start of World War II have been highly secret with all governments of the world. Obviously, the performance of these spaceships is the most fabulous scientific discovery of the Earth! If it could be obtained…. I believe that our 63

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come government and all governments are trying to crack the secret of the propulsion and levitation used by these visitors. We’ll get into that briefly in Leonard Cramp’s book in a few moments.

Betty: We haven’t finished with Mr. Allingham’s book, have we?

Riley: No, we haven’t. Allingham’s interview with the Martian lasted about half an hour. When the spaceman indicated that he had to leave, Allingham asked for a ride in the saucer, but was turned down. The individual got into the ship and it took off. One reason for the comparatively poor quality of Allingham’s pictures is that it was February, late in the day in Scotland; and by 4 p.m., it was getting rather dark. Also, Allingham was only an amateur photographer. We’ve all taken pictures which were blurred, especially if we were nervous.

Betty (laughs): I would have been a nervous wreck. I wouldn’t have been there when the spaceship landed. I’m not that curious; or rather, I think that my fear would have overcome my curiosity. Or have I seen too many of these George Pal science fiction movies? You know, with these horrible monsters that come at you with green eyes? But apparently when it comes to the real McCoy, there doesn’t seem to be anything to fear.

Riley: I don’t see why there should be, Betty. Apparently, they fear us as much or more than we fear them. They do not want us to travel to other planets in our own spaceships until we learn to control ourselves. The space people would hate to see us spread our troubles and our wars to other planets in the solar system.

Betty: You mean, Riley, that until we can get along with all the other countries right here on Earth, we shouldn’t spread out?

Riley: Yes, because the Martian was concerned as to whether or not we had gotten to the Moon. Allingham indicated to him that it would probably be two or three years; but this didn’t seem to make the Martian feel any better.

Betty: Tell me, Riley, would you recommend this book to anyone who has just a slight curiosity about flying saucers? Or is it a technical book only for people like yourself?

Riley: No, Allingham writes in mostly one syllable words which are quite easy to understand; and I would recommend it as a general review of the subject. He was interested in flying saucers for a long time. He has one whole chapter in here on the Moon as a space station and such evidence as the astronomers have picked up, especially in the 19th century, for physical structures, manmade structures on the Moon which have since disappeared. Present-day astronomers are inclined to doubt what was seen in the 19th century because it isn’t there anymore. Allingham suspects the structures were taken down and moved around to the invisible side of the Moon.

Betty: Well, maybe I’ll borrow this from you and read it. You’re doing a very good job of convincing me.

Riley: I’d like to get into the technical side a little now, but not too deeply, ladies.

Betty: Well now, women are very much interested in this!

Riley: You might have noticed in Adamski’s picture of a saucer that it was concave-shaped underneath. In this book, Space, Gravity and Flying Saucers, Leonard Cramp speculates on….

Oh, there’s another picture by Adamski, a closer view showing the hollowness underneath….

And Cramp theorizes about an anti-gravity beam which is focused downward from the saucer, driving it away from the Earth, and the fact that something like an inverted ice cream cone effect has been seen at night by different observers. They have seen a mass of light, cone-shaped, coming down toward the Earth (Crabb sketches this on a pad for the benefit of the television camera). The pressure from this anti-gravity beam apparently ionizes particles in the air, causing them to glow. Well, obviously this is not a flying saucer. This glowing cone is a secondary effect.

64

Raymond Andrew Keller II I have a slide on that, perhaps the next one.

No, this picture is another by George Adamski, of a carrier or mother ship launching small scout saucers. This next picture is of two English boys, Stephen Darbyshire and Henry Meyer. Three days previous to Allingham’s experience, these boys picked up a picture of a flying saucer over Lake Coniston. I believe this is the next one. Yes, there it is. Again, the bell shape. This is a corroborating type of thing.

There’s the bell shape that Messier talked about Cutaway of bell-shaped Venusian scout ship as it appears in Leonard Cramp’s speculative book, Space, Gravity and the in 1777.

Flying Saucer.

Betty: Are there any more of these? I believe we’d better run on to Mr. Cramp, before we run out of time.

Riley: Yes. There is that one of Mr. Cramp’s illustrations. Taking the Darbyshire photograph and making an orthographic projection onto a drawing board for proportion and analysis, he also does the same with one of Adamski’s and shows that the proportions are the same.

Betty (Another slide flashes across the screen): What’s that?

Riley: Oh, that one is just a speculative drawing by Leonard Cramp, a cutaway of what the interior of a little scout saucer might look like.

Betty: Might look like?

Riley: Yes, pure speculation. And there, there is the cone effect we were talking about. The other illustration with it is the familiar heel or crescent Moon effect.

Betty: And what is that?

Riley: What? Oh, that’s the title to CBS’ You Are There. That’s not mine.

(There is a burst of laughter from the cameraman and the floor director.)

Betty (laughs): No. That’s my producer, Dar Reed, having some fun with us.

Riley (laughing with her): That’s all right with me.

Betty: Well, it sounds to me like this book of Cramp’s is more technical. I think I’d rather read this one, A Flying Saucer from Mars, Riley. But tell me more about this man, Cramp, is he a great authority?

Riley: No, I wouldn’t say that. I don’t know that he has any scientific standing in England, outside of the fact that he is a member of the British Interplanetary Society. All this is speculation as to different means of lift and propulsion. Anyone interested in the subject and with a technical background would enjoy reading it, I feel. It’s not too difficult. I’m no scientist; and I’ve enjoyed it so far.

Betty: Now, Riley, you make talks around town on this subject. What sort of questions do people ask you? After you’ve talked, and you have been as convincing as you have been here on this show today, what sort of questions do you get?

Riley: One of the most common is, “Why are they here?”

Betty: Do you know the answer?

Riley: The answers that have been received by radio and by direct contact indicate that they are here because they are greatly concerned about our activity in nuclear fission. Apparently, they are afraid that the after effects of atomic explosions may spread to the solar system and

65

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come disturb the orbits of the other planets. They may make some sort of atomic war, if we get one started. They might possibly demagnetize a whole city, stopping all electricity.

Betty: You mean that somebody from Mars or Venus sent this message to Earth?

Riley: Heavens, yes! Radio messages or signals have been received from outer space ever since we have developed radio receivers.

Betty: Well, how can….

Riley: We can’t always translate them.

Betty: That’s what I was going to say: How could they be translated or decoded?

Riley: Some messages have been in English. The (Dr. George Hunt) Williamson group in Arizona has received some messages in International Code, which translated readily into English, and some in voice. That book (A. C. Bailey and Dr. George Hunt Williamson, The Saucers Speak, Los Angeles, California: New Age Publishing, 1954) of messages is available to anyone who wishes to buy it.

Betty: And you believe all of this?

Riley: Well, it ties together, Betty. I’m convinced.

Betty: What do you think is going to happen? According to your information, these flying saucers have been sighted since 1777 and maybe even earlier. Why haven’t they come down in droves and made friends and what not?

Riley: One of the messages from outer space, which I read at my last lecture, indicated that they won’t land in America or elsewhere until the majority of the people are ready to receive them.

Betty: Do you think, then, that they are more advanced than we are?

Riley: They seem to be. Obviously, they are scientifically.

Betty: Yes, their flying saucers, oh my….

Riley: And it would seem that they have solved most of their social problems, the ones which still bother us.

Betty: You mean they don’t have wars?

Riley: Yes. Betty: You know, this has been an all-male discussion. Has a woman ever come down in a flying saucer?

Riley: That is what Truman Bethurum claims. He was on TV not long ago, on You Asked for It, and told of meeting the crew of a saucer- it was so large- and the leader was a woman. Art Baker had a woman on the program made up like her.

(Truman Bethurum wrote a popular book about his encounter with the female saucer pilot, Aboard a Flying Saucer, Los Angeles, California: DeVorss and Company, 1954.)

Betty: And did she look like a plain woman, just like the man from Mars just looked like a plain man?

Riley: Yes. Betty: Oh-h-h-h-h-h-h, Riley. I wish we had more time to go on; but perhaps you could come back again some time.

Riley: Possibly when we have new material, Betty?

Betty: Yes, or when one has landed in Hawaii.

Riley: Well, we are considering building a communications device of our own. If we get some messages, we’ll be glad to relay them over your program.

66

Raymond Andrew Keller II Betty: Well, fine. Perhaps we will have Riley Crabb back again. And Riley, I do want to thank you. Now, I am afraid it’s time to sign off our show. Do come back and see us again.

Riley: I will. And thank you, Betty. *** (Editor’s Note: To contact Dr. Raymond A. Keller with any of your comments or questions about life on Venus or any other aspects of the UFO phenomenon, do not hesitate to write him via e-mail at rkeller1@mix.wvu.edu. Until next time, keep watching the skies!)

67

Chapter 4

The Riley Crabb Revelations Part I Riley Hansard Crabb was born on 2 April 1912 in Minneapolis, Minnesota. In early December 1934, during a Christmas shopping trip to downtown Minneapolis, Riley discovered the library of the Theosophical Society. Perusing the vast selection of esoteric books, Riley was fascinated by the treasure trove of knowledge dealing with the mystic arts and how one can develop the latent extrasensory powers pertaining to each individual. Riley brought some literature and a membership application from the Theosophical Society home with him; and upon his next visit to that library one week later, he had joined the organization.

As it turned out, Riley discovered that his mother, Eunice Crabb, was also a student of metaphysics and philosophy. She was an avid follower of the then prominent researcher and writer of esoterica, Manly Palmer Hall, the founder of the Philosophical Research Society. As the country was in the throes of the Great Depression, Riley would take advantage of the nearness of the Theosophical Society library and enjoy many visits there.

While the Theosophical Society charged yearly dues, there was no charge for anyone to just come and read the books on the premises; and members could exercise the privilege of checking them out and taking them home.

After the Japanese surprise attack on Pearl Harbor, Riley enlisted in the Navy, which took him to the Hawaiian Islands, where he served as a reporter for the mid-Pacific edition of Stars and Stripes, published in Honolulu, on the island of Oahu.

Following the war, Riley returned to Hawaii where he continued his media career as an announcer for KGU radio in Honolulu Riley with his mother, Eunice Crabb, an early student of esoteric philosophy. and later as publications editor and information specialist at the Photo: Håkan Blomqvist’s Blog, https:// Naval Supply Center, Pearl Harbor. Riley did such an outstanding ufoarchives.blogspot.com/2018/05/ the-riley-crabb-correspondence.html (8 job in handling all of his assignments with great skill that he received a $200 cash reward from Rear Admiral J. L. Herlihy.

May 2018).

Riley married his high school sweetheart Marion before the war 68

Raymond Andrew Keller II broke out; but following his prolonged military duties overseas, the couple grew apart and the marriage did not endure. It was in Hawaii that Riley Crabb met his second wife Judy; and they settled in Honolulu.

Riley’s interest in flying saucers began in 1950 when he came across an article on these mysterious objects in an edition of True magazine that he purchased at a Honolulu newsstand.

From then on, he started to read everything he could get his hands on dealing with the flying saucer phenomenon. In the following year, he joined the Borderland Sciences Research Associates and three years after that, he started lecturing on UFOs throughout the Hawaiian Islands.

1955 and 1956 were crucial years for Riley in the ideation of his theories on the origin of the flying saucers and the approach he would take to the phenomenon. It was during this time that Riley began a correspondence with the prominent astronomer and ufologist Morris K. Jessup, whose book, Case for the UFO (New York, New York: Citadel Press, 1955), speculated that UFOs were “exploratory craft of ‘solid’ and ‘nebulous’ character.” In other words, the UFOs were composed of a real substance, just of a finer composition, and probably hailing from another plane of existence outside our own perception of time and space. Jessup also connected ancient monuments with some kind of prehistoric super science brought to Earth by advanced beings from other worlds during the times of Atlantis and Lemuria. Naturally, this appealed to Riley’s Theosophical leanings, at least insofar as this was the kind of material embodied in the writings of Helena P. Blavatsky, the co-founder of the Theosophical Society in the late 19th century.

In one of his letters to Riley, dated 8 August 1955, Jessup informed him that he planned to write about the more esoteric “Elder Brother theme,” focusing on the message delivered by the flying saucer occupants to the contactees that they have been sending teachers among us for thousands of years, guiding the development of all aspects of our society from behind the scenes. Wrote Jessup, “I am much interested in developing the ELDER BROTHER theme, perhaps in my second book…. Would be glad to have this and perhaps something regarding your society’s insight into the solar system.” In this context, the visitors to our world were particularly concerned about our development of atomic power, insofar as the destruction and disequilibrium resulting from any atomic war would not be limited to the Earth, even extending to other planets and dimensional tiers throughout the solar system. An atomic war could literally rip huge tears in the fabric of the space-time continuum.

Fellow esotericist and long-time friend of the late Riley Crabb, Håkan Blomqvist of Norrköping, Sweden, declared in his 8 May 2018 blogsite that, “Crabb realized, in the 1950s, that his special project or mission was to study the UFO enigma in relation to the Esoteric Tradition: ‘With my years of study and membership in two Mystery Schools, the Rosicrucians and Theosophy, my particular field seems to be to relate the teachings of the Schools to the coming of the Saucers.’ (Riley H. Crabb in letter to Elvira Cleary, 24 May 1958). This was to be the unique approach during all his years of research and writing, thereby following in the footsteps and tradition of prominent esotericists such as Meade Layne and Desmond Leslie.”

Others sharing his enthusiasm on the subject were quick to sign up with an organization he founded in 1956, the Akualele Research Group. “Akualele” is a native Hawaiian word that roughly translates to “Godly fireballs” or “fire spirits.” Even while being so steeped in UFO research activities, Riley H. Crabb also served as president of the Honolulu Lodge of the Theosophical Society. In the lodge, Crabb led the membership in an intensive study of the native Kahuna

69

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come religion and magic of Hawaii. Riley was a disciple of Charles Kenn, David “Daddy” Bray, Kino Lau and others, all local experts on these esoteric matters.

In August 1957, however, Riley and Judy left Hawaii for Barstow, California, where the Navy veteran found work as Assistant Employee Relations Officer at the Marine Corps Supply Center there in that desert community. The Wednesday, 14 August 1957 issue of the Honolulu, Hawaii, Star-Bulletin ran a short story on the next-day departure of Mr. and Mrs. Crabb from the islands. Titled “Crabb Is Off to Saucer Land,” the article noted that, “Riley Crabb, Hawaii’s flying saucer man, leaves for the Mainland Thursday in pursuit of flying saucers. He will travel by airplane.

“Accompanied by Mrs. Crabb, he will go to Southern California.”

The news item includes an interesting quote from Riley, speaking of his motivations for the move: “That’s flying saucer country. Maybe we’ll see one there.”

Once settled in California, Riley tried to transfer to a Civil Service job in San Diego, where he could be closer to the headquarters of the Borderland Sciences Research Associates.

Immediately after arriving in California, Riley wasted no time and began lecturing to various UFO and paranormal research societies, starting with the local chapters of contactee Daniel Fry’s Understanding group scattered throughout the state.

Within the Department of Defense, there were no openings at that time in the San Diego area, but almost one year later, in June 1958, the couple was able to leave Barstow for Camarillo, California, where they moved into a new home at 41 Ramere St. in that beautiful Ventura County coastal city. Riley had applied for work as the Visual Information Specialist at the U.S. Navy’s Pacific Missile Range at Point Mugu; and based upon his outstanding performance of duties in previous assignments, was quickly hired. The esotericist always tried to keep a balance between his UFO investigations and writing and his career path within the corridors of the United States defense establishment. He maintained a voluminous correspondence with friends and fellow researchers throughout the world, and this must have surely attracted the attention of his superiors in the work place. Nevertheless, both Riley and Judy soon found themselves in demand as teachers and counsellors in the rather wild occult underground world of southern California. It was certainly becoming much more difficult for Riley to keep a low profile under these circumstances.

From my Venus files, I came across an interesting letter from Riley H. Crabb to Gray Barker of the Saucerian Press publishing house in Clarksburg, West Virginia. Dated 21 October 1958, the letter is quite illustrative of Riley’s ramped up activities in the California UFO scene of the late 1950s as well as his lack of discretion when discussing then confidential developments in the Department of Defense and other branches of the United States government, beginning with the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA). Wrote Crabb, “Interesting that information should begin to break now about the CIA being the focus of control for the Silence Group. If we all keep digging long enough, and continue to exchange information, we should get most of the facts eventually.”

Of his activities on the UFO speakers’ circuit, Riley continues, “Invitations to lecture continue to dribble in and I go out when the spirit moves me, which isn’t oftener than every six weeks or so. I’ve finally procured a mimeograph machine and am trying to get some of the talks down into print….” Fortunately, I have been able to secure some old and faded copies of these talks, which I will share with you, dear readers, in future installments of this series, especially as they pertain to the mysteries of our sister planet Venus.

70

Raymond Andrew Keller II

Riley H. Crabb speculated on CIA connections with the so-called “Silence Group.” Photo source: Newshub, https://www.newshub. co.nz/home/world/2021/01/millions-of-cia-documents-on-ufos-and-paranormal-activity-released-online.html (30 January 2021).

And as to his participation at the annual festivities of the flying saucer conventions held annually out at the Giant Rock airport in Landers, California, about 17 miles northeast of Yucca Valley, California, Riley shares that, “Mrs. Crabb and I enjoyed a one-afternoon visit to Giant Rock last spring and I got good color slides, 35mm, of the thing…. (George) Van Tassel did invite me to be on the speaker’s platform and available, but I left the field to the ‘personal experience’ boys (the contactees) and made like a wide-eyed native of Hawaii.”

And then I found his concluding paragraph the most puzzling, especially since he came forth with these startling revelations in the midst of the United States attempting to become a space-faring power in competition with the Soviet Union, as well as to close the missile gap to which the Soviets then enjoyed a big edge over us: “It certainly is fun working here in the Headquarters for the Pacific Missile range. You should see the charts and other visual aids our Presentations Section is preparing for the Admiral. Looks like the Navy is preparing to manage the Pacific Missile Range as the Air Force does the Atlantic Range, which is already becoming too small. We’re mapping a missile range which extends from here all the way across the Pacific to Australia and beyond into the Indian Ocean, and plotting world-wide tracking stations for Polar orbits, Equatorial orbits, 30˚ orbits, etc., for satellites of every description. I scarcely hoped to get this close to the race for outer space when I left Hawaii. I tried to wrangle an Air Force invitation to the unveiling of the X15 (rocket plane) at North American (Aerospace) the other day, but I’m not high enough on the totem pole, yet. I could have even put up with the speech by Vice President Nixon for a firsthand look at the gorgeous space wagon. If it proves out in experimental flights around here, don’t be surprised if the X-15 is hoisted up into orbit, piggyback on a beefed-up Thor or Atlas (missile), for a half-hour trip around the world from Canaveral to Edwards Air Force Base.

Wanna volunteer for a ride?”

71

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Wow! Can you imagine how the Soviets could have utilized some of that detailed information against the United States in the space race and attempts to achieve missile superiority back in the late 1950s? It was fortunate for Riley H. Crabb that the United States government did not catch on to what a security breach he turned out to be before he finally moved to New Zealand in December 1985, where he died nine years later. Other veterans and former government employees, like retired Marine Corps aviator Major Donald E. Keyhoe, Director of the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP) that was headquartered in Washington, D.C., stated that they have no qualms about disclosing information to the public at large about UFOs, insofar as knowledge of the existence of these objects as interplanetary reconnaissance craft would impact all nations of the Earth equally. But when it comes to actual defense preparations and programs that protect our country against possible threats from foreign military powers, they would remain silent.

(Editor’s Note: For Part II of the “Riley Crabb Revelations,” be sure and stay tuned to this chapter where the “Cosmic Ray”/Dr. Keller, will take you beyond the veil of space and time on a visit to Venus Etheria. To contact Dr. Raymond A. Keller with any of your comments or questions about life on Venus or any other aspects of the UFO phenomenon, do not hesitate to write him via e-mail at rkeller1@mix.wvu.edu. Until next time, keep watching the skies!)

Part II In a series of three lectures given on the subject of “Flying Saucers and the Coming Space Probes” during late 1958 and into early 1959, in the California cities of Vista (29 November 1958), Long Beach (3 January 1959) and Van Nuys (13 February 1959), the famous Theosophist and researcher of esoterica, Riley Hansard Crabb (1912-1994), detailed some of the amazing discoveries he had made about UFOs and their origin. As Crabb was convinced that the flying saucers were real and piloted by advanced beings from other worlds, he had little doubt that these entities, being masters of space travel, would also be masters of deception and camouflage, when necessary. And not only could these extraterrestrials conceal their spaceships, but their home world of Venus as well, just in case American or Soviet astronauts ever reached that cloud-shrouded planet with their rocket ships. All they would find, upon making a landing on Venus, is a planet too inhospitable for any kind of life that we would be familiar with as normally thriving here on Earth.

Flying Saucers Camouflaged as Clouds Crabb started off his lecture with the UFO encounter of a married couple from Lake Girard, New York, Mr. and Mrs. Ed Hill, whose experience began one pleasant June night in 1957 when they were sitting out on their deck, overlooking the serene waters. At about 8:30 p.m., a sudden glow on the waters of the lake caused them to look up and see a shining disk in the sky, appearing slightly smaller than the full moon. There were three rings that were emitted by the disc, somehow forming into an L-shape above. “While we watched this,” Ed Hill told New Jersey UFO investigator August C. Roberts, who was dispatched to Lake Girard by Crabb and tape recording the New Yorker’s testimony, “I heard the drone of an approaching plane. A cloud came out and sort of camouflaged the three little objects. I could still see the glow in the cloud, which became bigger and covered everything. After the plane went by and out of sight, the

72

Raymond Andrew Keller II cloud just kind of disappeared. Then the object slowly moved away toward the west, the three little objects still clinging to it. They just backed out into space.”

Aimee Michel, a UFO investigator from France, wrote about a similar UFO encounter in his book, Flying Saucers and the Straight-Line Mystery (Paris, France: Editorial Arthaud, 1958).

In this case, it was 5 p.m. on 14 September 1954 in southwestern France, when hundreds of farmers and residents viewed a UFO on the outskirts of the village of St. Prouant. One of the witnesses to this most remarkable event was 34-year-old Georges Fortin, who told Michel, “I was working in the fields with my men when all at once, emerging from the thick layer of clouds that looked like a storm coming up, we saw a sort of luminous, blue-violet mist, of a regular shape like a cigar or carrot. It came out of the layer of clouds in an almost horizontal position, slightly tilted toward the ground…. Whenever it moved, it did so all in one piece, as if it were actually some gigantic machine surrounded by mists.” Michel noted that most observers in the area reported that this mist-covered UFO descended to an altitude of about half a mile above their heads; and that Fortin had told him that after the object had leveled off, “All over the countryside, everyone dropped their tools and were staring up in the sky like us.”

The UFO tilted until it stood vertically; and then from the bottom of this “cigar” came a white vapor trail spinning toward the ground. This “mother ship” then rose again, whence it seemed to manifest a spiral of light wrapped around it from top to bottom. “After the smoke trail had vanished completely,” said Fortin, “we could see the object that was ‘sewing’ it, a little metallic disk shining like a mirror and reflecting, in its rapid movements, flashes of light from the huge vertical object.” This UFO display continued for half an hour before the little disk was taken aboard at a high speed, at which time the “cigar” tilted back to the horizontal and disappeared upward into the cloud layer. Michel and other French UFO researchers found dozens of confirmations of Fortin’s account from countless others in the St. Prouant district.

Michel was disappointed, however, that there was only one story about this incident that appeared in the local newspaper.

Crabb asked his Vista, California, audience, “How often have you and I heard that certain cloud formations show up on radar scopes as solid objects? And who knows what, if anything, is in the cloud other than moisture?”

Before concluding his talk, Crabb brought up the strange disappearance of a British major during the Korean conflict. He was a pilot in the Royal Air Force flying his plane into a cloud one day, yet never came out again! The esoteric researcher commented, “If this pilot did not crash unnoticed from ordinary causes, then only two possibilities present themselves: Either he and his plane were kidnapped by a flying saucer or he suffered a fate similar to that of Captain Thomas F. Mantell- disintegration.” For a complete rundown on the Mantell incident, please see my second book in the Venus Rising series, Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2017), pages 179-181.

Such reports of UFOs being camouflaged as clouds are quite common in the small northern California mountain community of Mt. Shasta. Please check out the following report from Fox News correspondent Julia Musto dated 25 February 2020: https://www.foxnews.com/tech/ufoaliens-mount-shasta-california-weather (Accessed 31 January 2021). ***

73

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come (Editor’s Note: Keep reading this chapter, for in Part III of the Cosmic Ray’s, “Riley Crabb Revelations,” we will explore the mysteries of the electro-gravitic field of the Sun that encompasses a solar system of 60 planets. Besides the twelve planets that exist on the physical plane, we’ll become acquainted with 48 other planets on the ethereal level. In particular, we will travel with the noted esotericist Riley H. Crabb to Venus Etheria on a cosmic tour beyond the limits of human imagination!)

Part III

Illustration by Gerry Wood for book by Mollie Brown, Flying Saucers and Outer Space (London, United Kingdom: Tyndall Mitchell, Ltd., 1969).

Secrets of Flying Saucer Propulsion In 1954, while working inside the Department of Defense, Riley H. Crabb had an inkling that both the Air Force and Navy brass were beginning to pull scientists and technicians together for the purpose of searching for a new and radical kind of propulsion for vehicles that could operate under the sea, in the air and even in such hostile environments as might be encountered in outer space. His suspicions were confirmed on 29 August 1955, when the London, United Kingdom, Daily Express newspaper broke the secret in the following dispatch: “More than a dozen European scientists are signed up by the Glenn L. Martin Aircraft Company of Baltimore, Maryland, to help crack the New Frontiers. The experts will work on problems of space travel and a method of circumventing gravity.”

Just three months after this security leak in the world press, the New York City, New York, Herald Tribune, European edition, ran a series of three articles, written by their aviation editor, Ansel Talbert, wherein he interviewed George S. Trimble, the brilliant young scientist then in charge of the Advanced Design Division of the Martin Aircraft Company in Baltimore, about the possibility of overcoming the force of gravity directly with some new source of power. Said Trimble, “I think we could do the job in about the same time that it actually required to build the first atom bomb, if enough trained scientific brain-power simultaneously began thinking about and working toward a solution to overcome gravity. I know that if Washington decides 74

Raymond Andrew Keller II it will be vital to our national survival to go where we want and to do what we want without having to worry about gravity, we’d find the answer rapidly.” See my chapter, “Possible Methods of UFO Propulsion Examined,” published in this book in twenty parts.

Riley’s friend Gray Barker in Clarksburg, West Virginia, the publisher of the Saucerian magazine, clued him in on a tip that he had received from a reader in California that, “Scientists and heads of certain industries here on the West Coast had been invited under rigid security, to the Hotel Statler in New York for a secret meeting, the code name for which was ‘Aircraft Engine Power.’ But they weren’t there to discuss anything so common as jet planes. It involved a fantastic new source of power, utilizing neutronic energy of a highly advanced nature which could be expelled from an aircraft to give it rocket-like thrust. It was hinted that the secret had been learned from taking apart an interplanetary saucer from Venus, one that crashed at Aztec, New Mexico, back in 1948.”

From the period of 1948 through 1955, however, apart from the proceedings of the Gravity Research Foundation in New Boston, New Hampshire, little attention was paid to the subject of researching the incorporation of an anti-gravity drive in the development of advanced aerospace platforms. It was considered by most scientists to be something relegated purely to the realm of a “Buck Rogers’ type of science fiction.” Even the late Caltech President and physicist, Robert Andrews Millikan (1868-1953), who won the Nobel Prize in 1923 for his measurement of the elementary electric charge and his work on the photoelectric effect, had scoffed at the very notion that anyone could ever create an anti-gravity device. Millikan, like 99% of the other scientists in the 1950s, believed that gravity was just some all-pervasive, universal power beyond our power to understand or to control.

In the defense establishment, one gains access to classified information only on a “need to know” basis. Riley, ever cognizant of this fact, turned his attention to the UFO community for further enlightenment as to the motive power of the flying saucers. It was late in 1955 that Morris K. Jessup, M.S., a noted astronomer and astrophysicist from the Lamont-Hussey Observatory of the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, who authored his classic book, Case for the UFO, which so inspired Riley in his own private investigations. Jessup also went on to write three other books about the UFO phenomenon, UFO Annual (New York City, New York: Citadel Press, 1956), UFO and the Bible (New York City, New York: Citadel Press, 1956), and the Expanded Case for the UFO (New York City, New York: Citadel Press, 1957); but neither of these were as well received as his first offering. Without a doubt, Jessup was a genius-type university professor who deserted the ivy halls of academia for the “way-out” field of ufology.

According to Riley’s assessment, “Jessup could never quite cross the Cosmic Barrier which full understanding of the UFO requires; but his efforts to build a bridge between the visible and the invisible worlds are noteworthy in the UFO field and well worth reading and study.” In this regard, Riley was greatly impressed a short article written by Jessup that appeared in the January 1956 issue of the Saucerian magazine, published by Gray Barker in Clarksburg, West Virginia, that follows below: “Probably the most consideration of all from the viewpoint of science and engineering is the question of motive power. Jets have been suggested, as have rockets. They have to be rejected forthwith because of the inability of carrying fuel and material for reactional ejection. Magnetic drives have been almost universally postulated; therefore, let us consider these for a moment.

“The Earth does have a very intense magnetic field, but it is restricted to the immediate neighborhood of the planet, and is variable and whimsical in its nature and erratically influence 75

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come by sunspot activity. Only magnetic and para-magnetic materials can react to the magnetic field, or at best to another magnetic field set up by induction. To obtain a space drive from such a mechanism, the thrust must be picked up by a magnet or coil which is reacting with the magnetic field and mechanically transmitted to the craft, and, through the structure of the craft, to the people, animals, beings or entities enclosed in the craft and operating it.

“Therefore, all the terrific and unbelievable accelerations which have been repeatedly observed must be externally applied to such beings, carnate or not, as may be operating the saucers. The fact that carnate beings cannot withstand external pressure and stresses of such magnitude has been used by the scientifically elite as a means of ridiculing the whole idea of the UFO. Granting the reality of the UFO, thee observed facts do not negate the UFO, but merely demonstrate the impossibility of externally applied accelerations, due to any cause including jets, rockets or magnetic drive. If neither the structure of the craft nor the sinew of its pilots can withstand such stress, the actual observation demands another power source.

“Science to the contrary, notwithstanding, there is such a source. It is the reaction of the gravitational field, which is universal, and as compared to the magnetic field, it is relatively uniform and unfluctuating. While reaction to a magnetic field can only be had from magnetic and metallic materials, reaction to a gravitational thrust can be applied to all materials having mass. Thus, gravitational thrust and be applied to all the molecules of any carnate being or UFO structure simultaneously, and so eliminate external pressure. No calculable amount of acceleration would then be felt by any being subjected to such a force, which would act uniformly through the interior of his body. Not only would there be no harmful results, there would not be any sensation of acceleration whatsoever, either to the craft or its operators.

“The UFO is propelled by a cheap source of power, therefore a reaction with the gravitational field, comparable to the reaction of the sails of an old-fashioned sailing ship with the wind. It is high time we stopped spending the taxpayers’ money for impractical rocket development, and invest in basic research to uncover the secret of gravitational drive which was known even to antediluvian civilizations.”

It is clear from Jessup’s last sentence in the article quoted above that he was making reference to the gravity-free flights of aerial vessels of certain Earth civilizations that flourished before the Great Flood, such as Atlantis and Lemuria. Most likely, Jessup was unaware that the Air Force and Navy had already initiated an anti-gravity project with the Martin Company of Baltimore in the very same year he came out with his first blockbuster UFO book, 1955.

Riley commented that, “We have to thank Jessup for reminding us that when a spaceship establishes its own gravity field, it becomes a unit including everything inside it. Therefore, if a highspeed turn is made and you are inside, you will not feel that a turn is being made. You are the gravity yourself. You would not be aware of any acceleration or deceleration, unless you could look outside the ship to some reference point, such as the Earth. You are in and part of the gravity field of the Earth, so you are not aware of the nearly thousand-miles-per-hour speed that the Earth is spinning now, on its axis. The gravity of the Earth affects every cell of your body at the same time, instantaneously. It is not acting or pushing on you from outside.

Obviously, this is a universal type of force which should have great fascination to our scientists now; and it does.”

76

Raymond Andrew Keller II Anti-Gravity Breakthrough Anticipated Riley maintained optimism about anti-gravity research in the United States. In 1965, he opined that, “Ten years of research have gone by, so it is not surprising that successful demonstration of this radical new source of power is within sight. It is now being forced upon us by the astronomical cost of rocket power! We may be able to spend $40 billion for the Apollo trip to the Moon without it hurting too much; but a manned trip to Mars in 1980 may cost $200 billion or more! Ouch! My pocketbook! Therefore, if we are going to the planets, here’s a practical dollars-and-cents reason for developing anti-gravity: A Bendix Systems Division engineer, Clyde R. Murtaugh, outlined the dimensions of the problem and predicted the inevitable results at a meeting of the Mechanical Engineers and the Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers in Detroit, Michigan, the second week of February 1965” (Flying Saucers Uncensored, Vista, California: Borderland Sciences Research Associates Foundation, Inc., 1965).

From Murtaugh’s talk, the astute ufologist Riley surmised that a huge propulsion breakthrough coming to light around 1971 was “highly probable.” The technical approach most likely would be based on producing a force by some means other than mass expulsion/rocket power. But in order to facilitate this development, Riley predicted that several factors needed to simultaneously exist, thus establishing a need for moving in this revolutionary new direction.

These included: 1. An urgent need. A real, well-defined technological barrier had to be identified that stood firmly in the path of immediate progress.

2. An economic incentive. This needed to be of sufficient magnitude to justify the rapid development of such support technology not previously applied to this barrier, even in the face of established processes, facilities and product lines.

3. A new technique. Any breakthrough would, by necessity, be characterized by the emergence of a new technique. However, this technique would need to be one that differed radically from the technique leading to the propulsion barrier. “The importance of this element,” noted the Bendix scientist, “cannot be stressed too highly.”

Riley Speculates Given the information gleaned from Murtaugh, Riley speculated that the gravity breakthrough was most likely based on then extant scientific technologies attained to in the United States. The big question for Riley was, “Which technology will be called upon to support the new development?” For example, when James Watt developed the steam engine in 1769, this was a radical breaking out of the confines imposed by horse power. Clearly, the success of Watt’s inventions for the steam engine depended on advancements made in the metalworking trades. His five-ft. diameter pistons were only an inch out of round, which back in the second half of the 18th century was considered to be gauged at an unprecedented degree of accuracy.

The evidence of a propulsion barrier was established by the space programs of both the Soviet Union and the United States. This was a definite factor that needed to be considered for any future space exploration beyond the Apollo or Luna programs of the United States and the Soviet Union, respectively, and the focus for any manned Mars landing mission in the 1980s and beyond by either of these two space-faring powers, or any other power on Earth that might care to enter the space race.

Any progress being made in the United States in 1965 beyond the imminent landing of a man on the Moon and returning him safely to Earth, had to be factored into new developments 77

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come in spacecraft propulsion. Riley was cognizant of liberal political opposition to spending on the space program in the United States Congress, despite the fact that it was the liberal Democrat President John F. Kennedy who established the Moon shot objective in the first place. If new methods of spacecraft propulsion could not be found, Riley saw two viable alternatives for American technological developments: 1. The dilution of planetary exploration activities through increased interest is some related field, such as oceanography.

2. The substitution of a national objective in a different field, perhaps education, food production or medicine.

Riley recognized the genius in Murtaugh when he put forward for the consideration of the Detroit electricians and engineers the following alternatives to rocket power that could be put in place to continue the space program to newer frontiers beyond the Moon and Mars.

According to Murtaugh, “After eliminating rocket power from consideration, our focus should be on the development of a self-contained source of ‘pure’ force defined as requiring no exhaust of propellant mass and the supplying of thrust from an Earth or lunar base. Three such ‘pure’ forces are known to exist: gravitational, electric and magnetic. Each has a place in Albert Einstein’s universal field theory and may be viewed as a type of anti-gravity….”

The esotericist Riley, accustomed to “thinking outside the box,” as it were, understood that any revolutionary developments such as Murtaugh was proposing depended upon our scientists being able to establish a well-defined statement of the propulsion barrier problem. Insofar as this statement had heretofore been defined solely in the context of chemical or thermodynamic terms, the emphasis remained locked on rocketry. The Bendix engineer Murtaugh was the only one seeing the situation clearly and objectively; that the conquering of gravity required a new paradigm that incorporated new techniques and new supporting technology. This would include a new understanding of matter, with nuclear physics being replaced with a new type of physics. For Riley, the older 19th century theories of aether physics (variable spelling “ether,” as used by Riley and members of the Borderland Sciences group) might be dusted off and reconsidered.

These could be updated and given new terminology. To some extent, much of the work accomplished by the late electronics wizard Nikola Tesla (10 July 1856 - 7 January 1943), was based on just such theorization (Meg Neal, “Eternal Quest for Aether….,” Popular Mechanics, New York City, New York, 19 October 2018).

Nikola Tesla was one of the first advocates of Ether Physics. Riley Crabb believed this theory held the secrets of understanding the universe.

Illustration source: Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom.

78

(Editor’s Note: Keep reading this chapter, for in Part IV of the Cosmic Ray’s “Riley Crabb Revelations,” we will join Riley in his fight against the corporate and political powers that were, and still are, covering up the truth about anti-gravity research; and we will explore the mysteries of the electro-gravitic field of the Sun that encompasses a solar system of 60 planets. Besides the twelve planets that exist on the physical plane, we’ll become acquainted with 48 other planets on the ethereal level. In particular, we

Raymond Andrew Keller II will travel with the noted esotericist Riley H. Crabb to Venus Etheria on a cosmic tour beyond the limits of human imagination!)

Part IV Fight the Power!

In Riley’s Flying Saucers Uncensored, the ufologist noted that, “The owners of the multibillion-dollar oil industry must be shaking in their boots right now.” The Hawaii-to-California transplant understood that the power structure behind these mega corporations was based on well-defined, well-understood, profitable uses of both chemical and thermodynamic terms.

After Riley lectured on the subject of flying saucers at the Masonic Temple in Cleveland, Ohio, in the spring of 1963, a young, handsome, managerial-type junior executive and engineer rushed up to the podium asking him if he could quickly view the UFO slides from the Riley Crabb believed the executives of the multinational oil beginning. The eager young fellow apologized corporations feared that revelations concerning UFO propulsion would put their companies out of business. Illustration for having been unavoidably detained earlier in source: CBS News. the evening and wondered if it would be OK for Riley to rerun the slide show for him. Riley, always ready to help another arrive at a satisfactory understanding of cosmic concepts, ran through the slides again.

To Riley’s surprise, the young man debunked all of the alleged UFO photographs, explaining them all away very rationally. He described Riley’s pictures as “either fakes, photographs of natural objects misinterpreted, or light aberrations in the lens of the camera.”

Riley was somewhat miffed at the belligerent attitude of the young executive. “What makes you such an expert on UFO photograph identification?” Riley Crabb wanted to know.

“I’m an engineer for the Standard Oil Company of Indiana,” replied the gentleman as he handed Riley his business card.

“Oh, I see,” said Riley, adding, “Well, how come Standard Oil is all of the sudden so interested in flying saucers?”

Smiling easily, the young executive replied, “We’re interested in all kinds of things, Mr. Crabb.” He also volunteered that, “We even have a satellite tracking station of our own.”

Of course, for 1965 it was quite impressive that a private concern like Standard Oil of Indiana would have its own space program, regardless of just how “minor league” it may have seemed at the time. Riley suggested with a hint of laughter, “For picking up an occasional flying saucer, too?”

The young man chuckled, but failed to confirm or deny anything with regard to Riley’s question, thereby leaving more unanswered questions than before they started their conversation.

With that, Riley continued in his same vein of asking similar questions. “I suppose you would be keenly interested in some radical new source of power, such as that apparently demonstrated by the UFOs.” “We certainly would,” Riley replied, also reconciling in his own mind that playing ball with 79

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come the oil company executive might be the key to greatly expanding human awareness of Earth’s place in the galactic communion of life forms. There was definitely more that this gentleman knew about the flying saucer mystery, and Riley was persistent enough in his attempts to pry more information about of him while he still had the chance.

Of his meeting with this controversial young oil engineer, Riley opined that, “That was about all he said. But I knew, and he knew, that a cheap, radical new source of power would make the gasoline engine obsolete! It would take care of the smog problem, too! Of course, you people here in San Francisco don’t have smog! Only in Los Angeles!

“By the way, Standard Oil of Indiana is one of the most profitable properties belonging to the Roman Catholic Church. Thus, we see that there are both business and religious reasons why flying saucers are not welcome in the skies of the United States.”

Riley really picked up a hot potato with his flying saucer talk. He wondered whether he should continue with it, for if he was going to take that route, he had better prepare himself for an encounter with the mysterious “Men in Black,” the ones he had heard so much about in UFO circles. After he had given this same presentation in San Jose, California, two space age technicians approached him and wanted to take a look at his notes on “Rockets and Missiles,” the ones reviewing Murtaugh’s controversial Detroit, Michigan, talk.

One of the young men informed Riley that, “We can scarcely believe it. Frankly, I am surprised that this was even published.” The other mumbled something about the German rocketeer, Wernher von Braun, wondering what he knew about the source of power for the flying saucers.

Riley subsequently learned that just a few days before his own appearance in San Jose, von Braun was in nearby San Francisco for a meeting of space scientists speaking on the staggering costs of sending a manned rocket flight to Mars by 1982. At that time, in 1965 the gross national product of the United States was around $700 billion. Wernher von Braun surmised that if the value of our annual national output continued to increase at its present rate, then the projected $200 billion cost for a manned Mars mission would put no greater strain on the overall economy in 1982 than the projected $40 billion would be for the manned Apollo Moon landing then scheduled to take place five years hence in 1970.

But insofar as conventional rocketry was concerned, Riley felt that, “We’ve gone about as far as we can go with the use of burning gases. This is what rockets use. This is what our automobiles use, and it is a real money barrier. Yet, if we are going to continue to progress and grow as a nation, we must have definite goals for the exploration of space beyond 1970.”

Therefore, while Riley did not disagree with von Braun insofar as the United States expanding its space program beyond the Moon in the years following 1970, he was decidedly of the opinion that more economical and viable sources of propulsion needed to developed and implemented for the success of future space missions to the other planets of the solar system and further out to other solar systems. Riley continued, “The old ways have got to go if we are going to grow! And one thing which has helped to shake up the thinking of orthodox science is the flying saucer. As these UFOs have zipped across our skies at fantastic speeds, smug selfsatisfaction has been rudely disturbed in many places.”

Keep reading this column, for in Part V of the Cosmic Ray’s “Riley Crabb Revelations,” a little-known but actual interview conducted by an associate of the Borderland Sciences Research Associates of San Diego, California, with an inhabitant of Agartha, a cavernous world

80

Raymond Andrew Keller II in the interior of the Earth, that took place on 1 July 1955, finally emerges from the deep and dark caverns and into the bright light of day.

Part V Riley’s mentor, Dr. Meade Layne Dr. Meade Layne (8 September 1882-12 May 1961), was the founder and first president of the Borderland Sciences Research Associates, from 1945-1959. Born in Viroqua, Wisconsin, he grew up in San Diego, California. Layne led a very eclectic life, to be sure. Besides being a pioneer researcher of parapsychology and ufology, he sold office supplies, worked as a real estate agent, managed an oil and gas company and even wrote poetry. Having a doctorate in English literature, Layne was also employed as a professor of such at the University of Agarthans are Etheric beings that inhabit the Inner World.

Illustration source: Dinar Daily.

Southern California and later served as head of the English Department at Illinois Wesleyan University and Florida Southern College.

Among the emerging ufology community of the late 1940s, Layne was well-known for being among the first to propose an early version of the interdimensional hypothesis to explain sightings of flying saucers. All along the way, he was assisted in his research by Riley H. Crabb, who assumed the presidency of the Borderland Sciences Research Associates in 1959 and continued with it until 1985, whence he retired and settled down with a new wife in New Zealand.

Realms of Etheria Both Layne and Crabb were convinced that while some of the flying saucers did, indeed, represent either some type of advanced military or extraterrestrial technology, there was a substantial number of cases where an overlap with other types of paraphysical phenomena were noted. For these cases, the Newton Meade Layne (1882-1961), leadership of the Borderland Sciences Research Associates pioneer researcher of Borderland Sciences. Photo source: Borderland Sciences speculated that the flying saucers involved were piloted by Research Foundation, Eureka, California. beings from a parallel dimension, which Layne and Crabb referred to as “Etheria.” The vehicles they employed to reach our dimensional plane were not so much spaceships as “ether ships;” and these remained largely invisible unless the vibrational rate of their atomic structure was slowed down sufficiently for their craft to be seen by ourselves, the inhabitants of the terrestrial, or physical plane of existence.

At various lectures presented on the flying saucer enigma, Layne and Crabb informed their audiences that some Etherians were actually, but temporarily, living and working among us, having been trapped on our world following the malfunction or crashing of their ether 81

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come ships while conducting reconnaissance in the vicinity of atomic and nuclear experimentation and testing sites. Layne and Crabb were of the opinion that these Etherians and their ether ships were responsible for inspiring much of our world’s mythology and religion.

But these Etherians, in their estimation, were not gods or even angels, in the Biblical sense of these terms, but rather mortal beings with an extremely high level of technological and spiritual advancement, at least in comparison to our own cosmic evolution. These beings possessed longevity extending over thousands of years, as time is measured on Earth. Through select individuals with developed psychic abilities on our planet, the Etherians have, on occasion, revealed some of their accumulated wisdom to humankind. In the Round Robin Meade Layne at the Borderlands Sciences Research Associnewsletter of the Borderland Sciences Research ates hired the premier psychic of his era, Mark Probert, to channel various entities from the Etheric realms following the Associates, originally published out their appearance of a vast mothership that passed over San Diego, headquarters in San Diego, California, but now California, on 9 October 1946. moved to Eureka, California, members of the organization would share the content of such revelations they had personally received from sundry Etherians coming from the invisible realms parallel to our own reality.

Overcoming Barriers to Understanding In Crabb’s Flying Saucers Uncensored, the paranormal researcher takes us back to 1 July 1955, when one of the Borderland Sciences Research Associates revealed an interesting dialog that he conducted with a so-called “Visitor” from the Etheric Realms. He claimed that this visitor was not from another planet in outer space, but from the cavern world of Agartha in the interior of the Earth. Concerning this interview, Crabb wrote, “If you think you are an intelligent person, fully capable of communicating with a visitor from another world, try this on for size.” In all probability, the Borderland Sciences channeler of this entity was none other than the premier psychic of the late 1940s and early 1950s, Mark Probert.3 What follows is an abbreviated transcript of the actual conversation that took place between the channeler of the Borderland Sciences group and a denizen of Agartha: Human: Can you tell us anything about the flying discs and similar objects?

Entity: Yes, if it is lawful to tell and you are able to understand.

Human: Meade Layne says they are Etherians. Some say they are from other planets or from our Earth. Which is right?

3

82

To understand the importance of Mark Probert’s psychic work to the Borderland Sciences Research Associates, the reader’s attention is invited to Stephen Canner’s article, “Mark Probert, the Inner Circle, and the UFOs: A Mystery in Vinyl,” We Are the Mutants website, 20 December 2020, https://wearethemutants. com/2020/12/17/mark-probert-the-inner-circle-and-ufos-a-mystery-in-vinyl/ (Accessed 21 February 2021).

Raymond Andrew Keller II Entity: All of them. There are many different objects which some people can see at times.

They come from other planets, from other planes of life, and some from places on this planet, places unknown to you.

Human: Then there are Etherians?

Entity: Yes. Human: Are they human beings?

Entity: Is steam water? Is a mixture of gases water?

Human: Well, not exactly.

Entity: Yet steam can be produced from water, or converted into water.

Human: I see.

Entity: Somehow, I doubt it.

Human: Can you communicate with Etherians at will?

Entity: Yes, if we have reasons for doing so.

We do not waste time communicating, merely for amusement or to satisfy idle curiosity.

Human: How is this done?

Entity: Exactly the same as I am now communicating with you. It is a matter of converting or translating vibrational frequencies to establish rapport between two intelligences. It is not necessary that these intelligences be embodied in corporeal flesh. In fact, flesh is often a hindrance. The real being of any entity is not what you see. It clothes itself with the physical body just as the body does with physical garments.

Human: Are their intentions friendly?

Entity: That depends on your thoughts toward them. As ye sow, so shall ye reap! No person of good will need fear them. No member of any truly great race will deliberately kill.

They do watch and they do try to prevent evil. If you only realized that you are brother to every Etherians as trans-dimensional light beings. From Keller Veintelligent being in the universe. There may be, nus Files: Photo at top depicts transmogrification of the Venuat times, erring brothers and sisters; but they sian “Marla,” a.k.a. Connie Menger, Howard Menger’s second wife. Photo at bottom depicts transmogrification of Howard are still brothers and sisters.

Menger himself into his true identity as “Sol du Naro,” an avaHuman: Do flying saucers or discs from tar sent to Earth from the Saturnian system. Both photos were other planets come here in what we would call taken by Cedric Jensen, a member of the High Bridge, New normal flight? Or is there a materialization and Jersey Flying Saucer Club, on Howard Menger’s farm located on the outskirts of that city. The second photo was taken at dematerialization as some have claimed? a meeting of the club with a Polaroid camera in a darkened Entity: That depends on where they come room as Howard literally lit up in a darkened basement in from. Those from nearby points come by front of 40 people in attendance. For more information about please read Dr. Raymond Keller’s Venus Rising: what you would call normal flight. Those theA Mengers, Concise History of the Second Planet (Terra Alta, WV: from distant places are teleported here. They Headline Books, 2015), available on amazon.com while supplies last. are converted into pure energy at the place of 83

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come origin and materialized back to their original form here. Some humans have seen them during this process.

Human: Could you explain that a little more?

Entity: I’ll explain it; but you won’t understand. The first thing to be done is to isolate a cube of space. This cube may be anything from inches to miles. The effect is produced by the play of the mental force on etheric matter and consists in establishing a null or neutral zone of free space energies. The boundaries of this cube are therefore shaped as may be desired. Into this space area are then brought whatever mechanisms and instruments may be useful, in the region where the Guardians (Etherians who patrol interdimensional realms) desire the ship to operate.

Human: Is this done only by mind power?

Entity: By both mental and mechanical means. The next step is to “posit” the ship in space.

This is done by converting the energy rates. A change of rates is equivalent to a change of location.

Human: Then when they get here, why don’t the pilots of the saucers land and get acquainted with the people of this planet?

Entity: Would you?

Human: But there must be some among us worthy of contact?

Entity: What leads you to believe such contacts have not been made?

Human: I, uh, I just couldn’t believe it, at least those that I have read about. Could you tell us how they go? They don’t seem to have engines like our planes or our rockets.

Entity: Your engineers and scientists would not recognize it if they saw it. It is out of the range of their thinking at present. The discs are powered with pure energy flows which permeate all space and all planets. You know something about the results of these flows- electricity, light, heat, gravitation and so on. But you know nothing about the source of these, the primary flows of energy in their pure form. I cannot explain it to you.

Human: Why not?

Entity: Could you explain algebra or calculus to a three-year-old?

The Agarthan made an excellent point here. It would be impossible to explain any form of higher mathematics to a three-year-old, unless, perchance, that youngster was a mathematical genius who carried that ability over from a prior incarnation. But this is precisely what the leaders Layne, Crabb and others in the Borderland Sciences Research Associates had been trying to do since the organization was established in San Diego, California, in 1946. To understand the circumstances surrounding the foundation of Borderland Sciences and the flying saucer flap that ensued with the appearance of a vast mothership over San Diego in that fateful year, please check out pages 158-206 of my first book in the current series, Venus Rising: A Concise History of the Second Planet (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2015). The close ties between Meade Layne and others in Borderland Sciences with the most prominent contactee of the age of flying saucers, George Adamski, are also explored in that particular Venus Rising book.

In some of the Venus conferences, I have shared panels with others that have established contact with our Venusian friends in the Etheric realms, Omnec Onec of the United States and the Bolivian seer Luis Fernando Mostajo Maertens. While Riley Crabb is no longer physically with us, I feel privileged to be working closely with our dear Sister Omnec and Brother Luis in transmitting the higher dimensional message of hope from the Etheric realm of Venus to all the readers of my articles and books, thereby playing some small part in helping to overcome the barriers to understanding that have hitherto been impeding a direly needed understanding of 84

Raymond Andrew Keller II those entities inhabiting the higher dimensional yet invisible planes of existence that completely surround and bless us on a daily basis.

When I think about the Guardians sent from the inner world Agartha and even other planets like Venus existing at high vibrations that have come to Earth in the capacity of avatars to assist us in our cosmic evolution, the words of wise King David of Israel in Psalm 91:11 (King James Version) immediately come to mind: “For he shall give his angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways.”

"Cosmic Ray" Keller, the Venus historian, and Omnec Onec, the Ambassador from Venus, shared recollections of our sister planet at the "From Venus With Love" conference at the foot of Mt. Shasta in Northern California, 27-29 July 2018.

Part VI Extraterrestrial musings

“The mind’s eye knows the twinkling stars for the mighty suns of innumerable distant worlds. And now the mind has learned to wonder whether those worlds are, in truth, so remote after all; whether the inconceivable gulfs of space have not had their Columbuses eons ago; and whether, nearby to us but unseen, there may be those who gaze at us as we gaze at the stars, in silence….

-Aimee Michel, pioneer French ufologist, Flying Saucers and the Straight-Line Mystery (Paris, France: Editorial Arthaud, 1958)

Transit from Venus Etheria to Earth Physical In late 1958 and early 1959, the esotericist Riley Crabb delivered a series of lectures on “Flying Saucers and the Coming Space Probes” California Contactee George Adamski with photo of Venusian to small gatherings in Southern California. All scout ship on television program in 1959. of these presentations were sponsored by the Borderland Sciences Research Associates (BSRA) of San Diego. At that time, the English literature professor N. Meade Layne was still president of the BSRA, but he was mentoring Crabb to soon take over for him. Layne was getting ready to retire, but felt that Crabb, with his inside track in the Department of Defense, could steer the BSRA in more assertive directions, especially in regard to uncovering conspiracies to conceal the true nature of the UFO phenomenon from the public at large on the part of agencies of the United States government.

During these presentations, Crabb attempted, to the best of his understanding, to explain the transit of the ether ships from Venus Etheria to Earth Physical. During the instantaneous flight of such a saucer between these two disparate types of worlds, Crabb noted that the ship 85

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come “rides the crest of a magnetic wave of energy from the Sun.” The esotericist pointed out that, in this regard at least, he was speaking of the departure of a Venusian space ship from the surface of the etheric sphere of Venus, rather than its physical or 3-D surface. “Venus Etheria would normally be invisible to us, unreal to us;” remarked Crabb in his discourse, adding, “though it would be quite real, tangible and solid to a person born on that surface and conditioned to its finer matter.”

Crabb pointed out that at the headquarters of the BSRA, the leadership had arrived at an acceptance and understanding of the invisible worlds, such as Venus Etheria, being the key to unravelling the flying saucer conundrum. Until this could be fully grasped by those in positions of authority here on Earth, Crabb noted that, “Flying saucers will forever remain an unsolvable riddle to the material minded.”

Prophetic Insight of Riley Crabb

Parker Solar Probe of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) swings around Venus for a gravity assist on its way to the Sun and in the process, obtains some amazing data and images, showcasing the planet in a way that we have never seen it before. Photo: Microsoft News, 26 February 2021, https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/technology/holy-moly-this-new-venus-photo-is-just-ridiculous/arBB1e1Muw?ocid=se (Accessed 26 February 2021).

As if Riley Crabb could read the headlines concerning a space probe that finally arrived at Venus in 2021, he declared back in 1958 and 1959 that, “I have shown the magnetic waves, or flights of cosmic particles from the Sun, as pulsing forth in great spirals, thus conforming to the galactic pattern or hooked cross. In terms of our understanding, any point in the Sun’s field is equidistant from any other point. As Meade Layne has pointed out numberless times in our BSRA bulletins, an hour of Earth time may equate with a million years of solar time, or vice versa. It all depends on the point of view. There is no possibility of really understanding these differences, however, until one has actually experienced them.”

Parker Probe Findings In the past two and a half years already, NASA’s Parker Solar Probe has made four fly-bys of the planet Venus, each time gaining a gravity boost on its journey to the Sun, its primary target for data collection. Nevertheless, it has also sent back much interesting information about our nearest planetary neighbor, Venus. While the probe made its fourth fly-by of Venus on 21 February 2021, no information has yet to be released on that most recent lap. However, the probe, equipped with a camera, managed to snag a photo of Venus on its third fly-by of that world back in August 2020 that is absolutely stunning. Writing for Microsoft News on 26 February 2021, space correspondent Mike Wehner points out that, “The image shows the night side of Venus, complete with what looks like a shower of sparks but what is actually a combination of cosmic rays and pieces of dust and debris that appear as bright dashes. The photo also shows something that scientists weren’t necessarily expecting to see: A bright halo around Venus, extending to its dark side.

“The instrument on the Parker Solar Probe that made this incredible image possible is called WISPR. It’s short for ‘Wide-field Imager for Parker Solar Probe’ (don’t ask me how that makes 86

Raymond Andrew Keller II sense), and it was designed to capture images of the Sun’s corona, inner heliosphere, and also the solar wind, according to NASA, but it also appears to be pretty good at snapping images of planets as well.”

The amazing Venus photo was made possible thanks to the extremely close pass the probe made of Venus. The picture was taken at a distance of just 7,693 miles, which is fairly close in astronomical terms. Wehner opines that, “The cosmic rays and dust give the photo extra flair.

It’s hard not to consider this one of the best photos of Venus ever taken.”

The WISPR science team believes that the strange halo around the planet is due to charged oxygen atoms in the Venusian atmosphere that drift to the night side of the planet. However, the recent discovery of phosphines in the Venusian atmosphere indicates the existence of a complex eco-system in the heavy clouds of our sister planet; and as I wrote in my previous Venus Rising series of books, there are vast swarms of bioluminescent insects in the Venusian cloud layers that find their source of nourishment there, thus lighting up the night side of the planet and creating its so-called “limb effect” that puzzled our astronomers for years.

Wehner also states that NASA’s Parker Solar Probe, equipped with infrared-sensitive instrumentation, was able to detect the signatures of “certain features” on the surface of Venus.

This revealed a previously unknown “window” that will now allow NASA scientists to peek through the Venusian atmospheric layers. It is such a pity that it has taken months for various findings of the Parker Solar Probe to clear the censors at NASA, who have never been forthright in any of their disclosures about the mysterious planet Venus.

From what has been revealed from the Parker Solar Probe so far, Riley Crabb was correct in the assumptions he was making in the late 1950s that the interactions of Venus Etheria with Earth on the Physical Plane all take place within the context of the electro-gravitic field of the Sun. Of George Adamski’s initial contact with the Venusian “Orthon,” he writes in Flying Saucers Have Landed (British Book Centre, New York, New York, 1953), the book he co-authored with Desmond Leslie, that, “Certain students of this subject have asked me if I thought saucers and their occupants might normally be ‘etheric’ in nature or texture, but be able to ‘condense’ and so take on ‘solidarity’ and ‘visibility’ in Earth’s environment.

“This is an involved subject. There are, of course, more things in heaven and Earth than we have dreamed of and it never pays to be too arbitrary about those things which as yet we ‘see through a glass darkly’. But for now, I am confining myself to a factual accounting of what I actually saw and heard on that memorable 20 November and the texture and substance of both this man and his ship were far from being anything through which you could stick your finger.

It was ‘solid’ in the way anything else is solid in our three-dimension world.”4 In other words, Adamski was not discounting the possibility of an etheric encounter. And many contactees who have actually traveled to Venus and other planets existing on an etheric level have stated that had it not been for the extraterrestrials informing them that they had stepped out onto a higher dimensional plane, they would have just assumed they had never left the Earth as a realm of physicality.

A brief synopsis of “Life on Planet Venus,” taken from the archives of previously unpublished George Adamski writings, appeared in the December 1975 Cosmic Bulletin of the George Adamski Foundation in Vista, California, ten years after that famous contactee’s death. In 4

George Adamski and Desmond Leslie, Flying Saucers Have Landed (Library of Light online copy of 1953 edition), http://www.universe-people.com/english/svetelna_knihovna/htm/en/en_kniha_flying_saucers_have_ landed.htm (Accessed 26 February 2021).

87

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come this article, Adamski writes that, “It may be surprising to some people to learn that life on other planets of our solar system is quite similar to ours on Earth. Those who have shown an interest in the interplanetary travelers have been prone to believe that they are superior beings, comparable to angels. But in reality, they are human beings, not too different from ourselves.

Their customs vary, as do those practiced in many nations of this planet….” He then goes on to describe the advanced Venusian science, that gives them a greater technological edge over us Earthlings.

Riley Crabb reconciles Adamski’s description of a physical realm on Venus with his analysis of our sister planet as existing in a Fourth Dimension, a realm that still retains physicality but maintains the power to transcend the forces of space and time at will.

Riley Crabb’s “4-D Explanation” Both Riley Crabb and N. Meade Layne put a lot of research and thought into Venus existing in the Fourth Dimension and the UFOs which materialize from space having their point of origin on our sister planet. Riley noted that, “Flying saucers emerge onto our plane of perception from a different space frame. This is done by a conversion of energy…. Or let us say that the UFO moves into our perception by a change of vibration, as was demonstrated to scientists at Muroc (later renamed Edwards Air Force Base) in 1954.5 This physical phenomenon has been observed and reported by others who were not sworn to secrecy.”

Crabb believed that matter, as constituted in a denser form in our material universe, could not stand the temperatures and strains found in the higher dimensions. Crabb noted that, “As it is now, when our fastest jets get above 2,000 miles per hour, the skin of the plane heats up to over 600 degrees Fahrenheit. But flying saucers have been tracked at speeds of six and seven thousand miles per hour on radar.”

Flying saucers become visible, and hence tangible to us, at the point of energy conversion.

Crabb believes that the metals that compose these saucers are etheric. “On its own plane of existence,” surmised Crabb, “the saucer is just as hard to beings or Etherians, if you will, of that plane of existence as the physical steel that composes a jet is to us in our reality. The conversion of such an ethereal vehicle would, according to our contemporary knowledge of quantum physics, involve a superimposition of particles being bilocated across trans-dimensional points along the “Superspectrum,” a name that esotericist John A. Keel devised to explain the Omniverse. When such a saucer materializes in our physical reality, it undoubtedly dematerializes at its point of origin; and when it dematerializes from our own sight in the physical world, it is rematerializing in the Etheric world from whence it came. In other words, the ship hasn’t left the points in time and space which it occupies, but its molecular structure is temporarily shifting frequencies and, in the process, assuming a cloak of visibility/invisibility, depending on which vibratory level it is coming from and going to.

One can say that there is a spectrum of tangibility, just as there exists a spectrum for light or sound. At is town normal rate of vibration, Etheric matters passes easily through the physical Earth and is, therefore, much more easily controlled by thought. This is the adjustment that our scientists, and eventually the general population, will have to make insofar as our understanding 5

88

The reader’s attention is invited to Peter Carlson, “Ike and the Alien Ambassadors,” 19 February 2020, Washington Post (Washington, D.C.). The saucer landing and meeting with then President Dwight D. Eisenhower with “Nordic-looking” extraterrestrials allegedly occurred on 20 February 1954 at the Southern California Air Force Base.

Raymond Andrew Keller II of ethereal phenomena. For the ultra-dimensionals that inhabit and thrive in these lighter densities, Riley Crabb concluded that, “Any mental form can be brought into physical existence.” And he further declared that, “This is done by mental action and controlled by mental action.

In their own worlds, Etheric objects are as real as Earth objects.”

Nothing to Laugh About Riley Crabb did provide these salient words of caution to the plethora of skeptics out there: “Before you laugh at all this, remember that you have made your own body with your mind. If you don’t like what you see when you look in the mirror, don’t blame anyone but yourself. What you were yesterday in thought and feeling, you are in The Etherians have taught us that we each have the power to reinvent ourselves. Art today’s action. This is true of the Etherian in his own world.

He makes his own body with his mind; but much more Mirrors Art, from collection, “Pablo Picasso and the Women.” See https://artmirrorsart. easily and quickly, and beautifully! He can also produce a wordpress.com/2014/01/05/picasso-and-thewomen-and-a-few-mirrors-in-between-partcube, a sphere or a flying saucer.” ii/.

From Keller Venus Files: Below is mimeographed copy with excerpt from page 26 of Riley Hansard Crabb’s Flying Saucers Uncensored (Vista, California: Borderland Sciences Research Associates, 1965), explaining the various planes of existence and their interaction with one another. For a good description of the planet Venus at multidimensional levels and its connection to the inner world of Agartha, please check out Chapter II, “Things More Bizarre,” in Dr. Raymond Keller’s Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2017), pages 21-32.

89

Chapter 5

Buck Nelson’s Trip to the Moon, Mars and Venus Part I (Note: The following section was derived from a lecture presented by Buck Nelson, a farmer from Mountain View, Missouri, before the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships of Detroit, Michigan, on the 26th and 28th of July 1955.)

Introduction by Laura Marxer, Chairperson, Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. When George Adamski, co-author of Flying Saucers Have Landed,6 and author of Inside the Space Ships7, spoke to the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships in May 1955, he told of an experience that had come to his attention concerning a Mr. Buck Nelson of Mountain View, Missouri. In a letter to Mr. Adamski, Mr. Nelson had told of visitors from other planets coming down over his farm in Missouri in their flying saucers, and of the eventual trip they had given him to their homes.

Shortly thereafter, a committee, me included, went to Mountain View, Missouri, to investigate Mr. Nelson, with a view to bringing him to Detroit to lecture on his experiences. We found him to be a simple man, living alone in a humble house he had built for himself, high in an isolated area of the Ozark Mountains. His dog and his horse were his only companions.

We inquired in the village of Mountain View and found that he was respected, liked by his neighbors, paid his bills, and that flying saucers had been seen by others in the vicinity. In checking into Mr. Nelson’s earlier life, we found that he had done some special police work in Los Angeles, in the nature of plant (factory) protection, for a brief period; but for the greater part of his life, he has been a farmer. In checking the grounds around Mr. Nelson’s home, we feel that what he says could have happened.

Mr. Nelson had no witnesses to his visitors and the trip. Neither had Mr. Adamski; nor Mr. Daniel Fry, author of the White Sands Incident;8 nor Mr. Truman Bethurum, author of Aboard a Flying Saucer.9 We have no 100% proof to offer you. We can only make Mr. Nelson’s story 6 7 8 9 90

George Adamski and Desmond Leslie, Flying Saucers Have Landed (New York, New York: British Book Centre, 1953) George Adamski, Inside the Space Ships (New York, New York: Abelard-Schuman, 1955) Daniel Fry, White Sands Incident (Louisville, Kentucky: Best Books, 1966, original edition Franklin Thomas, 1954) Truman Bethurum, Aboard a Flying Saucer (Los Angeles, California: DeVorss and Company, 1954)

Raymond Andrew Keller II available for you to evaluate for yourself. And now, may I present Mr. Buck Nelson, farmer, from Mountain View, Missouri.

Buck Nelson Speaks Good evening, folks. I am happy to be with you tonight. The first part of my story started on 30 July 1954. I was listening to my radio at home at 4:00 p.m. when it began to go crazy wild. My dog, too, set up a barking and my pony outside began to raise all kinds of cane. I went outside, more to see what my animals were doing than anything. As I went out the kitchen door, right over it there were three huge disks. I went back to get my camera and I photographed them three times. Upon developing the pictures, however, only in one photograph did two of the disks show up. I had taken a flashlight out with me when I went to get the camera and I signaled to the disks to land, by flashing it at them. Immediately I felt a very hard jolt of some kind of current flashed back at me. It knocked me to the ground, behind a barrel and I waited there for several minutes before moving, as I have suffered from neuritis in the back and lumbago for fifteen years. I waited until the disks left and then I tried to get up. I felt no more pain at all; and regardless of the weather or how hot or cold it is, I have felt no more pain in my back. Later the visitors explained to me that they had sent the ray to help me and not to hurt me, since they knew of the condition of my back. At first, however, naturally my first thought was that it was an unfriendly gesture.

The second contact was on 1 February 1955 at twelve noon. They circled low over the house and asked in a friendly voice, as though from a public address system, if I was friendly. They said they would like to land in the back of my pasture, beyond the house where there is a spring. They wanted to know if I would allow them to land unmolested. They said they would like to land many times, if necessary. They talked for about five minutes.

They did not land; but when they said goodbye they said, “We’ll see you again.”

On 5 March 1955 around midnight, they entered the Above: Photo of Buck Nelson (1895-1982) at his house. There were three men. One of them was a young annual Spacecraft Convention with his dog Ted Earthman named Little Buck, a trainee who was learning on his homestead in Mountain View, Missouri, to operate the ship, too, they told me; another who never from the 28 June 1966 edition of the Southeast Missourian, Fort Girardeau, Missouri. gave his name; and Bob Solomon from Venus, who gave this name as a means of identification; and a big dog named Bo. The dog stood as high as a dining room table, and stood higher than my head when he stood on his hind legs. They stayed with me for about one hour. They were interested in everything in the house, especially my radio. I tuned it to different stations for them and when they saw the battery on top of it they asked what that was for. And when I told them that it was for the power they smiled and said, “With all of this power around you in the air, and you’re still using that accumulator!”

The trainee never spoke; and in later visits the trainee was a different man each time. The other two spoke good English. They were interested in my clock and they pointed around the figures on our clock and shook their heads. There are seventeen numerals on their clock. They 91

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come were interested in the oil stove I have. I had to light the oil stove for them. They wanted to see it burn. They held their hands over the burner to see how hot it was. They went around the house and looked everything over, the bed, furniture, etc. They went past a picture of Christ. I asked them if that meant anything to them and they said, “Yes, we understand; but you people don’t.”

They said we have an entire misconception of it all. I have a small light planted outside and they wanted to see that before they left.

On 22 March 1955 at midnight, they circled low over the house and then they visited me and told me to get ready for my trip into space. They left after staying a very short time.

Part II (Note: The following section was derived from a lecture presented by Buck Nelson, a farmer from Mountain View, Missouri, before the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships in Detroit, Michigan, on the 26th and 28th of July 1955.)

Buck Nelson Speaks (Continued) Colorful Mars I left this Earth with them on 24 April 1955, at midnight. I first arrived on Mars and ate dinner at a ruler’s house. The air is just a little different and I was told that they set the gauges on the ship when I left this planet, so that when I arrived on Mars I would be acclimated, ready to step off on Mars and not feel the difference of the atmosphere. The day was very bright and the Sun was either just coming up or going down; I don’t know which. I lost all track of time in taking the trip.

The buildings were built of rock on the outside and the interiors seemed to be made of steel or iron of some kind. How it was put on I could not tell. I have done some carpentry work but I have no idea how they put a steel finish on the inside. It looked like it was plastered on; but it was definitely iron or steel. The parts of the hinge side of the doors were molded into the door.

The only part you could see loose was the pin.

It was a very colorful planet; but you couldn’t tell where one color began and the other ended; it was so colorful.

The people did not that I was from Earth until they were introduced to me. The children came up around me and wanted to ask questions. There are other races of different colors, I am told; but that part I was taken to was most like what I would be used to.

On Mars they use electric power and Sun power.

A Moon Base Next, I landed on the Moon. Again, we went directly to the ruler’s home there and we ate again. The side o the Moon we see from this Earth has deep craters and mountains; and there is snow on those mountains. There is water, but not on the side that we see. There is snow on the mountains on both sides.

The ruler’s home was built in a crater. The first room we entered had a telescope and rock samples on shelves all around it. The Moon is used for a base, they told me, for interplanetary travel. The Earth is the only planet in the system that does not travel from planet to planet.

There are homes there on the Moon to house the personnel that keep up the bases. Small towns,

92

Raymond Andrew Keller II you might say. I was told that there are lakes and rivers on the dark side of the Moon, although I did not see any. It was very hazy.

Cloudy Venus On Venus I had two landings. The first time I ate at the ruler’s home, too. Venus, too, was very cloudy and hazy. You could see but a little distance. The homes there were made of rock and had steel interiors, too. On Venus I saw three floating cities. The Sun shined just as brightly as a typical day on Earth.

Home Attractions Now I will take you back before I took my trip. There is a spring there in the west part, in back of my house about a thousand feet. The visitors have been cleaning out that spring for me.

They use the water for their drinking water, they said. They have come there many times when I haven’t known it and have left some little tell-tale signs, like a rock placed on the post by the spring, etc.

Their dog, Bo, was very smart. He seemed to mind their orders would their speaking to him. I would tell my dog to sit up and Bo would smile and laugh at him.

One time the visitors left a circle of twelve rocks. When they landed again, I asked them what the rocks meant. They told me they were the Twelve Laws of God, as they live it; and they are presented here as I copied them down in the dark, by the light of the interior of their spaceship as it shone out the door: The Twelve Laws of God Love: Love your Maker, your parents, your neighbor, all birds and animals on Earth, and everything in the air and sea.

Honor: Honor your God and parents. Obey God’s law which is also man’s law. Do as you wish to be done by.

Obey: Obey God’s laws, your parents and respect the rights of others.

Love your Maker, God. Thou shall not kill. This includes accidents and war.

1. Love your neighbor.

2. Let your light shine before men and all will see your good works. This will reflect honor to you and your Maker, God. 3. Thou shall not commit adultery.

4. Thou shall not steal.

The principles of loving, honoring and obeying God are 5. Thou must do as you wish to be done by. universal, according to contactee Buck Nelson. Source for 6. No other god shall come before God painting of Venusian Jesus is ufologist George Filer, https://nationalufocenter.com/2015/11/filers-files-45-2015-astronautsAlmighty. saw-ufos/.

7. Do not take the name of God in vain.

8. Honor your father and mother.

93

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come 9. Your body is God’s; so do not misuse it in any way. Do not drink or eat or use anything that is not a food. Use nothing to harm the body either in or out. Wear nothing on the body that harms the body or is of no use. God made our body; and is it not good?

10. God made the Heavens and all worlds and we must give Him thanks for what He gives us.

Clarifications I asked if this was all. The young Earthman, also named Buck,10 who is now nineteen yearsold and who had gone with the visitors voluntarily from his home in Colorado when he was seventeen, said, “We have other rules like you folks do, local and national, but only a few. We mostly live by the Twelve Laws of God, as they cover most everything. Our government is what one here on Earth would call local, or even family-like.”

Midnight Express, Red-Eye Flight It was 27 April 1955 when I returned home from the trip at midnight. They generally take off at midnight and return then. I was told they could come in at any time but could leave better at midnight. *** A detailed question and answer period followed Buck Nelson’s presentation on his trip to the Moon, Mars and Venus. Thanks to a recording of Buck’s talk by Laura Marxer of the Detroit, Michigan Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships, it is my great privilege to share the ever-relevant questions from the club members and farmer Buck’s pertinent responses to them in the next segment of this chapter.

Part III (Note: The following article was derived from a lecture presented by Buck Nelson, a farmer from Mountain View, Missouri, before the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships in Detroit, Michigan, on the 26th and 28th of July 1955.)

Buck Answers Questions about Life in Outer Space A “question and answer period” followed the lectures: Q. Do space people dress like us?

A. Yes, they dress very much like we do here.

Q. Do they eat meat?

A. Yes, in an emergency. I had eggs at one meal and there was fish. Nothing fried, all boiled.

Q. How do they speak English?

10 It is interesting to note that Buck Nelson was born and raised in Colorado, where he worked as a cowboy before moving to Missouri and purchasing a farm there. Based on my own experiences in encountering my higher self from Venus, who appeared to me in pulsating flashes of an intense white light onboard an ethereal beam ship as a teenager but wearing the clothing representative of twelve prior Earth incarnations, I am speculating that the farmer was meeting his own higher self, an entity operative on a lighter, ultra-dimensional density of the planet Venus. This principle is adequately demonstrated in the movie K-PAX (Universal Pictures, 2001), starring Kevin Spacey as the extraterrestrial Prot, the higher manifestation of the beleaguered human being Robert Porter.

94

Raymond Andrew Keller II A. Very well. They monitor our radio and television programs. That is how they got so good at it.

Q. Do they have animals on the planets?

A. When I took my trip, they knew I was interested in horses; and as we flew over Venus, they tipped the ship so I could see horses in the pasture. When I landed at the ruler’s home, in one place, I saw the children playing with several sizes of dogs.

Q. Did they give you names?

A. No, no names. The only names they gave me were of the ones I was to contact time and again, and only for identification purposes.

Laura Marxer, a.k.a. Laura Mundo, sponsored a series of Q. Were you taken to the planets in a mother lectures by famous contactees at her Detroit, Michigan Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships. From Keller Venus ship or a saucer?

Files, photo taken by Canadian pulp science fiction magazine A. No, I was taken in a ship about fifty feet illustrator, Gene Duplantier of Willowdale, Ontario, depicts across, probably eight feet high. There was no Laura Marxer with George Adamski at dinner following his presentation in downtown Detroit hotel on 24 March 1954. mother ship. It made the trip into space on its Duplantier traveled to Detroit to interview Adamski about own power. I slept in the ship and I was allowed his initial contact with a Venusian saucer pilot in the Mojave to take the ship into the air. They showed me Desert on 20 November 1952. Marxer invited Buck Nelson to Detroit based on the recommendations of Adamski, who what buttons to push. I was allowed to play with heartily vouched for the authenticity of Buck’s contacts. it for about fifteen or twenty minutes.

Q. Did they give you anything to put you to sleep on the ship?

A. No. They make you feel so much at home. It’s hard to explain how friendly they are. They would do nothing to harm anyone.

Q. By what power do their ships fly?

A. By magnetic power, they told me.

Q. How long did it take to travel to Mars?

A. My whole trip back and forth took two days and two nights.

Q. Did you know what time it was when you arrived on Mars?

A. No, I was mixed up on time. They told me not to take my watch because the ship would magnetize it. After they allowed me to take off into space, we all went to sleep and the ship was put on automatic control.

Q. Did you see the Sun when you got out into space?

A. No, because it is very dark in space.

Q. Did you notice any difference in your weight on Mars or the Moon?

A. No, I didn’t see any difference. They took me to places that somehow made up for the differences so Earthlings could keep their balance.

Q. How could you see the mountains if there is a haze on the Moon?

A. There is a dense cloudiness around the Moon above secluded valleys; but you can see for quite some distance once you are under it. But you can’t see stars or planets from the Moon.

Q. Do they travel by compass or the stars?

A. They travel by automatic control. They just set their gauges on the ship and go where they want to by their maps.

95

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Q. Did you have your camera ready, expecting to see saucers that first time?

A. No, I only took a farm magazine. They said nothing about flying saucers at all. I had no knowledge of flying saucers before.

Q. How high were the saucers?

A. I should judge a thousand feet. The Air Force came when the place I had the picture developing done reported my pictures to them. They put their camera in the same place and did a lot of figuring. Then they said I came pretty close to their measurements. I was paid five dollars to move the post and I’m not to tell which way it was moved, so that no one else can use my measurements. While one of the saucers landed for the space people to talk to me, two always remained in the air.

Q. Why do they want to land here?

A. They say that they land because they want to watch our atomic age; that every so many ages they come to Earth, more so than others; and our bombs are causing the snow to melt on the ice caps. They are watching our bombing tests.

Q. What can they do to help, when and if there is a bombing?

A. They will help us when the time comes, if we welcome them.

Q. Why don’t they come to our government instead of to ordinary people?

A. Because our government is not friendly. We won’t accept them. We’d shoot them down.

Q. Did they land right straight down or at an angle?

A. Straight down. They pushed over a little tree when they landed. *** The detailed question and answer period that followed Buck Nelson’s presentation on his trip to the Moon, Mars and Venus continues in the next segment of this chapter. Thanks to a recording of Buck’s talk by Laura Marxer of the Detroit, Michigan Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships, it is my great privilege to share the ever-relevant questions from the club members and farmer Buck’s pertinent responses to them.

Part IV (Note: The following article was derived from a lecture presented by Buck Nelson, a farmer from Mountain View, Missouri, before the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships in Detroit, Michigan, on the 26th and 28th of July 1955.)

Buck Answers Questions about Life in Outer Space (Continued) Q. Why didn’t you take a picture of them?

A. They didn’t allow me to; but I begged to take a picture of their dog. And knowing my love for dogs, they allowed me to take Bo’s picture.

Q. Where did the rocks come from that they had on the laboratory on the Moon?

A. I think they come from the Moon.

Q. Why do they build their homes of rock?

A. That is what they have the most of, I guess. They are very short of timber, especially on Mars. There’s plenty of vegetation, however.

Q. Are the homes all of one pattern?

96

Raymond Andrew Keller II A. No, they have all different kinds, just like here on Earth.

Q. Did you see any planets where they manufactured furniture, etc.?

A. No, each time I was taken directly to the ruler’s home and saw only small colonies of homes, in groups.

Q. How old do the people live to be?

A. Buck, Jr., the Earth boy that visited me, was the youngest. He was nineteen; and Bob Solomon was two hundred years old; and yet you could not tell the differences between them.

The trainee never gave his age. He was quite wrinkled; and when the others told their age, they all smiled when I asked the trainee’s age; but they didn’t tell me.

Q. Who was Buck, Jr.?

A. He was born and raised in Denver, Colorado. Went to school there, and his parents, who know about people on other planets, prepared him so that he could be taken to Venus. He is now teaching English in their schools. He never gave his last name. He told me he is a distant cousin of mine and told me all about my family tree; but they didn’t tell me.

Q. Did your cousin die before he was taken to Venus?

A. No, he was taken there alive two years ago, in his Earthly form.

Q. Do they have television?

A. Yes, but all I saw was on the ship and they were sending messages from one ship to the other.

Q. How about their beds on the ship?

A. They were built on the side of the wall. The pillow and mattress are all one piece, built for comfort of the body. They have no blankets. They have a canopy that pulls down from the wall over the bed, down to the floor. It doesn’t touch the body and inside of this wall are temperature controls that you can set for your comfort and for air conditioning.

Lights out on Tralfamadore: Billy Pilgrim and Montana Wildhack settle in for the night. In his journey onboard the flying saucer, Buck Nelson noted that the extraterrestrials did not cover themselves with blankets when they sleep. Rather, they could drop a canopy that completely enveloped the bed, even reaching down to the floor. In the movie adaptation of Kurt Vonnegut’s classic Slaughterhouse-Five (Universal Pictures, 1972), the protagonist Billy Pilgrim (Michael Sacks) asks his hosts on the planet Tralfamadore to drop a canopy so he and his mate, the seductive actress Montana Wildhack (Valerie Perrine), can go to bed and share some intimate moments. In writing this scene, was Kurt Vonnegut inspired by actual contactee accounts, such as Buck Nelson’s?

97

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Q. How long did it take you on your trip?

A. It took two days and two nights.

Q. Did you see any objects in space?

A. No, all that I saw was space and it was dark. They turned out the ship’s lights so I could see how dark it was.

Q. Did you have the same relative position when you left the Earth as when you came back?

A. Yes, the bottom of the ship was directed towards the Earth, both going up and coming down on this planet and theirs.

Q. What did you mean when you said that they turned the center of the ship to make a turn?

A. Our ships have to turn completely around to make a turn; and they turn only the round center of the ship. The outer part remains stationary because there is no front or back to their ships. The turn the core around and can go frontwards or backwards immediately. That is how they make such sharp turns.

Q. What speed did you travel?

A. Faster than lightening, that’s the only way I can describe it.

Q. Why do the visitors refuse to have pictures taken?

A. One of the reasons is that Bucky would be recognized. The other is that there have been people from Mars and Venus down here, walking amongst us; and they don’t want to disclose their identity until we prove ourselves friendly to them.

Q. Where did you land on Venus?

A. In the ruler’s backyard, landing straight down.

Q. How are the women on their planets?

A. Much the same as ours, only better looking.

Q. Describe Bo, the Venusian dog.

A. His hair was like the finest of silk and hung in huge clusters. He stands about as high as a dining room table, is all white except for a few black spots, and weighs about 250 to 300 pounds. When he stands on his hind feet, he is about six feet high.

Q. Does he have any dog odor?

A. No, he does not.

Q. Does he have any fleas?

A. No, I don’t believe he did. But my dog and Bo were both washed down at the spring, by the visitors, before they were allowed to get on the ship.

Q. Are the space people going to visit you again?

A. Bob Solomon told me goodbye; but Buck, Jr., From Keller Venus Files: Original drawing by Dan might come back again.

The detailed question and answer period that followed Buck Nelson’s presentation on his trip to the Moon, Mars and Venus continues in the next segment of this chapter. Thanks to a recording of Buck’s talk by Laura Marxer of the Detroit, Michigan Study Group

98

B. Haber of Mansfield, Ohio, a member of the Detroit, Michigan Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships, for the cover of Buck Nelson’s first mimeographed book, My Trip to the Moon, Mars and Venus, edited and produced by Laura Marxer, Director of the Detroit, Michigan Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships, for sale at future speaking engagements of Buck Nelson or available for purchase from the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships through the mail.

Raymond Andrew Keller II on Interplanetary Relationships, it is my great privilege to share the ever-relevant questions from the club members and farmer Buck’s pertinent responses to them.

Part V (Note: The following article was derived from a lecture presented by Buck Nelson, a farmer from Mountain View, Missouri, before the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships in Detroit, Michigan, on the 26th and 28th of July 1955.)

Buck Answers Questions about Life in Outer Space (Continued) Q. What do the people of other planets do for a living?

A. It’s hard to answer that because I got off the ships and went right to the ruler’s home to eat and didn’t get to see very much. But they have cities the same as we do; so they must carry on as we do and work as we do. The children look much happier. They do a lot of traveling from planet to planet. They are very happy people.

Q. Did your neighbors know that you were gone?

A. No, I had no reason to tell my neighbors. I turned my horse loose on twenty-seven hundred acres so he would have plenty of water and food; and I took my dog along on the trip.

Q. Did they have tractors there?

A. I didn’t get a chance to see. They tipped the ship once so I could see that they had farms; but I don’t know if they had tractors like ours. Everything I saw on Venus had no wheels; they just skimmed the ground.

Q. Was there any sensation of speed when riding a saucer?

From Keller Venus Files: Buck Nelson’s phoA. No, absolutely none. It’s a better ride than any I have tograph shows flying saucers hovering over ever had. There is no rocking at all, or swaying. his farm on 30 July 1954. The spacecraft seem to exhibit an ethereal quality.

Q. Are they planning on looking for a new place to live?

A. They told me that if we blow our heads off, they will come here and take over; but they are still willing to help us if we will let them.

Q. Will you explain the significance of the twelve rocks? Do they represent the people they have brought down here?

A. Among the twelve rocks there are about four black rocks; and they told me those represent the people that have gone astray and that they brought them down to Earth; and we are their descendants.

Q. If they want to help us, why don’t they go to the president?

A. I believe I answered that when I said they took some of our people up. Some were government officials and they refused to tell what they saw because they have too much to lose.

Q. Did they say anything about the history of their planets?

A. No, they didn’t say anything about the history of their planets. They said they had the history of our eons before the flood. They said they had seen civilizations come and go, here on Earth. We didn’t have time to go far into history.

Q. What do the space people think about Jesus Christ?

99

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come A. They said we should revere him. They recognize Jesus’ place in our spiritual growth here on Earth.

Q. Do they have doctors?

A. They don’t have doctors as we know them. They are their own doctors. For instance, I had a terrible rash on my body from the change of water, etc. They gave me a milkweed-kind of lotion to use on it and it helped. They use natural medicines.

Q. What capacity does the ruler have?

A. They told me they have a rule of “home life.” That is they supervise everybody on their particular planet as if they were all family members.

Q. Is it possible that you were taken in a man-made ship to some place here on Earth and were led to believe you were on some other planet?

A. No, absolutely not! The governments are too closely watched by each other for one to have such a wonderful ship without the others knowing about or each one having one of their own.

Q. Do they have a listener listening to you tonight? Are they here?

A. I am told that spotters check on me. Sometimes they are right in the audience.

Q. Will Bucky come back to Earth or will he stay on Venus?

A. He is on Venus now; but he told me he would be back to see me after I told my story.

Q. Do they know of our troubles here on Earth?

A. Yes, they do.

Q. Will they help?

A. Yes, they gave me information on that; but I can’t pass it on yet. We are not ready for it.

Q. Do they know of our lost continents, Lemuria and Atlantis?

A. Yes, we talked about it. They know of them.

Q. Did they take people from those lost continents?

A. Yes, they have been taking people along with them for a long time.

Q. Are we strong in our knowledge of religion?

A. We are absolutely wrong.

Q. Can anyone visit them?

A. If you should be around when a saucer lands, you should stay where you are until they ask you to come forward.

Q. What type of air do the people on the Moon have?

A. Much the same as ours.

Q. Is the planet Mars red?

A. Not exactly. It is very colorful, but not all red.

Q. What did you see on Mars?

A. I just went to a ruler’s home where I ate and talked a little.

Q. Were any of the children crippled?

A. No, they have no hospitals or sickness.

Q. Did you have any trouble breathing while going up?

A. No, none at all.

Q. How are the lavatories?

A. Much like ours, at least in the areas I visited.

Q. Did I understand, in your lecture, you said that at the Tuesday night lecture there was a space man in the audience?

100

Raymond Andrew Keller II A. That’s right.

Q. Did these people say the flood covered the Earth?

A. No, they said they saw the floods “come and go.” That’s their exact words.

Q. What was your means of communication?

A. When they didn’t land, they used a public address kind of system.

Q. Why don’t our telescopes show the three While the pale horse of the Apocalypse rides throughout the Earth, spreading pestilence, Buck Nelson notes that paradifloating cities on Venus? siacal conditions exist on other planets. Photo source: The A. An astronomer in Chicago told me that Trumpet (April 2020), https://www.thetrumpet.com/22001coronavirus-and-other-modern-plagues-in-prophecy. he had seen something that might be what I saw; and now, after hearing my story, he said he would check into it further.

Q. Is their language the same as ours?

A. They are trained to speak our languages if they are to be in different countries of our world.

Q. Why did they choose your place to land?

A. They said it was easier for them to land and take off around my place. The magnetic field is just right; and I live pretty much like they do.

Q. Will they make an official landing?

A. They didn’t say and I didn’t ask them.

Q. As a dentist, I would like to know, what is the condition of their teeth?

A. They are very healthy. They use all-natural foods.

Q. Did they give you any information in regard to their age?

A. Yes, they live much longer than we do.

Q. Are there different races?

A. Yes. Q. What is their medium of exchange?

A. I asked them if they had money and they told me that they did have a “medium of exchange;” but it is more like a direct barter system arranged through crediting transfers arranged by a central computer. This eliminates any corruption of their economic system. *** A detailed letter about life on other planets from Buck Nelson to a Midwest pastor who read about the contactee and his space adventures in a local newspaper appears in the next segment of this chapter. Thanks to the preservation of all of Buck Nelson’s material by Laura Marxer of the Detroit, Michigan Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships, it is my great privilege to share Buck’s amazing letter with you, the readers of my Venus Rising series of books.

Part VI (Note: The following section was derived from a letter written by Buck Nelson, a farmer from Mountain View, Missouri, and prominent contactee, on 1 October 1955, to the Reverend Leon C. LeVan, a pastor in the Midwest who believed in the existence of intelligent life on other 101

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come planets, read a local newspaper article about a flying saucer presentation by Buck Nelson and wanted to know more about the space people’s religious beliefs and institutions. The Cosmic Ray/Dr. Keller, believes that Reverend LeVan’s church was located in Mansfield, Ohio, since each of the letter’s two pages is penciled in with the remark, “Return to D. B. Haber, R.D. #3, Mansfield, Ohio.” Dr. Keller speculates that D. B. Haber was a member of Reverend LeVan’s church and forwarded a newspaper article about Buck Nelson to his pastor. Reverend D. B. Haber must have been impressed with the article and wrote to Buck Nelson wanting more information. When the pastor received his Does God drive a flying saucer? Some religionists are beginning to think so. Drawing by Marion Foyolle first appeared in response from Nelson, he forwarded the letter the 21 July 2017 edition of the New York Times. back to his congregant Haber for inclusion in the files of the flying saucer club to which Haber was also a member, the Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships of Detroit, Michigan.)

October 1, 1955 Rev. Leon C. LeVan Dear Friend: I have your letter of September 21st and I’m very glad you wrote me.

I must admit, though, I was surprised to hear from a pastor that admits he believes and preaches that there is human life on other planets. Yes, there are people on other planets and far more advanced than on our own Earth. I have lectured in and around Chicago and Detroit at one of their largest air-conditioned halls, the Veterans of Foreign Wars Building. I lectured there for two nights. The last place I lectured at was one of Grand Rapids’ finest and largest churches, Fountain Street Church. I have been on both radio and TV and interviewed by the papers. I don’t have too many extra copies now of the newspaper story. They are sold out of those back issues.

My story is told in fourteen countries and published in several. The last country to publish my story is Switzerland in the French language. Now I believe Germany will publish it soon, or possibly be the next one to do so. I hope to get my story published in a regular book form. Right now, my story is put out in sort of a small pamphlet form and you can get a copy for fifty cents and postage. Send this Laura Marxer, 24720 Carlysle Street, Dearborn, Michigan. I also want to be able to tell my story to church people of all faiths.

It is a story that members of all denominations should hear. My lecture is illustrated with slides on the screen, many colored. Yes, I went to Mars, the Moon and Venus, in person. There is no sickness or sin on the other planets and no jails, no sanitariums for the insane, and no drunks, etc.

There are no doctors and medicine as we know it. A much higher type of civilization exists there. My pamphlet does not give information about the religion of other planets as that is a touchy subject, and if published would make me many enemies, especially in Catholic circles.

102

Raymond Andrew Keller II I mostly tell the religious ending of my story at my lectures only. I don’t care to have it published right now; and it is too long a story to write. There are no churches as we know them on the other planets! They don’t even call their faith a religion. There are no denominations of different faiths there. There is no religion at all! They call it “God’s way of life and living;” and they live it every day.

The space people left a “circle of twelve rocks” down by the big spring. This represents the “Twelve Laws of God” that they live by. This story is told in the big pamphlet. Hundreds and hundreds of people have come here to hear me and see this circle of twelve rocks. Also, they come to see where this story took place. People have driven here in cars to see me from many different states, even from both coasts. Scientists and astronomers have come to see from Chicago, New York and California. People from all walks of life make their way to my Mountain View, Missouri, home.

Where did you first hear of me?

Your question about why this experience happened to me, I will answer here in this letter: I was told that I live closer to their “way of life and living,” and that I truly “live it.” Also, I was told that the area over my place was the easiest place for their spacecraft to enter or leave our atmosphere. Also, my place is isolated. And also, that I and my kin folk had been observed for generations. Also, that there was an ample source of water from the spring on my property. This was all reported in the paper; and unfortunately, I don’t have any more extra copies now of the newspaper story. They, too, are sold out of those back issues….

I also want to be able to find sponsorship from as many churches that I can and lecture and tell my story to church people of all faiths…. After you read my story, and it is far from being complete, if you have any questions, I will answer them.

If you ever come out my way, I will be pleased to meet you and could tell you more than I might ever possibly write. So now I must close as my mail is very heavy.

With all good wishes, yours in Christ and a better way to live, —Buck Nelson

103

Chapter 6

Evolution of an Enlightened Ufologist John A. Keel (1930-2009), the author of Operation Trojan Horse (1970), Our Haunted Planet (1971), Mothman Prophecies (1975), and countless other books dealing with metaphysical and supernatural phenomena, set aside three years of his life, 1966-1969, to the exclusive investigation of the flying saucer enigma. The intrepid researcher came to some startling conclusions regarding these elusive objects, and prepared a detailed, audio-taped report from his residence at 334 West 85th Street, Apt. 1B, New York City, to be played to the leadership of the Congress of Scientific Ufologists assembled in a Pioneer ufologist John A. Keel (1930-2009) discusses UFO case he investigated in Oregon at a gathering of the first Con- closed-door session at the Daniel Boone Hotel gress of Scientific Ufologists in New York City, 1967. in downtown Charleston, West Virginia, on Sunday, 22 June 1969, the closing day of the convention. Fellow UFO investigator Gray Barker of Clarksburg, West Virginia, the prime organizer of the Charleston Congress, introduced Keel’s recorded discourse.

Keel’s gravelly voice came over the recording machine with a stern warning: “The following tape is not be reproduced in any fashion or resold, as some people seem to have a habit of making copies of tapes and trying to peddle them through the mail. This tape is intended for the closed session of the 1969 Congress of Scientific Ufologists at Charleston, West Virginia.”

The respected ufologist continued, “While individuals may copy it for their own use, I rather frown on anyone trying to sell it. This is John Keel in New York City this June 1969. I regret that I was unable to attend this year’s convention; but, my three-year safari into the never-never land of flying saucers will soon be ended.”

Paraphysical Realms Considered John A. Keel’s interest in UFOs dated back to 1945, when he first read a newspaper account about the so-called “Foo Fighters” being reported in the European Theatre of Operations towards the end of World War II. But his full-time engagement with the phenomenon did not 104

Raymond Andrew Keller II take place until February 1966, with a flap of sightings across the United States that eventually culminated in the rash of reports coming out of Michigan in the following month, the ones the Air Force quickly dismissed as resulting from “swamp gas.” In the three years since that time, up until the closed-door session of the Congress of Scientific Ufologists, Keel had personally, and thoroughly, investigated over 600 extraordinary UFO cases. These were not mere “lights in the sky,” however, for the ufologist declared, “Now, I am not talking about sightings. I have investigated thousands of those. I am talking about what I call cases of major events where a definite manifestation occurred.” So, there was some connection to the supernatural in all of these events.

Keel readily admits that he began from the assumption that flying saucers were the product of an advanced technology from another planet. “But by the end of 1966,” he says, “I realized that the evidence I had collected pointed to another and far more complicated answer.” These findings are what he tried to present to his fellow scientific ufologists assembled.

From the UFO reports examined by Keel, he took note that the “objects,” if we can rightly call them thus, seemingly defied gravity and traveled faster than sound, but without producing sonic booms. Keel concluded that this was “not because they are superior mechanical devices, but because they are constituted of energies which are not affected by the natural laws which bind us to this planet.” In other words, the objects served merely as focal points. Keel concluded that the majority of UFOs that he was looking at “are merely transmogrifications of energy; they exist only temporarily as illusions and momentary condensations of energy.”

The imaginative Keel began his prolific writing career at the age of 12, when his first story was published in a magician’s magazine. Therefore, from an early age, the aspiring journalist exhibited the ability for “thinking outside the box.” In the closed-door session, Keel mused that, “They may come from beyond our space-time continuum….” He compared UFOs to ghosts.

While they remain mostly invisible to us, occasionally they enter the narrow spectrum of human vision. There are plenty of examples of this type of phenomenon in the pages of the Bible and other ancient sources. Also, Keel emphasized that, “It is explained again and again to each new contactee; and there are thousands upon thousands of contactees that you never hear about.”

The Contactee Conundrum Keel’s three-year, intensive study of the UFO phenomenon led him to conclude that “people who see exceptional UFOs close up, and contactees in particular, have all the same characteristics as people who have supernatural experiences, psychics and trance-mediums.”

To this, he added that, “The two types of people are identical.” The ufologist took note that the family and personal history of both UFO experiencers and psychics ran along parallel tracks.

“Therefore,” said Keel, “we are forced to assume that it takes a special kind of person to perceive these objects, at least to perceive them close up, to have a genuine experience with them.”

Even back in 1969, while the issue of UFO disclosure was taking center stage at the Congress of Scientific Ufologists, Keel warned the inner circle that perhaps they should “lay off ” the government, and the Air Force, in particular. The ufologist surmised that, based on the available information he had garnered from his investigations, the authorities in the United States, at least, had been telling the truth all along. This is to say that they did not possess sufficient, hard evidence to prove that UFOs represented an advanced technology, that they came from a physical extraterrestrial source, or even that these objects in our skies posed an imminent threat to national security.

105

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come What’s a Ufologist to Do?

Keel stressed that his remarks should not be misconstrued. Ufologists should not simply hang up their hats and call it quits. The ground-breaking ufologist remarked that, “We must make a completely fresh start. It is absolutely impossible to prove that flying saucers are real and extraterrestrial (in a physical sense). If it were possible, someone would have done it a long, long time ago. What we must now do is completely reassess the situation and admit all of the previously inadmissible evidence. We must collect the details of all manifestations which surround UFO events, no matter how incomprehensible they seem. We must forget the absolutely fruitless and pointless campaign against the government and the Air Force. It has succeeded only in draining our strength, stirring the coals of controversy, and In the footsteps of pioneer ufologist John A. keeping the subject mired in ridicule. It has accomplished Keel, Krsanna Duran explores the mysteries absolutely nothing.” of UFOs and inter-dimensionality through a Of course, flying saucers are largely a visual and hence Native American perspective in her TimeStar observational phenomenon. As such, Keel wrote that, website and many intriguing books. In addition, Krsanna worked closely with the “Cos- “They could be the manifestation of another space time mic Ray” in investigating ethereal Venusian continuum;” and he added that, “We have probably never connections to one of the first flying saucer seen the objects, or their occupants, in their true form. We clubs in the world, established in Paradise, California. Their findings are detailed in see only what they want us to see and, to a large extent, Dr. Keller’s third UFO book, Cosmic Ray’s believe only what they want us to believe.” The ufologist Excellent Venus Adventure (Terra Alta, WV: lamented that many fellow investigators of this enigma have Headline Books, 2017). settled on a physical, extraterrestrial conclusion and then tried to fit the incoming data into this hasty paradigm.

Look to the Native Americans As to the UFOnauts themselves, Keel’s amassed documentation revealed that, “They also pick out people with very interesting religious and racial backgrounds.” Of particular note, the ufologist comments that, “If you have Indian (Native American) blood in your veins, you are more apt to be contacted than any other type of person. This is, if your great, great grandfather was an Indian or a Gypsy, by the way.” Keel elaborated: “Gypsy or Indian blood is very important and the majority of contactees do have either Indian or Gypsy blood. But, if you are Jewish, your chances of being contacted are almost zero. We have very few Jewish contactees, for some reason; and on the other hand, we have a great many contactees. “So,” Keel surmised, “the religious factor seems to be of some significance, but the Indian factor is the most important of all.”

Keel believed that if you had the good fortune of living near an Indian reservation, with enough tact and persuasive ability you might be able to gain the confidence of some Native Americans to the point that they would tell you a great deal about the UFO phenomenon because, after all, “they know all about it.” Keel declared that, “A great many of them have been contactees for years and years.” But to find out more about UFOs, one would have to get a Native American to open up about their experiences, which most are somewhat reluctant to do.

106

Raymond Andrew Keller II Keel continued, “You would have to spend some time there. You couldn’t do it in an afternoon.

You would have to spend some time there to win their confidence. But it would be very useful to you if you could do this because you would learn a great deal.”

Insofar as Gypsies are concerned, Keel cautioned that there were a lot of “phony” ones out there, trying to cash in on the Gypsy reputation for linkages to the UFO occupants. But much like the Native Americans, Keel was of the opinion that the Gypsies knew an awful lot about flying saucers. “It is no mystery or secret to them at all. They know the whole story. In fact, a great many people know the whole story because, as I said, there are thousands and thousands of contactees all over the country who never tell anyone of their experiences.” Interestingly, I uncovered documents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation that revealed Gypsy heritage in the famous contactee George Adamski’s genealogy, his paternal line, which I published in my second book in the Venus Rising series, Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus (Headline Books, 2017).

On Contactees, Generally Keel noted that, usually, these contactees are “introduced to the whole secret, if you want to call it a secret, over a long period of time. He continued, “I have contactees, now, in my files, people that I am working with who were first contacted in 1961. But, they themselves were not fully aware of what was happening until 1965; and then gradually they were sort of trained and educated through contacts and told what it was all about and given some very useful information, information which could be proven.” Of this data, Keel notes that, “We have received information, scientific information which has been proven in the laboratories. At this time, there is a physicist on the West Coast, a highly qualified man in his field, who became a contactee in 1966. He has received information for a process, a metallurgical process, which he has proven out in the laboratory and he is now getting a patent on it.”

The intrepid ufologist then covers some specific cases of contactees, most notably that of Canada’s radio engineer Wilbert Smith, who headed up the Canadian top secret Project Magnet, the details of which I published in my third book in the Venus Rising series, Cosmic Ray’s Excellent Venus Adventure (Headline Books, 2017). In the first chapter of that book, I discovered a linkage to an event at the Shirley’s Bay Ontario Project Magnet station and the dematerialization of the Queen of Outer Space, Dolores Barrios, and her posse, on Mount Palomar in California on 8 August 1954.

Keel concluded his remarks by declaring, “So the whole bag is far more complicated than just sitting around waiting for the Venusians to land on the White House lawn. If they were going to do that, they would have landed at the Vatican in 1600; or they would have landed in London in 1200, or they would have landed in Jerusalem, or what have you.”

107

Chapter 7

Flying Saucer Activities Log, 1969-1974 (Note: The following reports have been largely adapted from the files of the International Get Acquainted Program (IGAP) UFO Kontakt magazine, H. C. Petersen, retired Major, Danish Royal Air Force, editor, 7100 Vejle, Denmark. -Cosmic Ray).

29 January 1969 UFO photographed over Missouri From 1:30 to 1:36 a.m. on 29 January 1969, five members of the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON) conducting a sky watch about half a mile south of Gravois Mills, Missouri, observed a reddish-pink colored UFO apparently moving painstakingly slow in a due north direction.

The object first appeared as pinpoint of light, but was distinguished from the surrounding stars by its projection of a very faint beam of light that extended in a northerly direction and a brighter, pure pink, fan-shaped beam of light that trailed the object from the south. Through 6 x 50 binoculars, the UFO had a spherical appearance, with the two beams being more pronounced. There also seemed to be a small white ball in front, which the larger spherical craft was following. The small sphere could not be seen with the naked eye.

Ted Phillips, one of the UFO witnesses and the MUFON sky watch leader that night, placed his camera atop a car and two time-exposures were taken of the UFO before scattered clouds moved into the area and the object was no longer visible. Phillips also measured the object with card ruler held at arm’s length, determining that it was one inch long and oneeighth of an inch in width at the widest point.

By his compass reading, he also noted that the UFO was 35 degrees above the horizon and due north. The temperature was 18 degrees F. with UFO caught on time-exposed photograph.

108

Raymond Andrew Keller II wind from the east-southeast at 12 miles per hour. The camera used was a Yashica D, twin-lens reflex, f/80 mm, 3.5. The photos were taken at f/3.5, exposure times 15 and 20 seconds with Tri-X ASA 400, 120 film.

In Phillips’ report to MUFON, that was published in that organization’s March 1974 Skylook magazine, he estimated that the brightest section appeared to be about as bright as a second magnitude star.11 The UFO never changed its color or brightness during the six minutes it was observed by the MUFON sky watchers.

12 June 1971

Nuclear Physicist examines myths and mystery of UFOs Noted nuclear physicist Stanton T. Friedman (29 July 1934-13 May 2019) addressed the 12 June 1971 Midwest UFO Conference in St. Louis, Missouri, exploding many misconceptions previously held by many in the scientific community about UFOs. In 1970, Friedman left full-time employment as a physicist at McDonnell Douglas Aerospace to pursue the scientific investigation of unidentified flying objects (UFOs). Since then, he gave lectures at more than 600 colleges and to more than 100 professional groups in 50 states, 10 provinces, and 19 countries outside the United States. His address at the 1971 Midwest UFO Conference is considered his first, and perhaps most significant, presentation on the subject of UFOs. The name of his discourse was “UFOs: Myths or Mystery?” and can be read below in an abbreviated version: 1. Myth: “Only kooks, quacks and little old ladies in tennis shoes believe in or are interested in UFOs.” During a recent TV interview, the interviewer repeatedly insisted to me that only little old ladies in tennis shoes and various quacks believe in or are interested in UFOs. “No scientists believe in UFOs,” he said.

Joe Pyne told me, on camera, that he knew of no other scientist who believed in UFOs. It may be significant that both these programs were done in Los Angeles, which has a worldwide reputation for being the “kook capital of the world,” as well as the aerospace center. The newsmen seem to think that with all space-age scientists around, if UFOs were real, these guys would be telling the newsmen; but none of the local space scientists seemed to be willing to speak up publicly, at least until I got to the Los Angeles area in 1969. Therefore, it was presumed that there was nothing to UFOs. It is taking me a while to get the media men to listen.

The point is that it is indeed clear that many, many other scientists believe that UFOs are worth studying and a substantial number believe that they are extraterrestrial. One just has to look in the right places. Ten of the twelve scientists testifying at the hearings held by the House Committee on Science and Aeronautics (1968) clearly indicated that they thought this problem was one worthy of scientists’ involvement. Many seemed to lean, usually very carefully, to the extraterrestrial hypothesis. As the only one without a PhD degree,12 I felt I had less to lose (besides my job, that is) and came out four-square for extraterrestrial.

Several of these same scientists also indicated their interest and commitment to solving the UFO problem in the published proceedings of the seminar on UFOs held by the National Amateur Astronomers Convention in December 1969. The Aerial Phenomena Research 11 Polaris (the North Star) is classified by astronomers as second magnitude.

12 The highest education level that Stanton T. Friedman obtained was a Master of Science degree in nuclear physics at the University of Chicago in 1956.

109

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Organization (APRO) lists a few dozen scientific consultants on their Board of Advisors (almost all with PhD degrees). The Industrial Research Poll showed that 54% of the research and development community believes UFOs exist in contrast to only 31% who think they do not. Some scientists couldn’t make up their minds, or at least admitted they didn’t have enough data to make a judgement. Every large-scale poll, including the Gallup and the ones taken for (Dr. Edward U.) Condon (of the University of Colorado at Boulder), indicated that more education means greater likelihood for belief in life in outer space and the UFO reality.

With regard to interest on the part of professional people, I can certainly cite my own experience in lecturing to dozens of technical societies across the country. It is clear that most of the members have never heard that I had a legitimate technical background in advanced nuclear and space development programs and that the title of my talk was a straightforward “Flying Saucers Are Real,” rather than some wishy-washy, fence-straddling one. The Engineering Society of Detroit, Michigan, hardly a “kook” group or an ivory-tower organization, was sold out for my dinner talk three weeks in advance, for 1,008 people. Record crowds also turned out at the Engineering Society of Cincinnati, Ohio; several sections of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers; and of the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics; as well as the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Chemists Society; the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory in New Mexico; the Westinghouse and Gulf Research Labs; and numerous other such groups. The question-and-answer sessions revealed far more interest than hostility and frequently went on and on until the halls had to be cleared to keep the janitors happy.

As a clear and definite indication of a broad, community-wide interest, I can again cite the turnout at my college talks. Several colleges have apologized in advance of my talk for the apathy of their campus, and then had to turn people away for the talk. Overflow crowds have been the rule rather than the exception- with almost 2,000 at East Carolina State University, about 1,600 at New Mexico State University, about 1,800 at the College of the Sequoias, 1,200 at Merced College, etc. In most cases, the audiences included a substantial number of townspeople as well as college students and faculty members. Perhaps an even better indication of high community interest, even if underground until I showed up, is provided by the kind of newspaper response I received after the talks. In February 1971, six of seven college talks had overflow audiences and four of the six received front page favorable, non-ridiculing coverage. The other two received no coverage. Anybody who believes that the thinking public is not interested in a serious approach to UFOs is incorrect and ignorant of the facts.

Incidentally, for those who may believe that only kooks attend the Giant Rock, California, convention, I can testify that after each of my two appearances there, I was thanked quietly by many professional people who attended more or less incognito.13 2. Myth: You can’t get here from there.

One of the most common myths, again amongst both believers and non-believers, is that travel betweenEarth and other solar systems is impossible. Thus, if we are being visited, “they” must be from either another planet in our solar system or from the Fourth Dimension or from a “parallel universe” or from a secret civilization in the center of the Earth, under the oceans, or buried under the poles, etc. I don’t deny the remote possibility of either a parallel universe 13 For an account of Dr. Raymond Keller and Lady Orda’s visit to the first Interplanetary Spacecraft Convention at Giant Rock, California, in 1954, please read my third book in the Venus Rising series, Cosmic Ray’s Excellent Venus Adventure (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2017).

110

Raymond Andrew Keller II or secret bases (bases would require much smaller installations than an indigenous advanced society would probably require). However, I see no need for invoking them. Travel to the stars is feasible with the knowledge we have today. This does not mean you can buy tickets for a trip tomorrow, only that we have the technology to plan trips to the stars. The question is, do we want to spend the money on the required development program? No laws of physics prevent such trips and we don’t need scientific breakthroughs such as revocation of the laws of gravity or relativity.

Published studies such as those by Spencer and Jaffee of the Jet Propulsion Laboratory at the California Institute of Technology14 clearly show that staged fusion or fission propulsion systems would be capable of providing trips to nearby stars in round trip times less than 50 years. We forget that there is very little resistance to acceleration once one gets away from large gravity field regions such as near the Earth, Moon or Sun, and that fusion, the process which powers H-bombs and the Sun, provides millions of times as much energy per particle expelled as chemical reaction. At even a nominal acceleration of only one-G, one can very quickly reach extremely high speeds: 100,000 miles per hour at the end of one hour if starting from an Earth orbit, and 1.8 million miles per hour after a day. Remember, there is no friction “out there” and that fuel for fusion systems is the most readily available material in the universe, namely hydrogen isotopes. One need not invoke anti-gravity, space-time warping, matter/anti-matter annihilation or other probably achievable, but not terribly soon, approaches. One must also bear in mind that there are many stars and undoubtedly many solar systems in the universe much older than our own Sun15 and that somebody out there, if not almost everybody, may have developed fine schemes for interstellar travel a million or billion years ago. Note, too, that at high speeds, we would take advantage of the gravitational and magnetic fields produced by the stars.

3. Myth: “The finiteness of the speed of light and man’s short life span forever limit our exploration of the universe to the nearby stars.”

Everybody seems to have gotten the idea that Einstein’s findings restrict our travel, because as they solemnly proclaim, “Nothing can go faster than the speed of light.” Thus, the shortest time for a round trip to a star ten light years away, even neglecting the time to accelerate and decelerate, is 20 years. Right? No, wrong; at least for spaceships if not for light photons, which unlike men and machines, have no mass. The Einsteinian laws of relativity, as a matter of fact, are what make it possible to explore the universe in times compatible with human life spans, for the voyagers, if not for their friends back home. Relativity says that as the velocity of a mass approaches very closely to the velocity of light, time- in effect- slows down for the mass, though not for the observer. This effect has been repeatedly proved for particles and must be taken into account in the design of high energy accelerators for physics research. Dave Froning of McDonnell-Douglas presented the following information to illustrate in a simplified form the 14 Dwain F. Spencer, “Fusion Propulsion for Interstellar Missions,” Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, New York, New York, December 1966. This paper presents the results of one phase of research carried out at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL), California Institute of Technology, under Contract No. NAS 7‐100, sponsored by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). Leonard D. Jaffee was an associate researcher at the JPL working with Spencer on this specific contract.

15 Scientists estimate that our Sun is approximately four and a half billion years old, and has about five billion years more to go before it flares up into a red giant. See “Space Place” NASA Science, last updated 3 November 2020, https://spaceplace.nasa.gov/sun-age/en/ (Accessed 9 November 2020).

111

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come contrast between vehicle time and observer time for trips made in a hypothetical interstellar spaceship accelerating at 1-G during the initial part of the journey and decelerating at 1-G for the final half. Obviously, most of such a journey would be made at velocities very, very close to the speed of light: Interstellar Journey Journey Duration in Journey Duration in (From Earth) (Earth Time) (Vehicle Time) To Alpha Centauri 6 years 3 years To Galactic Core 30,000 years 19 years To Andromeda Galaxy 750,000 years 26 years To now known-limits of 30 billion years 46 years Universe 4. Mystery: “Why do I prefer the term Earth Excursion Module rather than UFO?” In an invited paper which I presented in Las Vegas, Nevada, to a technical meeting, not the local shills and dealers association, in September of 1970, I suggested that a better term than ‘UFO’ would be Earth Excursion Module. A number of reporters have since picked up the term.

I prefer it for those sightings of what appear In the 1968 film, Planet of the Apes (Twentieth Century Fox), to be intelligently controlled vehicles whose American astronaut George Taylor, played by Charleston behavior and configuration indicate an origin Heston, crash lands on the planet Earth in the year 3978, C.E. off the Earth because, it seems to me, far more As seen above, the date is shown on his spaceship’s clock after descriptive of the function of these objects than crashing.

UFO, which is a much broader and less specific term covering too wide a range of phenomena.

The analogy between the reported actions and behavior of our own Lunar Excursion Modules and their oddly dressed pilots and the many reported UFOs on the ground, as mentioned elsewhere, is a real one. In both cases, we have strange shaped (compared to airplanes, balloons or helicopters) craft able to land in unprepared, out-of-the-way places with no assistance from people at the landing sites. In both cases, the pilots look weird by normal standards though they appear to be “humanoid.” In each case, the pilots have been observed by reliable witnesses to seek out and gather specimens, to pick up artifacts and to apparently gambol aimlessly in what appears to be a childish fashion. The duration of the stay is limited; and in each case, the humanoids finally reenter their Excursion Modules and take off again without local assistance and without leaving someone behind.

Definite marks are made on the take-off sites. In both cases, the Excursion Modules have been observed to rendezvous with mother ships and to apparently take off for another heavenly body at high speed. In both cases, the reported mother ships look nothing like conventional airplanes or the rockets used to boost our spaceships into orbit.

I might add that the fastest manned craft on Earth16 are the Apollo Command modules, capable of reentering the Earth’s atmosphere at speeds around 25,000 miles an hour and 16 This was true in the summer of 1971, when Friedman presented this lecture.

112

Raymond Andrew Keller II looking nothing like a conventional airplane, i.e., no wings, external engines, tail surfaces or sharp surfaces and very little heavy, high-melting point metal visible. I have stood next to several squat, round, symmetric Apollo Command Modules and quite frankly was very much impressed with how much more like UFOs they look than like airplanes designed for much lower speeds. One should also note the difference between the Command Modules and the Lunar Excursion Modules.

Though they perform somewhat similar functions, they are quite different because they are designed to operate in different environments. This suggests that mother ships and Excursion Modules need not look alike, which again holds for the Earth Excursion Modules since we typically find that the mother ships are zeppelin or cigar-shaped rather than saucer-shaped.

Clearly, the environment in far out space is very different in almost every possible way than from the environment within the Earth’s atmosphere. In short, it seems to me about time to use our own knowledge of advanced technology and space travel to try to understand Earth Excursion Modules rather than being stuck with a landlubber approach.

5. Myth: “Life as we know it cannot exist on the surface of the Moon or the other planetary bodies in the solar system.”

Such nonsense, though frequently expressed, is unworthy of the scientists who express it. There is certainly no doubt that the conditions important for life are indeed different on the larger bodies in the solar system. The composition, temperature and pressures of the atmosphere, if any; the presence of moisture, the temperature of the of the planetary surface on the other planets may all, at first blush, seem totally incompatible with any living organism, as we know it. Further complications, in many cases, include the absence of built-in protection (an atmosphere plus a magnetic field) against such external dangers as meteorites, high energy charged particles, cosmic rays and solar ultraviolet rays.

However, it is quite obvious that an intelligent creature (such as man is in his better moments) is perfectly capable of creating conditions suitable for living in all sorts of odd places, such as on the Moon (ask Neil Armstrong and Alan Shepherd if life as we know it can survive on the Moon), in outer space, in the depths of the ocean, etc.

Physicist Stanton T. Friedman was Man is the manipulator supreme of the world around himself. a frequent speaker on the UFO pheLike the turtle, he is capable of carrying along his protection; and nomenon at scientific conventions. He was a strong advocate for the extraterlike the camel, he is capable of carrying along his nourishment. restrial hypothesis.

We certainly don’t, as yet, have any basis whatsoever for saying that there has never been or even, is not now, intelligent life (I don’t much care about Martian or lunar microbes) on the planet Mars or on the Moon. We have explored only a very small portion of either body; and we know that, if we were to set up a base on either one, it would most likely be, at least initially, buried under lunar rocks or in lunar caves in order to more easily provide the conditions we desire such as an even temperature, air to breathe without space suits, protection against solar storms, meteorites, etc.

One certainly must also ask the question, “Would we be informed by the National Aeronautics 113

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come and Space Administration (NASA) or the Soviet equivalent of any indications of intelligently controlled artifacts on the Moon or Mars or anywhere else?” I am not convinced that we would, especially if there was any thought of either getting “them,” if alive and kicking, on our side, or learning the secrets of their systems of propulsion, energy production, communication, etc. Does anybody really believe that the astronauts or cosmonauts are free to say what they please, at least any more than anybody believes that we are being told the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, about such down-to-Earth problems as pollution, Vietnam, marijuana, wiretapping, etc.? Note again that the Industrial Research Poll has revealed the fact that 76% of its respondents do not believe that the government has released all it knows asked me what I about UFOs. Talk about credibility gaps!

6. Myth: “No astronaut has observed a UFO.” Many newspaper editorials and other articles have stated that no sightings have been made by astronauts. The aerospace writer for the Los Angeles Times asked me what I can only call an illogical question: “How come no astronaut has seen a UFO?” It isn’t logical because one generally works with the information at hand, not with the information one does not have available. Much more important is the fact that Chapter 6 of the Condon Report17 includes detailed descriptions of three sightings by orbiting astronauts which still have not been explained, all from the Gemini series. This chapter, by Dr. Franklin Roach, is one of the better chapters of the Condon Report, though Condon’s summary fails to give adequate attention to these observations.

It should be noted that the Apollo flights, about which there have been many rumors concerning UFOs, employ a different approach to communications between the astronauts and the ground. The radio signals are sent directly back to Houston and then rebroadcast with Houston having the option of deleting whatever they choose to delete with essentially no one outside NASA able to monitor the broadcasts. During the earlier Gemini and Mercury flights, the talk was “in the open,” readily monitored by ham radio equipment.

I did once spend over two hours discussing UFOs with one of the Apollo astronauts who was extremely interested in what I had to say. I showed him four extremely hard-to-obtain UFO documents and asked his opinion of them, but he would give me no information at all, not even that which had already turned up in the Condon Report about astronaut sightings.

For those who have never worked on classified programs, I should stress that the classification guides for such programs are normally also classified, so it is, practically speaking, impossible to even determine what fraction of the astronauts’ observations of the Earth and space is classified. Contrary to some comments I have heard, much NASA data is secret. The penalties for breaking security are extremely rigorous and it is often necessary to lie as a cover story. I believe I can guarantee, as a result of working under security for 14 years, that the government and its employees can indeed keep secrets, despite the fact that some secrets have been inadvertently revealed.

17 Eduard U. Condon, Dr., chair, Scientific Study of Unidentified Flying Objects (Boulder, Colorado: Board of Regents, University of Colorado, 1968), 965 pages, including index, subsequently published by Bantam Books, New York, 1969.

114

Raymond Andrew Keller II 7. Myth: “UFOs violate the laws of physics.”

As a physicist, this myth has irked me ever since the first time I heard it, over a decade ago. It is an excuse for not think creatively or scientifically. It is often accompanied by the statement that some aspect or other of a reported UFO behavior “is impossible.” In both cases, what we scientists should be saying is that we don’t know either how to duplicate the reported maneuvers and actions and/or that we don’t understand how they were performed. Each generation of eminent, typically elderly scientists, has told society very solemnly all the things that were impossible, only to have those objectives achieved within short order by people with more humility and a better understanding of the open-endedness of the laws of physics and of the fact that all of the laws of physics have certainly limited realms within which they apply. The test of the laws is not their theoretical elegance or mathematical complexity, but whether or not they describe the real world rather than the idealized world of the theoretician.

One can say that the laws of biology and physics prevent a person’s loudest shouts from being heard more than a certain distance away from the shouter. That doesn’t mean that a megaphone or radio transmitter or last broadcasting system can’t be used to have his voice “heard” very much farther away. The laws of physics tell us that the intensity of light from a normal light source, such as a bulb, is reduced as the square of the distance from the light bulb.

This does not mean that the intensity of the light from a laser or searchlight directed in a very, very narrow beam decreases with the square of the distance from these sources. One can say that a good explosive releases the maximum amount of energy available in chemical substances, so long as one carefully neglects the nuclear energy also present which just happens to be at least a million times greater if one picks the right substance and learns the secrets (new laws) of nature than enable one to release that energy.

One can say that if UFOs were really vehicles going at speeds of many thousands of miles per hour in the atmosphere, then we would have to hear a sonic boom. We don’t usually hear one when UFOs are observed, so UFOs must not be real because they would violate the laws of physics relating to sonic boom production. What the true scientist ought to say, confronted with this paradox, is somebody has clearly figured out a way to eliminate the production of sonic booms by a supersonic vehicle in the atmosphere. The true scientist might then reexamine the comparisons between UFOs and our supersonic airplanes. He would note that the shapes are drastically different and that it is evident that the mode of propulsion must be different since UFOs don’t seem to be putting out an exhaust, move relatively silently, don’t seem to depend upon lift from the wings, don’t seem to be restricted to flight along the direction of an engine’s thrust, and seem able to hover and move vertically as well as to change direction “instantaneously.” Airplanes, on the other hand, don’t normally create colorful glows in their vicinity, seem invariably to have wings, poor lift-to-drag ratios at low speed, are designed for motion in one direction only, have many sharp streamlined rather than blunt surfaces, and are quite noisy. They are also much less symmetric than most reported round UFOs and have very large maximum dimensions in comparison with the actual dimensions of the payload as well as maximum surface-to-volume ratios.

The glow and a little knowledge of plasma physics might suggest that the UFOs somehow modify the flow of the air around them at high speed, especially since the color of the glow changes with changes in velocity. We know that if the air were electrically conducted (ionized) it could be diverted around the high-speed craft without pileup of shock wave or heating of the craft, another problem we have in high-speed flight. The reason making the air an electrically 115

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come conducting fluid (an air plasma, or sea water, or a liquid metal such a mercury, sodium, lithium, etc.), is that it can be acted on at distance by electric and magnetic forces without physical contact (drag and friction) between the body (within which one produces the electrical and magnetic fields) and the fluid itself. Physicists are doing this (pushing without touching) every time they crank up a particle accelerator such as a cyclotron. The amount of energy actually imparted to the accelerated particles is usually quite small, though in conventional accelerators an enormous amount of electrical power is wasted to generate the magnetic and electric fields. The use of superconducting magnets enables one to greatly reduce the electrical power consumption since there is no resistance to the flow of an electrical current in a superconductor; and the size and weight of the current-carrying wires or coils can be enormously reduced because of the absence of a requirement for carrying off vast amounts of wasted electrical energy as heat.

This may sound theoretical; but as it happens, a number of papers have been published describing the benefits of having a magnet inside a vehicle and an electrically conducting fluid with which to interact outside the vehicle. The vehicle might be required to have a saucer shape rather than an airplane shape; but that is the way the cookie crumbles. As noted earlier, sweater is an electrically-conducting fluid. Interactions between seawater and a magnet inside a ninefoot- long, electromagnetically propelled submarine designed by Dr. Stewart Way, provided noiseless motion for the submarine in tests in the Pacific Ocean near Santa Barbara, California, and have been the basis for a number of published papers concerning very much larger, more efficient submarines propelled by electromagnetic (EM) forces.

Unfortunately, many of my scientific colleagues have not heard of the EM sub, are not really aware of the recent developments in the fabrication of large (18-foot diameter) compact, superconducting coils able to easily generate very high magnetic fields. These fields are sufficiently strong (and the coils sufficiently light) to be used for silent propulsion and be “charged” by an external source of power which need not be carried along with the magnet. This would provide a system like an electric golf cart which obviously doesn’t carry along the power source which charges the battery- fortunately for the golf courses. My colleagues also seem totally unaware of published experiments and analyses which indicate that all the problems of high-speed flight can be mitigated by the use of onboard electromagnetic fields, including heating, drag and lift control. (Dr. Edward U.) Condon was referred to these references and also neglected them- par for the course.

8. Myth: “No UFOs have ever landed on Earth.”

Many people, including some who believe in the reality of UFOs, have told me that no UFOs have ever landed. The nonbelievers get almost belligerent with the statements, “If they were real, they would have landed;” “Since they haven’t landed, they must not be real;” etc. A strange sentiment, indeed, in view of the very numerous reports of UFO landings from all over the world. The ridicule problem, or “laughter curtain” is, of course, much worse for landings than for just plain airborne sightings; and I am certain that only a small percentage of landings have been reported…. especially by respectable, responsible persons unwilling to risk their reputations.

There are several excellent sources of information about UFO landings and the humanoids who are observed to get in and out of the UFOs…. (The scientist Friedman said that extensive references would be made to a book he was then still writing.) Of special interest to me is the almost total unwillingness of other scientists, besides myself and Jacques Vallee, to talk 116

Raymond Andrew Keller II about landings and humanoids. The issue was skirted by the other eleven scientists providing testimony to the Congressional hearings on UFOs in 1968. Put bluntly, the evidence appears to be overwhelming that humanoids (meaning human-like creatures with two arms, two legs, a head and a body) who were born on some other planet, have been observed to walk on this Earth. It is strange indeed that a large NASA bibliography18 on the search for extraterrestrial life has no reference on UFOs. One would expect that the most interesting of all UFO sightings for studies by scientists would be these landings. The appearance of objects in the air can be quite misleading. It is difficult to get very accurate estimates of size, speed, shape, distance, etc., since all one can really observe are relative values for each of these for things in the air. On the other hand, if one observes something sitting on the ground, one has a frame of reference which makes it relatively easy to determine size and distance. One of the intriguing aspects of the study by Dr. Vallee is that the estimates of the size of the dozens of landed saucer-shaped craft observed in France in 1954 zeroes in on five meters in diameter (around 16 feet). This dimension is not very different from the size of either the Apollo Command Module which landed on Earth or the Lunar Excursion Module which landed in the boondocks on the Moon. Vallee also found that the landings seemed to almost always occur out in the country away from inhabited areas. They were observed by men, women and children going about their normal business. Testimony in a court of law of the same people on other matters would undoubtedly be taken at face value.

One of the more disturbing sides of the landings question is the cavalier fashion in which Ed Condon, Major (Donald E.) Keyhoe, and Frank Edwards have each, in their own way, avoided the issue, especially in view of the potentially far greater amount of information derivable from landings than from things in the sky. Condon quotes and laughs at Frank Edwards’ remarks about George Adamski, but fails to even mention Vallee’s study of 200 landings, though I had informed him at some length. Frank Edwards, who certainly believed that some UFOs were extraterrestrial and that the United States Air Force knows all about them, spent half of a lecture he gave in Pittsburgh a few months before he died making fun of all sorts of contactee and landing stories. I had introduced Frank and found out in a conversation after his talk that he had not seen the “Humanoids” special issue of the Flying Saucer Review.19 Keyhoe for a long time kept the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP) from vigorously pursuing landing reports and cases like the Barney and Betty Hill story.20 My feeling is that Edwards and Keyhoe had labored long and hard to make UFOs respectable and were afraid of being tarred with the “kook brush” if they seriously suggested that many landings have been observed, complete with little guys. Condon, on the other hand, was so prejudiced about UFOs and so angry at the many people who were, in effect, publicly questioning his integrity (with good reason), such as John Fuller, Dr. David Saunders and Dr. Jim McDonald that he pushed out of his mind anything that might lead to a notion of UFO reality. Incidentally, in the Condon Report, he also failed to even mention published studies by scientists showing that 18 Mary M. Connors, Robert L. Forward, Eugene F. Mallove and Zbigniew Paprotny, NASA Reference Publication 1021: A Bibliography on the Search for Extraterrestrial Intelligence (Washington, D.C.: National Aeronautics and Space Administration Scientific and Technical Information Office, 1970 (updated annually).

A thorough review of this document by Dr. Keller turned up absolutely no reference to UFOs, confirming Stanton Friedman’s assertion.

19 Charles Bowen, The Humanoids: A Flying Saucer Review Special (London, United Kingdom: Flying Saucer Review, 1 January 1968).

20 John G. Fuller, Interrupted Journey (New York City, New York: Berkley Publishing Company, 1966).

117

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come travel to the stars is feasible and instead relied upon older, much less relevant or useful studies to help him conclude that one can’t get here from there. Errors of omission are as serious as errors of commission.

9. Mystery: “If they have landed, why haven’t they made contact?”

I had a very vehement astronomer at the Alleghany Observatory in Pittsburgh tell me angrily that UFOs couldn’t be real. “No astronomer or other scientist has ever seen one. If they were coming here, they would be talking to us.” He struck out by missing all three of these pitches.

As indicated in the Industrial Research Poll and elsewhere, many scientists and astronomers have indeed observed UFOs. One of the more interesting aspects of UFO flights seems to be that they do not move in ballistic orbits, but seem able to move in whatever direction they please, not at all in the manner of orbiting type vehicles such as satellites. His ego was showing, concerning the “talking to us.” I suppose he felt that since astronomers are concerned with the external universe, if visitors were coming from outer space they would immediately speak to the astronomers. “They” apparently haven’t asked for an audience with him or his colleagues, so obviously we are not being visited.

I maintain that we need a frame of reference for the potential encounters between outer space visitors and Earthlings that does not involve such an egotistical assumption as our equality with the visitors. First, we have to recognize that it may well be that there have been official contacts between extraterrestrial life and various governments on Earth without our being informed of them. Many other significant, less panicky events have been kept from the people of the world by the governments of the world- always, of course, for the “good of the country,” or at least the best interests of the governments- it says here in small print. Secondly, we must recognize the smallness of both our chunk of space and the chunk of time represented

by Earth’s technological and sociological development when examined on a cosmic level. The planet Earth has been around for roughly five billion years. Human type creatures have been on the surface of that planet for, at most, about 10,000,000 years, or .2 percent of the Earth’s history. We have recorded history available to influence our own development for roughly several thousand years. We have been aware of gravity for perhaps 300 years; have flown in aircraft for fewer than 75 years; have been capable of receiving a radio signal from outer space for fewer than 50 years; have discovered the means by which our own star, the Sun, produces its energy, fewer than 40 years and duplicated it on more than a lab scale fewer than 20 years ago; and walked on another body in our own solar system for the first time fewer than three years ago. Some parts of the universe outside our solar system have been around more than thirteen billion years. If we could advance from wood fires to producing hot air to run balloons to the six million pounds Saturn 5 rocket in a couple of hundred years, on what basis can we presume that others had not done so billions of years ago or say at least five billion years after the formation of their stars? Why stop at travel within a quarter of a million miles of home (the Moon), when the universe is so large? The Moon is 1.5 seconds away at the speed of light. The Sun is 8 light minutes away at the same speed and the nearest star is under 5 light years away. We are, however, aware of stars billions of light years away in all directions. In the light of even our own undoubtedly extremely limited knowledge of the universe, interstellar travel is as feasible today as Moon flights were in 1940. No “new science” needs to be discovered; though, if we survive, we will undoubtedly discover plenty of new science.

118

Raymond Andrew Keller II To return to the apparent absence of contact, we should really ask, “Why should they make contact with us?”- which, in a very real sense, would make us as important as they are. I really can’t understand anyone’s notion that we would be as important, exciting, helpful, friendly, informative, etc., to them as they might be to us. Their technology has to be well in advance of our own, quite easily a million years. This means we would have plenty to gain from them (since progress comes from doing things differently); but what would they gain from us? I can’t see any areas of technology, agriculture, sociology, religion, cosmology or anything else in which we could expect to have information useful to them that they don’t already have, except perhaps information about how Earthlings will behave when we get “out there” and, perhaps information about why we behave in the primitive, anti-humanistic, anti-all-religious faiths fashion in which we do, indeed, behave. Can anyone seriously say that the behavior of the societies on this planet is desirable, humanistic, rational or religious?

I believe that all the jokes about “Take me to your leader” are a kind of whistling in the dark means of protecting our own egos and of trying to convince ourselves that we are OK, important, worthwhile, etc.

Would any Earthlings suggest that this planet has a leader to be taken seriously by such advanced extraterrestrial beings? Would any Earthling seriously suggest, and believe, that the major governments on this planet would willingly and openly share the technology that is potentially available as a result of either capturing or being given a saucer to study? Would any Earthling seriously suggest that the inhabitants of this planet have shown sufficient responsibility as “universalists” to be trusted with the kind of “new” energy control and production systems such as must be involved in the saucers? Do we deserve the gifts of the future without having learned how to use the efforts of the past?

Is there any reason to suspect that humankind would have any more understanding and acceptance of the motivations of our visitors than whites have of blacks, communists of capitalists, Arabs of Israelis? How do astronomers and other scientists dare to suggest, as they have, that if “they” were coming here, they wouldn’t sit over swamps in remote corners of Michigan when they could visit Paris? They wouldn’t land behind girls’ college dormitories (as if dormitories were why they landed), and wouldn’t come near our planet without asking our permission or talking to the National Academy of Sciences or dropping in at the White House for tea. Surely men who study antheaps, bacteria colonies, flocks of kangaroos, or even dolphins, don’t enter into formal negotiations with the parties being studied. We don’t deny the ants, bees, kangaroos and dolphins are worth studying or that these creatures have intelligence.

We simply don’t require their understanding, acceptance or love before we make a move to look over their activities. We don’t expect them to be able to tell us more about their activities than we can get from our own studying, do we?

Before attacking the mystery of why bother coming to the Earth at all, we should not neglect the many reports of individual interactions between extraterrestrial collectors and Earthling specimens. I would heartily recommend John Fuller’s Interrupted Journey21 as a detailed report of what I consider to be a genuine interaction between Earthlings and extraterrestrials. It is frightening, on the one hand, that “they” could do as they please with their specimens, but comforting that there did not seem to be any desire to injure or in any way permanently damage the Hills, either physically or emotionally. One must ask how many other Earthlings have been through the same ordeal without discovering it? After all, there are few psychiatrists in the 21 Ibid.

119

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come country and only a small percentage of them use regressive hypnosis on a regular basis, and only an even smaller percentage of those who do have the background and the skill of Dr. (Benjamin) Simon and the raw material of the Hills to work with. I should add that I spent about four hours with Betty and Barney in November of 1968, a few months before Barney’s death of natural causes in February of 1969. I was very impressed with them in every respectintelligence, integrity, sensitivity, openness, sense of humor, etc. Incidentally, I am now aware of at least one case of persons in the Los Angeles area who have a missing time interval associated with a UFO sighting. I would be delighted to hear of others.

10. Mystery: “If they are not interested in making contact, why come here in the first place?”

In a sense, this question is unanswerable without talking to the UFO pilots. However, it is worth some speculation in order to better expand our knowledge of ourselves and to improve our perspective about the planet Earth and its inhabitants. I have elsewhere listed numerous reasons for extraterrestrials visiting the Earth, some facetious but none totally impossible or implausible. Let us review some of these reasons here.

Let us first examine the question of the planet Earth compared to the other planets in this solar system. Earth has a number of unique features. The Earth is much denser than all of the other planets (except Pluto) and, therefore, must have some denser material on it. It has a magnetic field and must, therefore, have iron-like elements in profusion, and some other interesting but heavy metals such as uranium, gold, tungsten, platinum and light metals such as aluminum, titanium, beryllium, magnesium and boron. The Earth is covered with liquid water and gaseous oxygen and nitrogen in a way in which no other planet in the solar system is provided. This would certainly be of interest to the Earthling-like creatures.

The Earth-Moon system is unique in the solar system in that the Moon is larger compared to the size of the Earth than is any other planetary satellite and is also further away compared to the size of the mother planet. In effect, we have a twin planet situation in which one body has (at least for a while) all the necessities of life such as light, water, air, relatively even temperatures, as well as protection against meteorites, solar ultraviolets, cosmic rays, and the solar wind. The Moon offers working areas having a very high vacuum and a very low magnetic field, very dark regions, regions of no electromagnetic background, regions of very low temperatures, and low gravity for easy launching of interstellar vehicles, and Earth Excursion Modules, and no corrosive atmosphere to resist flight and damage materials. It would make an ideal base from which to receive and transmit signals from other star systems and to provide a convenient way station near a place having all kinds of other items of interest.

I should stress that the Earth also has readily available supplies of substances which we weren’t aware of or at least didn’t care about until recently. Hydrogen isotopes are here in profusion and might be used to fuel fusion propulsion systems. Liquid water is a far more convenient form of hydrogen than a gaseous ammonia or hydrogen itself. Water, incidentally, has more hydrogen per cubic inch than has liquid hydrogen, strange as that may seem.

Many other isotopes are also available along with the previously mentioned metals; and others, many of which were only lab curiosities until this century, such as uranium, rhenium, tantalum and zirconium. The density of the Earth and the presence of water vapor, oxygen, nitrogen and a magnetic field can be determined from off the Earth.

The Earth is also an attractive site for the growing of a fantastic variety of substances requiring water and sunlight and fertilizer of one sort or another, especially if one has access to 120

Raymond Andrew Keller II all locations with an Earth Excursion Module. Just consider the variety of farming conditions available in terms of type of soil, latitude, growing season, altitude, humidity, etc. The sunlight is free and readily available. The atmosphere, ocean and surfaces also provide a convenient source of raw materials for chemical processing, either here, onboard the mothership or on the Moon.

The above discussion is concerned only with the place- Earth-Moon. Let us now discuss the inhabitants and other reasons for coming here than using the “place.” First, let us note that the above discussion assumes that interstellar travel is common throughout a good-sized fraction of the universe. This is roughly the equivalent of saying that transoceanic flights are common on Earth or that orbital spaceships are common. Not everybody flies across the ocean and certainly not everyone owns his own Boeing 747 for so doing; but there are a number of very expensive, quite large planes making regular trips back and forth. Think of the contrast between the flights of the 70s and the balloons of a century ago (Remember Around the World in 80 Days?)22 and then take the steps from the 747’s to the Apollo manned spaceships which go around the Earth in 90 minutes. Yet, it takes a lot of energy and effort to fly an Apollo spaceship (or at least the 60 times heavier Saturn rocket); but consider what we will be capable of doing in 100 or 1,000 or 1,000,000 years and what progress others undoubtedly made a billion years ago out there.

If you were from an advanced civilization where sociology had kept pace with technology (or you would have been destroyed), wouldn’t you be concerned about the inhabitants of a planet on which technology was well ahead of sociology? Wouldn’t you rate as a primitive society for which every new frontier is a place to do battle rather than a stimulus for greater brotherhood and mutual efforts towards a better life for all the inhabitants of the tiny spaceship Earth? It may be that the Intergalactic Council has rules about interference with primitive species so long as they limit their unpleasantness to their own planet; but would they be permitted to do damage elsewhere? I doubt it.

Certainly, in view of the events of the past, which have included the use of atomic weapons and rockets, first separately and then mated together, would anyone observing the Earth from time-to-time believe that we would refrain from spreading our peculiar brand of friendship to other planetary bodies? One must also note that the rate of technological progress has been steadily increasing so that an observer would be concerned not necessarily about the present, but rather about the very near (on a cosmic time scale) future. After all, it took less than three years from the first controlled chain reaction to the first atomic bomb, and less than four from the first satellite to the first manned space flight and only another eight for the first lunar landing.

In short, Earthlings would give any observer concern for where we are going and how we plan to get there. From an entirely different viewpoint, one might say that we are almost at the point where we would be worth conquering. You pay your money and take your choice.

22 Jules Verne, Around the World in 80 Days (Paris, France: Pierre-Jules Hetzel, 1863). It was originally published in serial form in 1862 in Le Temps, a Paris newspaper.

121

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come

How will brutish humans, now capable of arriving on nearby planets with powerful rockets, and equipped with nuclear weapons, react when encountering an extraterrestrial civilization? Our track record on Earth, with ever constant clashes of civilizations, has nothing to commend us. See We Are Iowa, https://www.weareiowa.com/article/news/local/hispanic-heritage-month/hiddenhistory-the-arrival-of-the-conquistadors/524-043d4104-6da2-44ac-9c59-c8629b08f6b4.

11. Myth: “No sightings have occurred in recent years.”

I have had many newsmen and other people suggest that the whole problem of UFOs has, in essence, gone away. After all, “I haven’t seen anything in the papers.”

While it is certainly true that many big-city papers have carried next to nothing about sightings in the couple of years since the Condon Report was issued, it is clearly not at all true that UFOs are not being observed. One can judge that sightings are still occurring by reading the Flying Saucer Review (London, United Kingdom) the APRO Bulletin (Tucson, Arizona) and the more limited distribution, but still very useful publications such as Skylook (the publication of the Midwest UFO Network),23 Data Net,24 the Kansas-Oklahoma Newsletter; Saucers, Space and Science (Willowdale, Ontario, Canada), etc., to all of which I personally subscribe. Perhaps a more objective evaluation of at least newspaper UFO publicity is possible by examining the monthly clipping bath issued by Rod Dyke ($4 per month from UFO Reporting Center Research Committee, 3521 S.W. 104th, Seattle, Washington 98146), which typically includes about 15 tightly packed legal-size pages of clippings about UFOs- almost entirely sightingsfrom around the world. I do not know how many clippings are not included; but it is certainly clear the UFOs have not stopped being reported at least in local newspapers.

I am firmly convinced that the problem has not gone away, but that the fraction of the total number of sightings which get reported has certainly decreased- even if, as may well be the case, the actual number of sightings occurring has not.

23 The Midwest UFO Network was the predecessor of the Mutual UFO Network. Its official publication, Skylook, was edited by Norma E. Short and published out of her home in Stover, Missouri. It ran for nine consecutive monthly issues, July 1973-March 1974.

24 Data Net was the predecessor of the National UFO Reporting Center, headquartered in Seattle, Washington.

122

Raymond Andrew Keller II The reasons are quite straight-forward. There first of all is practically nowhere to report a sighting in most parts of the country now that the Air Force Project Blue Book has been closed.

Secondly, many large circulation newspapers have taken an anti-UFO editorial stand since the Condon Report, which means that even if a sighting were reported to a paper, it would take an unusual amount of courage for a reporter to try to do a thorough investigation since the editor’s view is probably that everything is more important than a crackpot UFO story. Thus, we have the paradox that the news media are more reluctant to dig into UFOs at a time when more people than ever believe in their existence.

There is a related myth that the papers have conspired not to treat the UFO subject seriously, perhaps at the convenience of the Air Force or the Central Intelligence Agency. All I can say to this is that my own experience would seem to contradict this notion. I have received “straight” and friendly coverage of my views about UFO reality in several dozen newspapers across the country, from New York to Hawaii. I have even had a couple of cartoons drawn “in my honor” with no hint of ridicule of my positive, definite views on UFOs. Several stories about me have also gone out on the news wires; so, I can definitely say that no conspiracy exists and that probably the real problem is that not enough respectable, professional scientists and engineers and politicians have been willing to speak out. The newspapers are looking for new ideas, new approaches and new views on all subjects. The UFO kooks and quacks got plenty of publicity in the days gone by but really haven’t said anything new in years that seem at all reasonable to the skeptical, cynical news reporter. I would certainly encourage all investigators who can solidly back up what they believe to speak out forcefully and accurately.

Summary and Conclusions This paper is an attempt to stimulate thinking by confronting some of the myths and mysteries prevalent about UFOs on a semi-personal basis rather than from a totally detached, uninvolved scientific viewpoint. Many of the ideas contained herein will be discussed in much more detail in a book on which I am presently working, hopefully for publication within a year.25 If my comments stimulate even a few to plunge into the Earth Excursion Module world with minds soaring and fears quelled, I have no doubt that they will find the water invigorating and the mind expansion rewarding.

22 September 1972

Brilliant UFO buzzes Japanese island of Okinawa An article appeared in the 24 September 1972 edition of the Japan Times, published in Tokyo, Japan, detailing an amazing encounter of two international airline flights with a UFO out over the Pacific Ocean: A mysterious flying object was spotted over the ocean 560 kilometers southeast of Okinawa, Japan, by the pilot, Captain D. Shifflet, and two crew members of Trans World Airlines Flight 745, at around 8 p.m. (Japanese time) on Friday, 22 September 1972. Their plane had taken off from Okinawa and was en route to Bangkok, Thailand. The plane was cruising at an altitude of about 10,000 meters when the pilot and crew first glimpsed the UFO, that Captain Shifflet described as a “bluish-white ball travelling at outer space speed.” The object was also seen by the pilot and crew of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines Flight 985, that was also out over the ocean around 25 Due to working on numerous other projects, the book, Flying Saucers and Science (Pompton Plains, NJ: Career Press), 320 pages, was delayed until 2008.

123

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come the same time that Captain D. Shifflet radioed in his report.

The KLM flight personnel noted that the UFO appeared to be “several times the magnitude of the brightest planet.”

And then around 8:30 p.m., back in Nago City, Okinawa, Masahiro Asanuma, 21, a correspondence course student at a Naha Senior High School, snapped two photographs of the same or a similar object. According to the 27 September 1972 editions of two Tokyo, Japan, daily newspapers, Yomiuri Shimbun and Mainichi Shimbun, Asanuma and some 40 other students at the high school witnessed, “a bright object in the form of a yellowish-white belt of light” flying in from the northwest to the east.

Asanuma stated that he and the other students, attending a class at the high school youth center, were lying down on Second photograph of UFO taken by Okinawan student at 8:30 p.m. on 22 the lawn, gazing at the Moon, when the strange object, even brighter than the full Moon, first came into view. Yusuke September 1972. This may have been the same UFO observed by the pilots and crews J. Matsumura, the director of the Cosmic Brotherhood of two international airlines just 30 minutes previously, out over the ocean.

Association International in Japan,26 filed a report with Hans C. Petersen, the director of the International Get Acquainted Program (IGAP), a UFO group in Denmark, and explained that upon interviewing Asanuma, he was informed by him that the appearance of this brilliant UFO over Nago City in the central north part of the island of Okinawa, “aroused excited cries that it might be a burning plane or even a flying saucer.” And since Asanuma had planned to take pictures at the youth center that night, he had his Cannon 50 mm camera with him and managed to snap two good photographs of the UFO. The object was only in view for about two minutes before it vanished behind a thick cloud bank off in the distance.

26 The Cosmic Brotherhood Association (Japanese: 宇宙友好協会) was a Japanese contactee organization, founded in 1957 by Yusuke Matsumura (松村雄亮). Matsumara made claims to have contacts with extraterrestrial intelligences, whom he referred to as the “Space Brothers.” He prophesied a coming global cataclysm following a shift in the earth’s axial tilt and assured the members of this group that these benevolent extraterrestrials would help them escape to other worlds in their flying saucers before the times of tribulation fell upon the inhabitants of the Earth. In the early 1960s, as his predicted doomsday never materialized, the Cosmic Brotherhood Association lost about half of its membership and Matsumara temporarily stepped down as director. His absence was short-lived, however, as a massive UFO flap in Japan helped to spark nationwide interest in the UFO phenomenon and a resurgence of membership in the group. The members appreciated Matsumara’s directorial abilities as he reorganized the group, renaming it the Cosmic Brotherhood Association International and shifting its focus onto the ancient aliens hypothesis by seeking to demonstrate that extraterrestrial contacts had indeed been established with the first civilizations in Japan, to include the Jōmon culture, and that contact with these same extraterrestrials could be reestablished following the construction by the group’s members of the Hayopira (ハヨピラ) Pyramid (or Hayopira UFO Station), a hand-built platform that they could climb on top of to call down the saucers, in Biratori, Hidaka Subprefecture, Hokkaido. Matsumara and the group’s leadership, failing to meet such high expectations among the members, ceased public activities of the association in the mid-1970s. The association published the newsletter 空飛ぶ円盤ニュース (Flying Saucer News), which was comprised of translations of foreign UFO reports, in addition to materials by the likes of American contactees such as George Adamski, George Van Tassel, and Daniel Fry. They also published guides on how to contact flying saucers, which they referred to as ベントラ (bentora), the word for spacecraft in the language of the friendly extraterrestrials. All throughout the Cosmic Brotherhood Association’s existence, Matsumura worked closely with Major Hans C. Petersen, Director of the International Get Acquainted Program (IGAP), the largest contactee organization in Europe.

124

Raymond Andrew Keller II Also, the two Japanese dailies previously cited reported that this same or a similar UFO(s) were reported in other parts of Okinawa: Daitojima, Koza City, Kunigami-Mura and Ogimimura. Some of the observers in these other areas of the island described the object as “having a reddish-tail spreading out like a fan;” while others insisted that, “It was too slow for a comet, but it has been agreed that it could not have been a plane because no sounds were emitted.”

The two daily newspapers also made mention that other photographs of UFOs were purportedly taken on the following day of Saturday, 23 September 1972, in Osaka City, Japan.

9 July 1973

UFO photographed over Nagai City in Northeastern Japan Sergeant Yoshiyuki Matsuda, the traffic chief at the Nagai City Police Station in the Yamagata Prefecture in Northeastern Japan, was on duty at 11 p.m. on 9 July 1973, photographing the scene of a traffic accident and the resulting damage to a tipped car on the left side of a road on the edge of a rice field just outside the city limits. The roads were still slick as the rain had stopped only a few minutes before the sergeant arrived to check out the situation. No stars were visible in the cloud-shrouded sky. Suddenly, in the midst of photographing the car, an unidentified luminous object streaming a tail dropped below the cloud cover directly above the middle of the rice paddy. It was moving swiftly from the northeast to the southwest. The tail of the UFO seemed to be flashing multi-colors like a neon light.

Without hesitation, Chief Matsuda took nine photos of the UFO with his Konica f.1.8 camera set at a speed of 1/60 at f.5.6 with a flash. The clearest photograph in the set is provided below. The negatives were examined by a photographic expert from a local UFO club, a chapter of the Cosmic Brothers Association International (CBAI) headquartered in Biratori, Japan, on the island of Hokkaido. The organization’s director, Yusuke J. Matsumura, reported the UFO event to fellow ufologist Hans C. Petersen, the editor of UFO Contact in Vejle, Denmark, and informed him that their photographic expert had determined that the object in question in the picture was not a photographic flaw, a ray streak or a ghost image of any kind.

News of this sighting appeared in the April 1974 issue of UFO Contact (Volume 3, Number 2), the official publication of the International Get Acquainted Program (IGAP) in Vejle, Denmark, for which Petersen also served as editor-in-chief. In the article covering the appearance of this object, written by Matsumura, the CBAI director noted that, “In the meantime, there was a UFO incident to prove this occurred in the prefecture, which caused a sensation. In Yamagata City, that lies so close to Nagai City, a few round objects shining milky-white, about 30 to 40 cm in diameter, appeared over the area of Mt. Ohmori; and more than 50 local residents saw them appear and disappear repeatedly over four hours starting from 9 p.m. on the same night.”

Matsumura also noted that a local paper, the Yamagata Shimbun, published an extensive article on this sensational “Flying Saucer Show,” UFO over Nagai City, Japan, photographed by a traffic chief police department, provided observers with a including the photograph snapped by the traffic from the localunique aerial illumination display. chief.

125

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come 24 August 1973 Remarkable UFO sightings over Japan A formation of UFOs, varying between five to ten in number, hovered over Toyama City, Japan, facing the Japan Sea from 8:30 p.m. to 11:30 p.m. on 24 August 1973. The UFOs appeared as small, pale white objects; seemingly translucent. An exact number of UFOs could not be determined, as the objects darted in and out of thick cloud cover.

Yusuke J. Matsemura, Director of the Cosmic Brotherhood Association International, headquartered in Biratori, Japan, on the island of Hokkaido, submitted a report on this UFO event to Hans C. Petersen, Director of the International Get Acquainted Program (IGAP) in Vejle, Denmark, for publication in the organization’s official magazine, UFO Contact, Volume 3, Number 2, April 1974. In his report, Matsemura wrote that when first sighted, “The objects were circling slowly, flying side-by-side in a long and slender stick-shaped form, broadened out, and then made a round formation flight. The UFOs kept repeating this aerial maneuver numerous times; and with each repetition they would suddenly stop in midair, thereby causing quite a sensation for the observers. After the last cycle of these aerial acrobatics, the objects quickly formed up in a straight line, picked up speed and disappeared over the horizon.”

There were about 300 witnesses to this event. Drivers were stopping their cars to get out and look at the UFOs. The objects were estimated to be somewhere between 1,000 and 2,000 meters in altitude.

On the day following these sightings, the Toyama City Kita Nihon Shimbun newspaper published a photograph of one of the UFOs as snapped by their staff cameraman, M. Omokata, at about 10:30 p.m. on that previous night. Using tri-x film in his Nikon F camera Astronomers at the Toyama Astronomical Observatory equipped with a 250 mm telephoto lens, the declared that the object photographed below, along with photo journalist was able to single out one of the other UFOs sighted on the night of 24 August 1973 over Toyama, Japan, remained “unidentified.” the small orbs and take a magnified photograph of it in the midst of its flight. The newspaper article states that astronomers at the Toyama Astronomical Observatory were consulted about the UFOs. They were given a copy of the magnified photograph taken by M. Omokata for examination. They said that the nature of the object in the photograph and reported UFOs could not be accurately determined as no correlation between known satellites or the orbiting American Skylab could be established with the reported times of the UFO observations “It wasn’t the American Skylab, but a real UFO,” declared Japanese astronomers. or the taking of the mysterious photo.

126

Raymond Andrew Keller II 5 October 1973-10 March 1974 UFO Flap Below is a chronological sampling of some of the key UFO stories in 1973 and 1974: 5 October 1973, Examiner, San Francisco, California: “Odd Twists in South’s Saucer Siege.”

This article provides a continuation of the debate about the ongoing UFO flap in the Southern United States.

24 October 1973, Times, St. Petersburg, Florida: “Believe It or Not Department: Saucering Around Space.” This is an article about the contactee John F. Reeves of Brooksville, Florida.

He reports visits he made to other planets aboard extraterrestrial spaceships.27 The footnote below, however, provides only an analysis by the directors of the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO) of his initial encounter.

24 February 1974, National Enquirer, Lantana, Florida: “Los Angeles Policemen Chase UFO for Three Miles.” This is the story of a UFO encounter by officers John Wyntroop and C. C. Smith of the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD).

3 March 1974, National Enquirer, Lantana, Florida: “Ten Women Watch White Oval UFO Over Texas Town for Twenty Minutes.” This is an intriguing report about a bridge game team that experienced a UFO encounter one eerie night.

27 Coral and Jim Lorenzen, Flying Saucer Occupants (New York, New York: Signet, 1967), pages 134-135: The directors of the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO) of Tucson, Arizona, detail the close encounter with a UFO and its occupants by John F. Reeves from Brooksville, Florida. On 3 March 1965, Reeves claims that he watched a landed alien craft and a disembarked five-foot spaceman near his home in the vicinity of Weeki Wachee Spring, a natural tourist attraction on the outskirts of Brooksville. Reeves was out walking around 2 p.m. when he first came upon the landed object. Having spotted it from some distance away, he approached it by a circuitous route. As soon as he espied the “spaceman,” the extraterrestrial stranger looked him over and began approaching. Reeves estimated that the craft was some 25 feet in diameter and about eight feet thick. Around its circumference, there was an array of slats that resembled venetian blinds that opened and closed just before the craft would take off. The object rested on four legs and a cylinder with disc-shaped steps that provided for access from its underside. The spaceman was dressed in a silver-gray, tight fitting suit and a helmet much like an inverted glass bowl, resting upon his shoulders. His head inside the helmet was covered by some sort of dark material such that his hair, if he had any, was not distinguishable. The ears, mouth and nose appeared normal, as with any other human being. However, Reeves noted that the alien’s eyes were large and very wide, with a flattened area between. His chin was somewhat pointed; and his hands were covered by mittens that seemed to be very pliable and of the same color as his space suit. Reeves did not notice anything particular about the extraterrestrial’s footgear, except that his feet were covered.

The Lorenzens noted that, “Reeves claimed that the creature, while approaching the saucer from some bushes, spotted him, came toward him and just looked at him. Then he drew a small black box from ‘his left side;’ it ‘flashed,’ whereupon Reeves started to leave. He lost his hat, stooped to retrieve it, turned, and the box ‘flashed’ again. He saw no flash attachment, doesn’t know if it was a camera or not.”

Some footprints were later discovered; but unfortunately, the photographer failed to take long-range shots of several sets, resulting in the loss of potentially valuable information. Reeves later asserted that the spaceman came very close to him and touched his helmet against Reeve’s own head, whereupon the two were able to converse by means of mental telepathy. I find this highly probable, as I and Omnec Onec, the Ambassador from Venus, were able to communicate telepathically in this same manner during the summer 2018 From Venus With Love conference at Mt. Shasta in California. The Lorenzens, however, have discarded this as an “embroidery of the basic story, for the assertion came a considerable time after the original story was told.”

Reeves maintains that the spaceman dropped a piece of paper containing a mysterious, coded message, that he later forwarded to an Air Force officer dispatched to his home on the orders of the Project Bluebook director Major Hector Quintanilla, Jr. An Air Force cryptoanalysis of the message apparently revealed that the alien and his spaceship originated on the planet Mars.

Upon interviewing Reeves, an APRO field investigator concluded that, “Reeves did not seem to be sufficiently knowledgeable about UFO lore to have concocted such a detailed story.”

127

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come 10 March 1974, National Enquirer, Lantana, Florida: “Seventeen Policemen in New Hampshire See Bright Orange UFO Dancing Around in the Sky.” This is a very interesting UFO report from the New England state of New Hampshire back in 1965.

10 March 1974, National Enquirer, Lantana, Florida: “United States Air Force Has Proof UFOs Are Watching Our Every Move.” This article tells of Major Donald E. Keyhoe’s then new blockbuster UFO book, Aliens from Space: The Real Story of Unidentified Flying Objects (New York, New York: Doubleday, released December 1973). The author argues that UFOs do exist based on proof from the United States Air Force and Central Intelligence Agency and discusses the official reasons given for keeping the public uninformed.

A retired United States Marine Corps major and pilot wrote an explosive book blowing the cover off a vast conspiracy to hide the truth about UFOs as spaceships manned by extraterrestrials conducting a reconnaissance of planet Earth.

December 1973-January 1974 Senator Barry Goldwater was fervent believer in flying saucers from outer space In a series of articles that ran in the National Enquirer of Lantana, Florida, from December 1973 through January 1974 regarding the United States government’s UFO cover-up, the late Senator Barry Goldwater of Arizona (1909-1998) was interviewed by one of that publication’s top investigative reporters, Allan A. Zullo. Enquirer readers were stunned to learn that not only was Senator Goldwater convinced that UFOs were real, but that they are operated by beings from an advanced extraterrestrial civilization. “I believe Earth has been visited by creatures from outer space,” Senator Goldwater exclaimed.

The senator, being interviewed from his residence in Washington, D.C., further explained that these visits were not merely occasional, but frequent. “I believe the Earth has been visited many times by these creatures from outer space.

“I can’t believe that in this never-ending universe our planet is the only one with intelligent life. I’m not convinced, after having been around for 65 years, that human beings are the smartest creatures in the universe. I certainly believe in aliens in space. They may not look or talk like us; but I have very strong feelings they have advanced past our mental capabilities.”

Senator Goldwater’s statements were considered authoritative by ufologists because he was a retired Air Force Reserve Brigadier General as well as a top-notch pilot with 44 years of flying experience at the time that Zullo conducted this series of interviews. The senator flatly denied that the majority of UFOs are figments of someone’s wild imagination or some type of natural phenomenon. “I have doubted stories from some witnesses,” said the senator, “but when qualified pilots and other experts tell me they have seen strange, unexplainable flying objects, I have to put faith in their reports.

128

Raymond Andrew Keller II “Air Force, Navy and commercial pilots have revealed to me cases when a UFO would fly near them, right off their plane’s wing, and then just zoom away at incredible speeds.”

Airplane explodes in pursuit of UFO There was one UFO case that particularly impressed Senator Goldwater. “I remember the case in Georgia in the 1950s of a National Guard plane going after a UFO and never returning,” declared the senator, adding that, “I can also recall another case in Franklin, Kentucky, when four military planes investigated a UFO. One of them exploded in midair and no one knows why.”

Mysterious signals from outer space Senator Barry Goldwater also opined about some strange signals that he received on his ham radio set, signals that he believed originated from intelligences in outer space. “These signals had a cadence or sequence which sounded like a code. It wasn’t like any code I’d heard before.”

The ham radio operator also noted that, “The United States and other countries like Russia have picked up noises from space. But nobody knows where they come from or what they are.

I do know that the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) is going a lot of research into this.”

Senator Goldwater stonewalled by the Air Force Despite his many connections inside the Air Force and the halls of government, Senator Goldwater was stonewalled when he attempted to take a peek into the Air Force UFO files stored at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base in Dayton, Ohio. “I’ve never been able to get into the Air Force Research Office at Wright-Patterson,” admitted the senator, adding that, “I asked General Curtis LeMay, who for years was the head of the Strategic Air Command, for permission to check into the files and he told me, ‘Hell no! And don’t ask me again.”

This refusal to let him peruse the research files at WrightPatterson led the senator to reach the conclusion that a government cover-up of UFOs was very real. “I think some highly secret government UFO investigations are going on that we don’t know about, and probably never will, unless the Air Force discloses them. But someday soon, someone is going to have strong UFO evidence that cannot be explained away.”

Senator Barry Goldwater, who unsuccessfully ran for President of the United States on the Republican Party ticket in 1964, said he would continue to be persistent in calling for a UFO disclosure on the part of the government. “I do believe in UFOs,” he reaffirmed, and further remarked, “And if my secretary came in one day and said, ‘Senator Goldwater, there’s a three-foot-tall green man with four eyes and an antenna sticking out of his head Senator Barry M. Goldwater of Arizona firmly believed in the existence waiting to see you outside,’ I won’t think my secretary is nuts. I’ll of flying saucers from outer space. simply say, ‘Send him in.’”

129

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come January 1974 California Journalist suggests UFO “Lure” Roscoe Drummond, a syndicated columnist for the Los Angeles Times in California, began a series of articles on the UFO phenomenon that ran in January 1974, as follows: “Now that UFOs are widely and wisely accepted as real, the next step which must concern everybody is how we here on Earth can begin to make contact.”

The journalist points out that, “Most astronomers now share the once heretical view of Dr. Harlow Shapley, former director of the Harvard Observatory, that there at least 100 million inhabited planets in the universe.”

Drummond in prior articles praised retired Marine Corps Major Donald E. Keyhoe, the author of the best-selling book, Aliens from Space, and voiced his agreement with Keyhoe’s conclusion that, “The “aliens probably do not have a hostile intent.” The journalist also puts faith in the idea advanced by Keyhoe and some of the other leading lights in the UFO research community, that the so-called “Operation Lure” should be implemented as soon as possible.

From Keyhoe’s book, the operation is described thusly: “The lure will have three or more dummy UFOs, disc-types with domes, built of aluminum. Each one will have glass panels to show that no one is hiding inside. The base will be unmanned; and the nearest humans will be stationed at hidden observation posts over a mile distant.

Cargo Cults: Lady Orda, the Queen of Outer Space, and “Near the dummy UFOs will be several the Cosmic Ray, the author of this book, had a good laugh ‘educational buildings’ containing a number together after they first read about retired Major Donald E. Keyhoe’s proposed “Operation Lure.” “It was already tried by of exhibits intended to interest UFO crews. remote South Pacific islanders following the departure of the To emphasize that no humans are concealed, Americans at the conclusion of World War II. By building the roofs will be made of shatterproof glass, so hollow replicas in honor of the military aircraft they had spotinteriors can be seen from the air. Each building ted flying over their villages during the war, and their pilots and crew that visited them, they hoped they could entice the will have one glass wall to permit inspection on American ‘sky gods’ to return,” noted the Queen. the ground.

“All the observer posts are to be below ground level, except for the camouflaged roofs, below which will be high-powered movie cameras with telephoto lenses and concealed telescopes.”

Drummond questioned, however, whether Earthlings will be able to communicate with the aliens after having made contact via the “lure,” but felt a little more confident that the interplanetary visitors might be able to get through to the humans they would encounter at the Operation Lure site. The California journalist astutely surmised that, “If humans are “Some say the wind just stoppered. Others reckon it were a gang called Turbulence!”— quote from The Tell of Captain not up to communicating with extraterrestrial Walker beings, it is quite likely that the extraterrestrials, Australian Outback survivors in a post-apocalypse wait pawhose scientific achievements would be so tiently for the legendary “Captain Walker” to get this ancient, downed airliner operational and fly them to freedom in the much greater than ours, can communicate with promised land. Mad Max, played by Mel Gibson, felt sorry in having to shatter their dreams. Source: Mad Max: Beyond us. Let’s try.”

Thunderdome (Warner Brothers, 1985).

130

Raymond Andrew Keller II Existence of advanced Nazi weapon revealed The existence of a hitherto unknown (by the general public) Nazi weapon was revealed in the pages of the January 1974 edition of UFO Nachrichten magazine (Issue Number 208), published in Obergunzburg, Federal Republic of Germany. According to an article in this publication, a long-forgotten news release from the Supreme Allied Command Headquarters in Europe dated 13 December 1944, revealed that the Nazis had succeeded in constructing a “mysterious hovering ball,” apparently some kind of weapons system, or a part thereof.

Flying Saucer photographed over Norway in World War II This same issue, Number 208 of UFO Nachrichten, also noted that a photograph of a flying saucer had turned up in their offices simply dated 1944. The letter that accompanied the photograph said that it was taken from aboard a German aircraft immediately after it had taken off from an airfield in Norway heading back to its main base in Germany. The object seen and photographed by a member of the German plane’s flight crew described it as a “shining hemisphere with two darker areas with ‘windows.’”

15 January 1974 Flying Saucer photographed over Odense, Denmark At about 4:50 p.m., Jorma Viita, a Finnish gentleman working in Denmark, was bicycling to a judo club meeting in Odense when a flying saucer passed overhead. Luckily, Viita had a camera with him, as he was planning on taking some photographs at the meeting.

“To my great surprise,” said Viita, “I saw a flying object show up over the Odense Shipbuilding Yard. I estimated it to be about 15-30 feet long and 6-10 feet high. Its altitude was around 6001,000 feet. It moved from east to west and I could see it for about Flying Saucer photographed from two minutes. I managed to take three pictures.”

German airplane while taking off over Viita contacted the local chapter of the International Get Norway in 1944.

Acquainted Program (IGAP), a UFO group headquartered in Vejle, Denmark, and turned in both his negatives and original photographs to the organization’s director, Hans C. Petersen, who forwarded them to an IGAP-contracted photographic expert.

After analyzing both the negatives and the original photographs, it was the expert’s opinion that, “The film contains a series of private snapshots and three shots of an unidentified object.

The genuineness cannot be questioned. It is technically possible to make double exposures, but this demands a rather advanced technical apparatus. Nothing points in the direction of tricks.”

Typical Venusian scout ship photographed over Denmark.

131

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come 17 February 1974 Presbyterian minister preaches UFO gospel Reverend Carl McIntire (1906-2002), the pastor of the 2,000-member Bible Presbyterian Church in Collingswood, New Jersey, recently announced in a radio sermon that, “We are being visited by creatures from outer space. They are traveling inside the UFOs and they are surveying the Earth and its people.”

The pastor served as the host of his church’s radio ministry program, Twentieth Century Reformation Hour, broadcast every Sunday morning for thirty minutes on over 600 stations throughout the United States. When declaring his belief in UFOs as extraterrestrial, manned spaceships, the reverend also announced the formation of special committees of the radio ministry devoted to UFO research in all fifty states: “All those committees have, in turn, formed the Twentieth Century UFO Bureau. The bureau is actually an arm of the Twentieth Century Reformation Hour.”

Reverend McIntire had even bigger plans for his ministry. “Besides our membership in the United States,” he said, “the Twentieth Century Reformation Hour is affiliated with church groups in 86 foreign countries and all of our members are on the alert for UFO information.”

The reverend explained to a reporter from the National Enquirer28 sent from Lantana, Florida, to investigate his UFO proclamations, that the Twentieth Century UFO Bureau was actually started in September 1973 and is manned entirely by volunteers whose job is to find and interview persons who have seen UFOs or even encountered their occupants, and to collect all available information from them about their experiences. “This information is sent to our office here in Collingswood,” noted the minister, “where it is cross-referenced against similar types of sightings and filed. We’ve had 125 sightings reported since we started the bureau, the bulk of which have been in the United States. But we have also had reports from England, Europe and South Africa.”

The Twentieth Century UFO Bureau also mailed out a 32page information kit on the spiritual aspects of flying saucers to anyone writing a letter to request it. One of their immediate projects was to plot a graph of worldwide UFO sightings to see if there is any pattern to the flights. “We are keeping a very close watch on the situation,” assured Reverend McIntire, “because we Reverend Carl McIntire, “Calling Ocbelieve our planet is under surveillance from outer space at this cupants of Interplanetary Craft.” very moment.”

22 March 1974 French Defense Minister Galley keeps open mind about UFOs, extraterrestrials The French Minister of Defense, Robert Galley, was interviewed by Jean Bourret of French National Radio on 21 March 1974 about the government of France’s official position on UFOs and extraterrestrial life. His answers to these questions were also published in L’Aurore newspaper of Paris, France, on the following day.

Here are some pertinent extracts from this important radio interview: 28 17 February 1974 edition.

132

Raymond Andrew Keller II “What I truly think is that one must have a very open-minded attitude towards this subject.

A certain progress has been realized by mankind due to the fact that one tried to investigate what was unexplainable.

“In these air and visual phenomena, called UFO, there are things that one cannot understand and which are even now, relatively unexplainable. I should even say that today we have things not explained or at most badly explained…. The Air Force’s conclusion since 1970 is that the UFOs were not dangerous at all, so that it was not the Air Force’s work to study the phenomenon scientifically. We estimate this to be the work of the Centre National d’Etudes Spatiales /National Center for Space Research (CNES).

“There is also the increasing number of sightings, which is quite impressive, of light phenomena being sometimes spherical and sometimes egg-shaped and which fly at terrific speeds. They all have to be examined with great care.

When asked about a landed UFO, from which a small-statured human emerged, Galley stated, “Here I have to be more careful. However, if the people could see the amount of information the Air Force and highway policemen have gathered and which was transmitted to the CNES, it is quite astonishing. What I believe is that the policemen are serious persons; and when they make an investigation, it is not at random.”

Interviewer Bourret felt assured by the minister’s responses. It seems that the government of France wasn’t dismissing UFOs at all, but placing the investigations of this unique phenomena in the hands of the nation’s capable space research agency, CNES, the equivalent of the United States’ NASA. Apparently, there are some reasonable souls in the top echelons of the French administration who are ready to accept and show the extraterrestrials a greater level of understanding than they might find in the United States or the Soviet Union.

French UFO Investigative Unit The proof that Galley told Bourret the truth about the open-mindedness of the French government in its approach to the UFO phenomenon came just three years later, when a special UFO investigative branch was officially recognized within CNES, called the Groupe d’Études et d’informations sur les Phénoménes Aérospatiaux Non-identitifiés/Study and Information Group on Unidentified Aerospace Pheneomena (GEIPAN), with its headquarters in Toulouse.

And 33 years and one day after Galley’s important interview with Bourret, and the establishment of GEIPAN, France became the first country to declassify and open its official and TOP SECRET files on UFOs on Thursday, 22 March 2007, when the national space agency unveiled a website documenting more than 1,600 sightings spanning five decades. A spokesperson for the CNES and the director of GEIPAN, Jacques Patenet, an aeronautical engineer, stated that the online archives will be updated as new cases are reported. For ufologists the world over, the GEIPAN catalogues were considered impressive, insofar as they revealed in minute detail cases ranging from the easily dismissed to a handful that continue to perplex even the most hard-nosed scientists in the French Republic. “It is a world first,” declared Patenet.29 It was clear that the French government was trying to diffuse the situation with increased UFO sightings taking place all around the country. The issues of UFOs and extraterrestrial visitations were becoming political footballs. Known as objets volants non identifiés (OVNIs) in French, UFOs have always generated intense interest along with countless conspiracy theories 29 Afp, “France Opens Up Its UFO Files,” New Scientist, 22 March 2007, https://www.newscientist.com/article/ dn11443-france-opens-up-its-ufo-files/#ixzz6cetR16FZ (Accessed 2 November 2020).

133

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come about secretive government cover-ups of findings deemed too sensitive or alarming for public consumption. The public demand for UFO disclosure was acting like a pressure cooker about to explode on the body politic in France.

Director Patenet remarked that, “Cases such as the lady who reported seeing an object that looked like a flying roll of toilet paper” are clearly not worth investigating. On the other hand, there are many other cases involving multiple sightings; and in at least one case involving thousands of people across France were witnesses to a single UFO event. There is also an abundance of evidence such as burn marks and radar shadowing of UFOs showing flight patterns or accelerations that defy the laws of physics. These kinds of cases are definitely taken seriously by Patenet and his GEIPAN team of investigators.

Leery of Ufologists A contingent of security guards formed a barrier in front of the space agency headquarters where the announcement was made, “to screen out uninvited ufologists,” a CNES official explained. That is because of the 1,600 cases registered since 1954, nearly 25% are classified as “type D”, meaning that “despite good or very good data and credible witnesses, we GEIPAN investigators have found ourselves confronted with something we can’t explain,” said Patenet, also not wanting to spend the whole day repeating this to the thousands of amateur UFO seekers that had gathered at the CNES Paris headquarters be among the first to get wind of these startling UFO revelations.

On 8 January 1981, outside the town of Trans-en-Provence in southern France, for example, a man working in a field reported hearing a strange whistling sound and seeing a saucer-like object about 2.5 meters in diameter land in his field about 50 meters away. Of this case, Patenet exclaimed, “It stayed for a few seconds then took off into the blue yonder without making a sound.” When the GEIPAN team went to investigate, they even found burn marks and deep impressions in the soil suggesting that the object weighed a couple of hundred kilograms.

Patenet rued, “I have never been able to understand or explain that incident.”

Some Cases Solved There were nearly 1,000 witnesses who said they saw flashing lights in the sky on 5 November 1990. GEIPAN investigators determined that these individuals had simply seen the fragment of an American rocket falling back into Earth’s atmosphere. The GEIPAN director asserted that, “We do not have the least proof that extraterrestrials are behind the unexplained phenomena.

Nor do we have the least proof that they aren’t.”

Patenet felt that opening the online database would help scientists interested in studying the mysterious observations and thereby help the space agency to make determinations in regard to possible explanations for the wave of UFO sightings. He informed the correspondent for the New Scientist website, “We also want to send a message to more scientists, inviting them to help us analyze these phenomena, when otherwise they might feel uneasy about these issues.” The CNES fields between 50 and 100 UFO reports ever year, usually written up by local police. Of these, 10% are the object of on-site investigations by GEIPAN team members or police officers.

Other countries, notably the United Kingdom and the United States, collect data more or less systematically about UFOs. In the United States, information collected from the former Air Force Project Bluebook can be requested on a case-by-case basis under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). Unfortunately, Project Bluebook was officially terminated in 1969 at the recommendation of Dr. Edward U. Condon of the University of Colorado at Boulder, 134

Raymond Andrew Keller II who conducted a scientific study on UFOs and determined there were conventional explanations for most of the cases and that the phenomenon posed no apparent threat to national security. “But we decided,” declared Logo of the official French government UFO investigations group. the GEIPAN director, “to do it the other way around and made everything available to the public.”

As a result, GEIPAN’s website, http://www.cnes-geipan.fr/, crashed the host servers just hours after it was unveiled due to heavy traffic. Check it out at your convenience. It is wellorganized and complete, even including scanned copies of police reports from all over France.

11 August 1974

Nothing to fear from extraterrestrials Dr. Ronald N. Bracewell, a 53-year-old Australian born professor of electrical engineering from Stanford University in California working on a joint project with the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) to develop an interplanetary communications system, believes that we have no reason to fear aliens from outer space; rather, we should start preparing now to communicate with them. In an interview with Vaun Wilmott, a reporter for the National Tattler (Toronto, Ontario), a tabloid publication noted for publishing “provocative features of unusual interest,” the professor noted in the 11 August 1974 issue of that newspaper that, “A number of people have expressed fears about making contact with extraterrestrial civilizations.

Some fear beings from space will arrive on Earth and treat us like slaves. Others fear they will cart us away like cattle.

“And there is another group with a deeper fear, one expressed by Dr. George Wald of Harvard University. Wald says that radio contact alone, not face-to-face contact, would result in our own destruction. It would take our initiative away, Wald says, and we’d simply copy what extraterrestrial beings were doing.

“He (Wald) says straight out that if we got a radio message from them, we ought not reply.”

Bracewell disagrees with Wald’s assessment, however, because it is based solely on Earth’s history. “They (the professors like Wald) look back into history- colonial history- and see what happened when white men’s vessels appeared on the shores of West Africa, Mexico or Peru. It turned out to be great mistake for the natives to invite the white men ashore. I’m pretty sure that’s what they have in the backs of their minds.”

Bracewell noted that since Stanford University and NASA got together in 1973 to build an enormous radio system for contacting extraterrestrials, public interest in the possibility of establishing such interstellar communications has skyrocketed. The joint system is called Project Cyclops. Bracewell asserts that he and the others working on the project are convinced that intelligent life exists in outer space and that it can be contacted.

“We won’t know for certain,” said Bracewell, “until someone turns up one day here on Earth.

But suppose we are not prepared for the visit? We might do something unwise. I believe we should think things out in advance, so we are prepared when the message from space does come through. Then if they arrive, I’m sure they wouldn’t take us away to use for food, because the cost of shipping us back home would be too great.

“They (the aliens) can synthesize beef or its equivalent from the dirt of their own planet cheaper than they can send rockets to other planets.”

135

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Cosmic Evolution Whatever reasons the extraterrestrials might have in communicating with us remains a mystery; but for Bracewell, he believes that communication with an extraterrestrial species is a certainty. “We could have been contacted a few thousand years ago,” he speculates. “After all,” he added, “it took us three billion years to evolve here on Earth; and thousands of years ago, some other planets may have been at the scientific stage we are at today.”

Any difficulties that we have in communicating with the extraterrestrials should be easily overcome. “Although the beings might be similar to intellectual jellyfish or articulate lobsters, we will have to limit our communication Aliens, inhabiting planets light years away, are probably ento common areas of interest,” emphasized the joying our older TV shows. See “Drunk Memes,” https://www. pinterest.com/pin/48413764733510383/?d=t&mt=login. electrical engineer, referring to frames of reference understandable to two intelligent species, such as mathematics.

Bracewell added that, “They will know rockets, astronomy and things like that. But as far as reciting poetry or trying to explain anger to them, forget it. They might be like machines; and machines don’t feel emotions. To explain anger to a machine would draw a blank. We should begin by asking the aliens where they come from. They could show us a TV image of the constellations. They know television, because they have probably picked up our transmissions and understand the principle.

“Therefore, we could discuss simple things without a common language. We could use pictures or sign language.

“Of course,” Bracewell added, “radio astronomers have received many signals from space.

But they are natural, not coded in any way, as if sent by intelligent beings.” For this reason, he advocates for the formation of an international union prepared to establish radio contact, rather than have the extraterrestrials just pop in on us, unannounced.

“It’s important that the first contact be made properly,” Bracewell emphasized. “The radio conversation might continue for thousands of years in a sort of electronic dialogue. And it would take them thousands of years to get here, if they elected to come.”

The scientists next remark was quite prophetic, hearkening to a future where new diseases and pandemics run rampant: “I’d certainly be cautious about a visit because of the dangers of contamination by disease. A variety of things could go wrong; and I think they would be equally cautious about wanting to come.

“We on Earth should be thinking about what we will say when we do receive communication from outer space. If we receive a message tomorrow, I would be happy to answer it. If I don’t, someone else will.

“And then there is the problem,” Bracewell mused, “What will their answer be?”

136

Raymond Andrew Keller II December 1974 Psychiatrists ponder Earthlings’ reactions to initial ET contact In the December 1974 issue of UFO Contact (Vejle, Denmark), editor H. C. Petersen republished an undated article from the pages of the National Enquirer (Lantana, Florida) by one of that tabloid paper’s staff reporters, Bernie Ward, concerning five prominent psychiatrists’ predictions regarding the possible reactions of humans toward the news that contact has been established with beings from outer space. In an imaginary scenario, a UFO lands in Washington, D.C. and five of its occupants get out and begin to confer with the president at a meeting in the White House. Should such an event occur, all five of the interviewed psychiatrists concurred that most people are so accustomed by now to reports of UFOs, to seeing our astronauts walk on the Moon and navigate in space, that most of the general population would take it quite calmly, after the initial shock had worn off.

“I’m sure there would be far less excitement than most people think,” said Dr. Benjamin Simon of Boston, Massachusetts, adding that, “There wouldn’t be any great panic, such as happened in 1938 when Orson Welles broadcast a fictitious Martian invasion on the Earth.”

“Most people would react in relation to their own personalities,” noted Dr. Harold Esler of Farmington, Michigan. “They would be stunned; but those who are king and trusting would want to get involved with the flying This UFO Welcome Center was built in the back lot of a gas saucer occupants and welcome them.” station in Bowman, South Carolina, back in 1994 by members of a local flying saucer club.

137

Chapter 8

Beware of Flying Saucer Cults “Mythology in Embryo”

When the Swiss psychologist Carl Gustav Jung finished his groundbreaking work on the UFO enigma, Flying Saucers: A Modern Myth of Things Seen in the Sky (Brooklyn, New York: Harcourt, Brace and Company, 1959), he did not totally discount the physical realities of the phenomenon but emphasized the psychological and religious factors inherent in the sightings and alleged contacts with extraterrestrial occupants, especially those manifesting “angelic” qualities. As a psychologist, Jung was not so concerned about the interplanetary significance of UFOs. He would leave that type of investigation up to the astronomers, or the officers in charge of the United States Air Force Project Bluebook. Jung came to see the arrival of the flying saucers in our skies in the context of “visionary rumors.” His book was one of the first in the frontier field of ufology to grasp Exclusive from Dr. Raymond A. Keller’s Venus Files: Original some of the religious and spiritual aspects of artwork for cover of UFO Education Center’s Cosmic Newslet- the UFO phenomenon, that up until the late ter, Issue #13, February 1973, as prepared by Charlotte Blob, 1950s, had gone largely ignored in the world’s the Center Director, on 31 January 1973. Dr. Keller has a complete set of the Cosmic Newsletter in addition to much of scientific community. the correspondence from the Appleton, Wisconsin, headquarOf Jung’s unique take on the UFO phenomters of the UFO Education Center in his vast archives which enon, Christian apologists Mark Albrecht and are stored in a temperature-controlled storage area in the Brooks Alexander issued the following statebackwoods of West Virginia. ment in an article appearing in the August 1977 issue of the Spiritual Counterfeits Project Journal (Berkeley, California), “UFOs: Is Science Fiction Coming True?”: “In fact, the actual emergence of ufology as a ‘mythology in embryo’ rather 138

Raymond Andrew Keller II than semi-serious science fiction first occurred some years prior to Jung’s book with the publication in 1953 of Flying Saucers Have Landed (New York, New York: British Book Centre) by Desmond Leslie and George Adamski.” This is quite a controversial proclamation, for it equates Adamski’s claims to have encountered the crew of a landed Venusian flying saucer in the Colorado Desert in Riverside County, California, with the conversion of ufology into a cultic movement.

Apparently, Albrecht and Alexander were not alone in their assessment of Adamski as the spark for the cult of ufology.

British pioneer computer scientist and secular authority on Christopher Riche Evans (29 May the influence of science in affecting mass culture, Christopher Dr. 1931 – 10 October 1979) was a BritRiche Evans, included a section on Adamski in his now classic ish psychologist, computer scientist, book, Cults of Unreason (London, United Kingdom: George G. and author who warned in 1973 that George Adamski contact case set a Harrap and Company, 1973). On page 146, Evans admits that the bad precedent for cult activities in the the California contactee’s tale has its ludicrous aspects, and then field of ufology. continues: “Adamski’s account of his encounter with a longhaired Venusian wearing ski-pants with whom he engaged in telepathic contact reads like a desperate travesty of the most simple-minded science fiction;” yet despite these shortcomings, Evans takes note that Adamski’s “experience” was the one that set the stage for what would become an increasing number of alleged “contact cases.”

These cases generally follow the pattern of contact established by Adamski in his book, Flying Saucers Have Landed. There is an unexpected meeting with, or abduction by, the ufonauts.

This usually takes place in some isolated location. Most likely, the communication that occurs between the contactee and the alien(s) is carried out on a telepathic level, rather than verbally.

The message imparted by the extraterrestrials to the contactee generally consists of a warning that needs to be delivered to the people of Earth. It seems that quite a few of the more familiar science fiction memes come to the fore, i.e., that the inhabitants of the Earth are in danger of ending all life on the planet with weapons of mass destruction and that they (the extraterrestrials) have come to help those of good will from behind the scenes, but are somehow prohibited from intervening directly. It’s much like the “non-interference directive” imposed on representatives of the Federation of Planets on the Star Trek television series. Its creator, Gene Roddenberry, probably got the idea from reading contactee literature. Of particular concern to Christian apologists like Albrecht and Alexander, however, are the “less easily identifiable elements of occult mysticism in the contactees’ accounts.” In this regard, the apologists point to such subtle underlying themes as the “oneness of all,” “cosmic evolution,” usually by reincarnation, and “psychic manifestations.”

“Silent Contactees” It would be a big mistake to dismiss this basic contactee scenario as an isolated, unusual occurrence. Since the early 1950s, there has been an increasing number of semi-religious and even outright religious cults that have managed to spring up and crystallize around supposed communications originating from the extraterrestrial occupants of flying saucers.

Some of the more well-known include the Aetherius Society, “Billy” Eduard Albert Meier’s Freie Interessengemeinschaft für Grenz- und Geisteswissenschaften und Ufologiestudien (FIGU)/ 139

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come

George Adamski (1891-1965) is rolling over in his grave.

Adamski never wanted to see cults form around him or his “cosmic philosophy.” He claimed that thousands were in contact with the friendly extraterrestrials and that he was not the only channel. The contactee would have been especially disappointed to see one of his former research associates heading up such a dangerous cult, besmirching his legacy. Photo source: Real magazine Flying Saucers Pictorial (special edition), Studio City, California, 1966, original in Keller Venus Files.

Free Community of Interests for the Border Sciences and Ufological Studies, Bo and Peep, Eckankar, the Raelians, the School of Thought, the Solar Cross Foundation, Steven Greer’s Disclosure Project, the Urantia Group, etc. But above and beyond these public organizations, the Australian Christian theologian Clifford Wilson has pointed out in his book, UFOs and Their Mission Impossible (Mount Waverly, Victoria, Australia: Word of Truth Productions, 1974), page 168, that, “There is a growing army of those who claim to have actual contact with UFO occupants. An authoritative, and possibly conservative estimate, is that there are 50,000 silent contactees in the United States alone.”

Misappropriation of Adamski Legacy Because of the notoriety that George Adamski gained through the publication of his flying saucer books, to include some of his accurate and prophetic pronouncements about the conditions in outer space that our astronauts would discover once they ventured out beyond the Earth’s atmospheric boundary, in addition to some of the multiple witnesses attesting in writing to the reality of his initial encounter with an extraterrestrial out in the Southern California desert, it comes as no surprise that his status as the preeminent contactee would continue long after his death on 23 April 1965. After having returned from a book tour of the Northeastern United States, Adamski was lodging in the Silver Springs, Maryland, home of two of his closest friends and research associates, Nelson and Madeleine Rodeffer. The tour had apparently taken a toll on Adamski’s health, whence he was transported by ambulance to the Washington Sanatorium. It was there where he passed away due to congestive heart failure brought on as a result of respiratory problems. George Adamski lived to the age of 74; but his profound legacy continues to this day, stronger Following the death of George Adamski, one than ever. of his research associates, Charlotte Blob, While Adamski was alive he never established anything became quite a well-known lecturer on the UFO circuit and even made a short appearin the line of a cult of personality. With the help of Hans C. ance, talking about the space people, in the Petersen, a retired Danish Royal Air Force major, however, 1971 movie Rainbow Bridge, filmed on the he did manage to create an informal organization to bring island of Maui, Hawaii. It is a documentary about New Agers and hippies and the posithose interested in the message of the space people in contact tive impact the youth movement was making with one another to share reports of flying saucer sightings on the contemporary cultural scene.

140

Raymond Andrew Keller II and occupant encounters in local newsletters the world over. Adamski and Petersen referred to their friendship association as the International Get Acquainted Program (IGAP). After Adamski’s transition to the “other side,” so to speak, others not satisfied with the casual nature of IGAP formed more cultish groups, among them Charlotte Blob of Appleton, Wisconsin and her UFO Education Center.

UFO Education Center Criticized as Flying Saucer Cult Jon Funabiki, an industrious correspondent for the Copley News Service, looked into the various activities and reports of cultish practices alleged to be occurring in the UFO Education Center. From his thorough article published in the Columbus, Ohio, Dispatch of Sunday, 15 April 1979, we learn about the travails of Center member Susan Kolb, who almost divorced her husband Thomas for the prospect of talking to people from outer space. In January 1974, the couple began attending meetings of the UFO Education Center to learn more about the UFO phenomenon. It seems that the two had recently spotted an unusual, flashing orange light in the night sky passing over their home in Kiel, Wisconsin. Neither of the pair had any idea what they were looking at.

But after two years of attending lectures at the Center, viewing slide shows and participating in intimate discussion sessions with other members and leaders of the group, Susan’s obsession with UFOs had certainly intensified. Thomas found the programs at the Center interesting, but wasn’t particularly concerned about his wife’s growing attachment to the subject of UFOs and the group until one day she suddenly left him. “It just happened overnight,” Thomas informed Funabiki, further explaining that Susan had not only shut him out of her life, but the rest of her family as well.

Susan had moved into the Center, where she worked as a volunteer, along with other members, in answering telephones, writing back to people mailing in letters and even scheduling lectures about flying saucers. Susan even took up three jobs in order to make hefty weekly contributions to the group, ranging anywhere from $25 to $100, which was a lot of money back in the mid-1970s. She said that she felt guilty if she let a week go by without making a financial donation to the Center. Susan was so dedicated to the Center that she went for months with only a few hours of sleep each night.

Charlotte Blob (1936-2009), DirecSusan was so committed to the group because she wanted to tor of UFO Education Center. Many educate the world to “our friends, the human beings from other came to later see her as the leader of a dangerous “religious cult.” planets.”

Center Headquarters Moves to California The Appleton headquarters of the UFO Education Center was located in a three-bedroom home owned by Charlotte Blob. She also rented a home in Guadalajara, Mexico, where one day she hoped to move the entire group, where it would be untouchable by law enforcement authorities in the United States.

Susan described the group’s membership as consisting of both adults and their children, all dedicated to studying mental telepathy, recording their thoughts in notebooks and hoping to 141

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come one day speak with the “space brothers,” provided, of course, that the leaders of their commune deemed them worthy enough to do so.

The kind of lifestyle being led by these hermit-like UFO aficionados was certainly not winning the hearts and minds of the rock-ribbed conservative residents of Appleton, Wisconsin, so sometime during the last quarter of 1977, Charlotte Blob made the unilateral but interim decision to move the headquarters to Valley Center, California, where she registered it as a nonprofit, tax-exempt corporation.

By Halloween of 1977, Susan’s family could see the “writing on the wall,” so to speak, and realized that if they didn’t do something soon to liberate her from the clutches of this UFO cult, all would be lost. Susan’s mother, Elaine Utecht, felt that the UFO Education Center was nothing but a “religious cult” that had abducted Susan one night after she was leaving her goodpaying night job at the local bank. Once in the clutches of the group, Utecht opined that her daughter was brainwashed; and she was convinced that if she didn’t do something soon, Susan would be lost to her forever once the cultists moved out to California.

Elaine Utecht realized that she was going to need a lot of firepower to liberate Susan, and to this end, she contacted the controversial religious cult deprogrammer, Ted Patrick, to free her daughter’s mind of this sinister group’s influence. Although she had to pay Patrick the hefty sum of $5,000 for his unique services, Utecht declared, “It didn’t make any difference what it cost. You don’t put a price on your daughter’s life. I just wanted her to be able to sit down and think for herself.”

Elaine Utecht was happy to report that Patrick’s intervention was successful and that Susan has been reunited with her family. “It was a rescue, not a kidnapping,” is how Susan’s mother described Patrick’s liberating operation. At the time of the interview with Funabiki of the Copley News Service in April 1979, Susan was 25 years of age, reunited with her husband, and the mother of a four-year-old daughter; and quite pleased that her parents hired the deprogrammer.

Reminiscing of her time in the cult, Susan declared, “It gets to the point where the Center takes over your whole existence. It’s like being addicted to a drug. You have to keep going back.”

Cult Receives National Scrutiny Following all of the local attention focused on the Susan Kolb deprogramming case, most of the Wisconsin membership moved out to Valley Center, California, lock, stock and barrel, where they occupied a large white house rented by Blob. As it was back in Wisconsin, they weren’t getting much sleep at night, being busy with UFO Education Center work; and during the hours of daylight, the members donated their labor to a printshop that published the Palomar Press in nearby San Marcos, which was the main source of the group’s collective income. Between Blob’s home in Wisconsin and the rented houses in California and Mexico, by April 1979, it was estimated that there were 35 adults and children residing in them. The departure of Susan Kolb led to the sporadic defection of yet more members, some by deprogramming and others simply becoming soured by the whole experience.

The UFO Education Center seemed to be a runaway train. The corporation’s directors appointed Catherine Reid, one of their own, to be the group’s spokesperson. Hopefully Reid would be able to stem the tide of adverse publicity. In a public statement, Reid declared, “We are not a mystical, occult group.”

Reid, at first, was hesitant to discuss the activities in-depth of the UFO Education Center with representatives from the media; and Charlotte Blob, the group’s founder, remained 142

Raymond Andrew Keller II unavailable for comment, even over the telephone. Reid explained that “Charlotte Blob doesn’t generally telephone people she hasn’t met.”

Reid explained that the Center’s roots are found in the writings of the late George Adamski, a controversial figure in the UFO community in the 1950s and 1960s who claimed to have made friends of extraterrestrials from Venus, Mars and Saturn. Adamski espoused a “cosmic philosophy” that offered the possibility of reincarnation on other planets for those who served the good of the universe.

Reid failed to mention, however, that Adamski never authorized the formation of a cult around those mysteries he wrote about in his flying saucer books, or anything concerning the cosmic philosophy that he advocated. He urged the individuals interested in his work to pursue their own paths of enlightenment and readily stated that thousands of others have been contacted by the extraterrestrials. He wasn’t the only channel available for such esoteric knowledge.

Escaping Cultists Many of those who escaped from the UFO Education Center described life with the group as one of unyielding commitment- emotionally, financially and philosophically toward the Center’s work and its leader, Blob, a one-time associate of Adamski. They also point out that for those who are thinking of dropping out, their lives are laced with feelings of guilt and fear. Said one former member from Escondido, California, who lived at the Valley Center compound for nine months with her two children, “We tried to talk the others into leaving; but they chickened out. Blob says that when you leave, you are committing the greatest sin.”

Like Susan Kolb, others caught in the cult are encouraged to shun their parents. This is especially so if those parents urged their children to leave the group and return home. This forced estrangement was the cruelest part of the cult experience for a Clintonville, Wisconsin, woman whose daughter left home after graduation from high school to go live with the group in the Appleton house for three and one-half years. This sad mother exclaimed, “She felt very hateful of us. That’s the way they wanted it. They did not want the people to have anything to do with their parents. Her letters said we didn’t mean anything more to her than the ‘manure of this Earth.’

The daughter in question, Joy Mulligan, 23, of Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin, was still reluctant to speak of her dark experiences with the group to her parents, even nine months after she had left it. At the time she was involved with the UFO Education Center in Appleton, however, she did say to a reporter from her hometown newspaper that, “I am perfectly happy at the UFO Education Center and consider my contributions of money to the Center and work at the Palomar Press as my share of the living expenses. I did not enlighten my parents about this because some people just misunderstand.”

Reid, according to the testimony of some ex-members, referred to Joy Mulligan’s mother as a “witch” for wanting her daughter to leave the UFO Education Center.

And then there was a Greenfield, Wisconsin, woman who met a similar circumstance with her son, who was in the Appleton Center for several years. After getting out of the group, he refused to talk about it with his mother. He said, “I simply want to make a whole new life and forget the whole thing.”

143

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Theologians Opine J. Gordon Melton, the director of the Institute of American Religion in Evanston, Illinois, believes that the cultism of the UFO Education Center stems from Adamski’s “cosmic philosophy.” The former members initially expressed only an interest in UFOs, but said they were gradually introduced to Adamski’s philosophy, which ultimately drew them completely into the organization. Melton said that Adamski’s followers constitute the oldest of some 25 “UFO religious groups” that have formed around contactees. “They also have a direct relationship to transcendental forces,” the theologian noted. “Instead of Godly stuff,” he added, “It’s space brothers.”

One former member, who concurred with Melton that it was all about the philosophy, declared: “The philosophy, as it was put to me, was that when you ‘pass on’ you will progress through reincarnation if you have done a responsible job at whatever you have chosen- anything of service to the universal needs, the good of all.

“You pass on to the next planet. Earth was only like kindergarten. Venus was the planet of love. Saturn was the planet of balance.”

Also finding agreement with Melton was Reverend Richard D. Leach, an ordained Methodist minister and associate professor of philosophy and religion at Lakeland College in Sheboygan, Wisconsin, who taught a course on cults and sects. He also believes that the UFO Education Center is a cult; and he bases that opinion on numerous interviews that he has conducted with former members. “What they hold before their members is the possibility of communicating and meeting ‘brothers,’ as they call them, from other planets,” remarked the minister, adding that, “It seems to me that their use of religious sources, including the Bible, really translates into religious and ecstatic sorts of terms. I would say that in my understanding of a cult, they qualify.

I have talked to them and that’s not what they think. Of course, ‘cult’ has so many negative connotations that I can understand why.” *** (Editor’s note: To discover more fantastic revelations about Adamski and others in contact with the Venusians, be sure and read any of the books in the doctor’s amazing Venus Rising series (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2015-2021). To communicate with the “Cosmic Ray,” you can reach him at his e-mail: rkeller1@mix.wvu.edu, which he checks every day when he goes outside to pick up his regular postal mail. In the meantime, keep watching the skies!)

144

Chapter 9

“Blessed by the Divine!” Penny Harper Communicates with Three ET Civilizations Part I Penny Harper of Pasadena, California, has enjoyed many experiences with friendly extraterrestrials from three different planets, at least that she is aware of. Each group of extraterrestrials was viewed by her in a different bodily form. Each group had a different agenda, as far as their dealings with people of Earth. Each group also manifested a different kind of relationship with her.

All of the extraterrestrials were transformational and aided Penny immensely in her spiritual evolution as a light worker. Penny has been involved in active UFO research since the late 1960s. She has directed the activities of many flying saucer clubs and published several UFO newsletters. She is a frequent speaker at the meetings of the Orange County Mutual UFO Network and has much to share with all of us about her life as a so-called “contactee” and what she learned from our cosmic neighbors.

The extraterrestrials in direct communication with Penny hail Penny Harper of Pasadena, from the Dahl universe, the Pleiades star cluster and our sister planet California, has been investigatVenus. In the 17 November 1988 issue of the Los Angeles Times, ing flying saucers since the late She had her first personal an interview appeared in the article, “‘Aliens in My Bedroom’: Tiny 1960s. encounter with extraterrestrials Newsletter Spreads Word of Close Encounters with UFOs,” that staff in 1987. See http://mufonoc.org/ past_speakers.htm. reporter David Wharton conducted with a metaphysical pastor in his home on the west side of the city, Reverend Charles Forsher of the New Age Dawning Ministries, just a few days earlier. Forsher’s church office was headquartered in Studio City, California; but he thought his home might be a preferable spot to be interviewed insofar as it lent itself to a higher degree of coziness. In the initial phase of the interview, Forsher talked about Jesus Christ and how he was connected with extraterrestrial spaceships, the lack of adequate 145

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come television coverage for UFO reports and the telepathic powers that most extraterrestrials possessed. Penny was sitting quietly next to the reverend, holding his hand to give him some reassurance. It seemed as though the reporter was a bit skeptical, possibly thinking Forsher was heading up yet another Southern Reverend Forsher talked about Jesus and how he was conCalifornia cult. Finally, the pastor gestured to nected with extraterrestrial spaceships. See https://melmagathe beautiful woman sitting next to him and zine.com/en-us/story/jesus-was-an-alien. introduced her to the inquisitive reporter. “This is Penny Harper, my associate. She can communicate with civilizations on other planets. She is blessed with the divine!” declared the New Age minister.

“So, you are in contact with the extraterrestrials, Penny? How is it that you know so much more about them than most others? In other words, how are you so ‘blessed by the divine,’ as the reverend tells me?” inquired Wharton.

“Well, sir,” explained Penny, “I actually came from another planet. I’m one of them.” Penny then went on to discuss previous incarnations on other worlds prior to her arrival on this one.

“I remember coming to this planet 2,500 years ago, around the time of Buddha.”

Penny and Forsher were eager to share information about their ministerial work with Wharton. Forsher stated that he first met Penny at a lecture she was giving at a 1987 monthly meeting of the UFO Forum (UFOrum) group that she chaired in Los Angeles. The two instantaneously clicked and quickly joined forces to spread her contactee message. Working out of Forsher’s Studio City church and office building, the two began producing a monthly newsletter of other-world essays. Their publication, New Age Dawning, had a circulation of about 500 and was once described in an L. A. Weekly review as the “Best Printed Anti-Matter.”

Penny did all the writing and Forsher drew the illustrations. Of the 500 issues printed each month, only 33 were mailed to those paying the $12 yearly subscription fee. Penny gave away the others free at local UFO meetings or exchanged them for the newsletters or publications of other flying saucer clubs scattered around the country. I remember receiving some of the New Age Dawning in exchange for monthly issues of the New Millennial Star, which I was editing and publishing out of Hilmar, California, at the same time that Wharton was conducting this interview with Penny and the minister.

Then, as now, the independents in ufology have experienced a double censorship, by the powers-that-be in the governmental bureaucratic structure as well as by those monopolizing the attention of the UFO community. Vicki Cooper, the editor of UFO Magazine, a slick, glossy-covered monthly publication with a circulation over 10,000, said of Penny and New Age Dawning, “It’s not real journalism. Penny’s trying to open up a forum for UFO interests; but I think that sort of thing doesn’t do much for the credibility of the UFO field. What should be done is the accruing of testimony and evidence that can be corroborated.” This causes the student of ufology to wonder, however, just what makes Vicki Cooper’s opinion about UFOs any more valuable than Penny’s? At least Penny has some experiences with the phenomenon under her belt, whether on the physical or the psychic plane. Since everything about the subject of ufology could only be based on speculation, the dismissal of Penny’s claims, or those of any other contactees, seemed rather premature on the part of Cooper and the UFO Magazine.

Unfortunately, we continue to see these types of put-downs being leveled against contactees by 146

Raymond Andrew Keller II so-called, self-proclaimed “scientific ufologists,” the very ones that never fail to hype reports of “alien abductions.” In their minds, all the alleged abduction incidents are real; but the contactee encounters are pure bunkum.

In any event, Wharton dropped off placing his attention on Forsher and shifted it toward the more interesting female contactee. “Then the Reverend Forsher can consider himself privileged to be working with you,” said Wharton. “But what makes your publication the focus of some much animosity by others in the UFO field? I would think you’d all be on the same team.”

“You would think so,” replied Penny. “The difference is that when someone tells me that they were on a spaceship, I say, ‘Wonderful. Write it up.’ If someone tells me that they are an extraterrestrial, I say, ‘Write it up.’ There’s a trust between me and my writers.”

“That’s very interesting, Penny. I think if someone approached UFO Magazine with a claim like that, they wouldn’t even give them the time of day,” speculated Wharton.

“Let me give you a good example, David,” replied Penny. She continued: “In the December 1987 issue of New Age Dawning, a woman named Karen Lustrup wrote: ‘After I had gone to bed on 2 October 1984, I had three extraterrestrials in my bedroom…. They were tall, human-like, around six feet tall and dressed in silvery, tight suits. One of them straightened up and came right up to my face and took farewell with the words, “I am Tzador.”’

Then Penny offered another example from the pages of her and the reverend’s unique publication: “In the July 1988 issue, Pat Weissleader provided tips on dealing with undercover government agents who try to wrest information from people in the know about UFOs. The article was entitled ‘Paranoid About the Men in Black?’ It suggested that one should tell agents ‘things that will make them dismiss you as crazy.’

“In other words, tell them that aliens are peeking into your bedroom at night to see you naked or tell them that you had an alien to dinner and the spoons have never been the same.

Weissleader wrote in that issue, ‘If your phone acts funny, sing the Oscar Meyer Wiener Song or breathe heavily. If someone is there, they will know that you know.’”

In the November 1988 issue of the newsletter, Penny authored a series of essays declaring that a consortium of evil aliens had been secretly drugging the Earth’s food supplies. They were doing this to gain control of the planet. Wharton, having read the article, asked Penny, “Don’t you think you’re being a bit paranoid here?”

“Oh, not at all, David; remember that Art Bell always tells his listeners, ‘If you are not paranoid by now, then you aren’t paying attention to the news.’”

“I’ve got to hand it to you, Penny. You’ve definitely got a good point there.”

Penny responded, “Hey, I just let people laugh. I feel very much like Galileo and Columbus.

They probably faced a lot of public skepticism; but they believed in themselves and they were proven right. People laughed at Jesus Christ and crucified him. I’m in good company.”

Reverend Forsher nodded in agreement and pronounced a hearty “Amen!” ***

147

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Part II Sometimes the typical contactee is hesitant to talk about their experiences. By coming out about their extraterrestrial connections, in many cases the contactees are not going to be accepted. Sadly, this occurs even at UFO meetings. Feeling rejected because of the public’s scoffing at their assertions, the contactee begins to wonder if there is something wrong with them. They feel all alone. Of course, everyone needs to feel acceptance, and even more – love.

At the From Venus with Love July 2018 world conference at Mt. Shasta in Northern California, Like an episode out of Hot Tub Time Machine, Penny Harper recollects being “beamed up” into a huge, spheri- Omnec Onec, a Fifth Dimensional Venusian cal UFO, along with her 1969 Ford Econoline van, on teacher enjoying her last incarnation on the Earth a Los Angeles, California, freeway at 11:30 p.m. on 21 August 1987. She spent an hour and a half on the Pleia- plane and the author of a Venus book trilogy, was dian spaceship and was returned in less than a second one of the featured speakers. There were about before she was taken up, with no missing time.

200 in attendance, coming from all over the world, many contactees or UFO experiencers in their own right. Not only arriving at Mt. Shasta in their quest for more knowledge about Venus and the Venusians, they were also there seeking clarification of certain aspects of their personal encounters with extraterrestrials, but especially desiring an acceptance from others in attendance.

If anyone was going to accept them, it was going to be the other participants at the Venus conference. Omnec spoke particularly about this sad phenomenon in contemporary culture.

“We all need to be accepted,” said the spiritual teacher from Venus, adding, “That’s definitely the biggest problem. Human beings need acceptance. Everyone needs to be accepted.

Because when they do not feel accepted, they feel alone. And nobody,” she emphasized, “needs to feel alone. So, the only help that anyone really needs is love and acceptance, that’s all.”

My lighter density Venusian friend from the Fifth Dimension, It was a great experience for me to meet the Omnec Onec. See her website at https://omnec-onec.com/. high spiritual Venusian master, Omnec Onec, and to be surrounded at Mt. Shasta by such exalted beings working to spread the message of light and love to all on Earth. I counted myself truly blessed, but realized that so many were still out there on their own, struggling for a modicum of recognition and respect, or maybe even just a friendly, listening ear.

Then I thought back to the 1980s and the difficulties and rejection faced by myself as well as other contactees, like Penny Harper of Pasadena, California. We were dealing with an enigma that transcended Earthly experiences, yet fellow ufologists were quickly dismissing everything we had to communicate. They refused to listen to what we had to say, or even to read our 148

Raymond Andrew Keller II newsletters. Those dismissing us were the self-proclaimed “experts” in the emerging field of ufology. But in pooh-poohing me and others like Penny in their attempts to monopolize the study of UFOs, they were inadvertently closing off key avenues of investigation and further research.

Penny’s First Contact Now Penny was in touch with beings from at least three extraterrestrial groups. These hailed from the Dahl universe, the Pleiades star cluster and our sister planet Venus. While UFO Magazine was ignoring this contactee, a reporter for the now-defunct Far Out magazine of Beverly Hills, California, that published articles on sundry anomalous phenomena and extensively covered the genre of science fiction, felt that her story was worthy of their readers’ attention. In the Summer 1993 issue, Volume I, Number 4, Jim Brandt, a Far Out correspondent, conducted an extensive and non-judgmental interview with Penny Harper, letting the magazine’s readership make up their own minds about the authenticity of her contact claims. The following questions and answers pertaining to her initial encounters were excerpted from that Far Out interview: Brandt: How did you get into all of this?

Penny: I got interested in UFOs, that we called flying saucers back in the sixties, when I saw several of them in Washington, D.C., in the late sixties. Then I saw other lights in the sky, red blinking lights.

Brandt: And when did you have a more personal experience?

Penny: In 1987. I read some books on UFOs in the seventies; and I decided I would like a trip on a spaceship with friendly-looking ETs. I practically had to beg for years; but it finally happened.

Brandt: How did you beg for it?

Penny: I have some property in the desert and I used to go out there and look at the sky and yell, “Hey, come on down and land. Be friends. Pick me up. Take me for a ride.” I also put out thoughts to the sky. I did this for years.

Brandt: About how many years?

Penny: It took them a long time to respond. I did it fairly intensely for about five years, about 1982-1987. I really focused on it.

Brandt: And they finally headed your calls?

Penny: Yeah, finally, in 1987. I was driving my Ford van on the Glendale freeway.

Brandt: What year van?

Penny: I think it was a 1969.

Brandt: Econoline?

Penny: Yeah, a Ford Econoline. It was previously owned by the phone company and it still had stripes on the side.

Brandt: So, you were driving in your van on the freeway?

Penny: Yeah, it was 21 August 1987, at 11:30 p.m. I was headed to a friend’s house. Just before I hit the 10 freeway, in the far-left lane, I got picked up, van and all.

Brandt: Was there a beam of light that came down?

Penny: No, it was instantaneous. I didn’t really see anything or notice anything. In one moment, my van was inside the landing hangar of a huge spaceship.

Brandt: It was a saucer?

Penny: They told me later that it was spherical.

149

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Brandt: Who’s “they?” The ETs? Penny: Yeah. One of the ETs came out. He was very friendly and asked me if I wanted to tour the ship. And I said, “Yeah.” And then during the tour he explained it.

Brandt: What was your impression of the space creatures?

Penny: They just looked like human beings; and most of them were wearing blue coveralls; and they were very quiet. I thought they were very advanced, very friendly.

Brandt: Where were they from?

Penny: They said they were from the Pleiades constellation.

Brandt: Did they tell you that they had been hearing you?

Penny: I was in a sort of tranquilized state; and I probably had 200 questions I could have asked him; but I only got out a few questions. One of them was, “Why did you pick me up?” He said it was a reward for my good works on Earth.

Brandt: Did he get more specific? It wasn’t like rewarding you for petting dogs or something?

Penny: No, the only thing different I was doing with my life in 1987 was publishing a UFO newsletter; and I think that is what impressed the ETs. It was clear from him, the tour guide, that they were granting my wish. In other words, I had earned the trip- earned enough credits.

It’s hard to explain it in Earth terms.

Brandt: How long did this tour last?

Penny: I think it was about an hour and a half. The weird thing is, when I got to my friend’s house, I had no missing time at all. It took the same length of time it always takes. And this happened on other visits to the same spaceship. Once they picked me up when I was driving to work in 1989. I was gone 11 hours that time and yet I was not late for work.

Brandt: So, none of these UFO encounters have cut into your work?

Penny: No, I was not late for work. I mean, it’s so bizarre. I’m on this spaceship- and saying to the guy, “I’m going to be late for work.” I mean, this tells me right off the top that they must put me in some kind of altered state. Normally, if I’m having fun on a spaceship, it would seem logical that I would not worry about being late for work.

Brandt: How many times have you been face to face with these Pleiadeans?

Penny: Physically?

Brandt: Yeah, how many times have they beamed you up like that? “Beamed” might not be the right word….

Penny: That is the right word. “Beam me up.” Pretty much like Star Trek. “Beam me up, Scotty,” I would say three times.

Pleiadean Beam Ship Technology Bob Lazar, holder of a master’s degree in physics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, in addition to another master’s degree in electronics from the California Institute of Technology, claims that he worked at the ABOVE TOP SECRET Area 51 facility at Groom Lake, Nevada, being intermittently flown in from his home in the Las Vegas area on seven different occasions in the period covering December 1988 to April 1989. Lazar contends that while he was at this facility, he worked on reverse engineering one of nine crashed UFOs recovered by American military units since 1947.

From the way that Lazar explained the operational capabilities of the UFO he was allowed to examine, all the information about the Pleiadean spaceship as described by Penny Harper was at least theoretically possible. The theoretical research being conducted into various advanced 150

Raymond Andrew Keller II propulsion concepts for space travel embrace such concepts as gravity reduction systems, antimatter-matter/antiproton annihilation and even “space coupling” technology. The latter involves reaction with the space-time continuum itself for the purpose of generating propulsive forces. Officially, if we are to believe the Pentagon brass, none of these accelerated concepts have been applied in practice.

Lazar has come to the conclusion that time travel into the past and instantaneous journeys by spaceships to distant parts of the universe may, in fact, already be possible for a sufficiently advanced space-faring civilization. Lazar asserts that some of these extraterrestrials may have reached the point in their cosmic evolution where holes in the very structure of space and time could be punched through at the submicroscopic level. This could be accomplished with the use of some powerful synthesized uranium isotope, such as moscovium (element 115). These mini-wormholes, in turn, could be “enlarged” by the extraterrestrials as a means of traveling instantaneously. Essentially, their technological progress would allow them to bypass all of the speed-of-light limitations.

National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) physicist Alan Holt agrees with Bob Lazar. Holt muses that the frequency of UFO sights and the different types of beings observed in conjunction with them, lends credence to the notion that a goodly number of outer space civilizations are sending visitors our way. However, this would make no sense whatsoever if the speed of light could not be exceeded. Holt, therefore, proposed several ways to circumvent this cosmic speed limit. By artificially generating certain electromagnetic patterns, a gravitational field could be generated that would nullify our planet’s own. Declared Holt, “You’d select an energy configuration that has a resonance with the location you wanted to go to, and travel through a type of hyperspace, or a higher dimensional space.”

Back in the day, while many were putting Penny down, itchy ears in the higher echelons of the military-industrial complex were paying rapt attention, hanging on her every word. They knew the score.

Part III Although Penny Harper’s initial contact with her Pleiadean guide lasted for approximately but an hour and a half, as calculated in Earth time, she learned quite a bit about the Pleiades star cluster and the planet Erra, from whence her escort hailed. As it was explained to Penny by the Pleiadeans themselves, their home world revolves around but one of 250 suns in the Pleiades star cluster. On a clear night, if the observer has sharp eyesight and gets lucky, they will be able to see seven stars in a constellation that our ancient ancestors knew as the “Seven Sisters.”

Naturally, since Erra is not in our own solar system or star sector, we of Earth as yet lack the technology to reach it. Conventional rockets will not get us to Erra in the lifetime of one astronaut. Since the Pleiades are about 500 light years distant, the laws of contemporary physics dictate that even if we had a spaceship that could travel at close to the speed of light, it would still take 1,000 years, as measured on Earth, for us to travel to Erra and then make the return trip.

Penny asked her Pleiadean contacts if they knew Eduard “Billy” Meier, a gentleman from Switzerland who claimed that he was in constant communication with Pleiadeans on both a physical and psychic level; and her guide responded that everyone on Erra knew about Billy and recognized him as a friend. Meier once told an inquisitive group of visitors to his Swiss 151

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come home that although the Pleiades is so far away, that onboard the female Commander Semjase’s beamship, he was able to make the trip to the planet Erra in just under seven hours. This was because the Pleiadeans had long ago mastered the science of bending and contorting space, thus traveling backwards or forwards in the time stream. Their ships are powered by an extremely powerful uranium isotope that we are only now beginning to grasp its great potential as an energy source for space vehicles and many other as-yet-undreamed-of scientific devices.

On Penny’s first visit with the Pleiadeans, she was beamed up along with her 1969 Ford Econoline van, into a mothership orbiting the Earth. While onboard, she was drawn into a hologram that depicted what the Pleiadeans’ home planet Erra actually looked like. There were beautiful woodlands, streams of clear, fresh water and gardens on the periphery of small but comfortable settlements. Meandering through the spacious forests were dirt trails and “really happy birds.” It was all so idyllic, at least when compared to smoggy and crime-burdened Los Angeles, that Penny commented that, “It really shook up my reality structure!”

Off to Erra, Faster than Light Another encounter with the Pleiadeans took place on 1 May 1989. Penny was driving her new Mazda, going to work in a video production facility in Hollywood. She actually got to work on time, but seemed to be suffering from some type of amnesia. It wasn’t until a few months later, in an intense therapy session for UFO experiencers that the entire episode came back to her memory. This time Penny recalled spending about 11 hours on the surface of Erra with her new extraterrestrial friends.

In her interview with Far Out magazine reporter Jim Brandt, Penny declared that, “The Mazda and I were beamed up to the spaceship. The guy (Pleiadean guide) came out and said, ‘We’re going home. We want you to come with us.’ So, he took me up to his cabin and had what looked like a huge screen on the wall. He said we were looking outside the spaceship. I saw stars coming up at us. We got closer to the planet; and then he held me by my right arm and said, ‘Shall we go?’ And in an instant we were down on the surface of the planet Erra.

Penny took note that everything was pretty much the same as depicted by the hologram she was wrapped up in during the first encounter. But now she knew for a surety that she was really there on Erra because the air was so dense. “It had a lot of oxygen in it,” she told reporter Brandt, adding that it was “the healthiest, richest air I’ve ever breathed.” After Penny returned to Los Angeles, she began to wonder how anybody in Southern California could actually survive in such a toxic environment, where the air was so bad that it could literally kill you, albeit slowly. As in the first encounter, Penny wanted to stay with the Pleiadeans, either on a ship or on the paradise planet Erra. Her Pleiadean guide let her know, however, that she still had some important work to do on Earth, planting seeds of consciousness among fellow Earthlings to prepare them for the soon-coming UFO disclosures, mass appearances of their ships and flying Penny Harper “outed” magician David Copperfield as an extraterrestrial from the Pleiades saucer landings worldwide. star cluster. She met him onboard the motherPenny also said that she saw the famous magician, ship on a return trip from the planet Erra. See David Copperfield, up there on the Pleiadean mothership https://twitter.com/d_copperfield.

152

Raymond Andrew Keller II during the return trip. She thought that Copperfield was one of the Pleiadean crew because although they shook hands, the magic man seemed aloof. Reporter Brandt mused, “Well, Penny, maybe he was as stunned as you were, being carried away to that distant world.” But Penny didn’t think that was the reason.

“No,” she retorted. “I really think David Copperfield is a Pleiadean. He certainly seems to have supernatural powers. Have you seen his stage show?”

“I’ve seen his TV show,” replied Brandt.

“Well, I’ve seen him live several times and he’s just incredible. When you see him on TV, you go, ‘Yeah, it’s a trick.’ But when you see him live, it’s just more convincing.”

Brandt wanted to know if she had seen any other celebrities up there that might be aliens in disguise that we should keep a watch out for here on Earth. But so far as Penny knew, David Copperfield was the only one. “However,” she remarked, “I had a girlfriend who said that Jim Morrison was haunting her apartment.”

Emulating the Extraterrestrials Penny Harper experienced numerous encounters with extraterrestrials from many worlds, dimensions and time lines. Krsanna Duran, a prominent Native American in contact with time traveling Arcturians, knew Penny quite well and was a frequent speaker at her UFOrum meetings in Los Angeles. Duran appreciated the efforts that Penny made to provide all contactees with the requisite tools to make the connections with a vast array of seemingly disparate phenomenon.

Duran noted that, “UFOrum meetings went far beyond the traditional UFO clubs of the time that were offering but mere chronologies of mysterious ‘lights in the sky.’”

Duran was a valuable asset to the UFOrum in that she discussed carefully selected UFO cases directly tied to the fulfillment of prophecies made long ago by the seers among various Native American nations. Other phenomena considered and linked include the sundry ages of humankind on the Earth, the influence of numerous extraterrestrial civilizations in our cosmic development and continuing evolution, and the interconnectivity of all life throughout the Omniverse.

Duran, also my good friend and research associate, went on to write her most famous book, Web of Life (Missoula, Montana: Atlantis Phoenix) in 2013. This book is largely dealing with the connections between Bigfoot and human ancestors, planetary changes and UFOs. These were also the prime topics for open discussion following Duran’s presentations at the UFOrum meetings. I found Web of Life to be an essential book for arriving at accurate knowledge about the UFO phenomenon and its importance for our times. Dr. Leo Sprinkle of the University of Wyoming at Laramie highly recommends Web of Life and all of Duran’s other books as well. I, too, heartily endorse this marvelous work and its inclusion on your bookshelf. It will give you a good idea of what you might have discovered through attendance at one of Penny’s UFOrum gatherings.

Both Krsanna Duran and Penny Harper were disappointed that so many of the so-called “scientific ufologists” failed to make the necessary leap by attempting to link sundry paranormal phenomena with UFOs. Gaining such insights is never easy; and that is why UFOrum existed.

Attending a meeting was truly like therapy, helping the contactee to make the required leap of consciousness that would carry her or him to a higher level of cosmic awareness. Paranormal investigator Colin Wilson explained it this way: “When a psychologist puts a banana outside a monkey’s cage just out of his reach but leaves a walking stick in the cage, the monkey has 153

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come to make a leap of insight before it sees it can use the stick to reach the banana” (Beyond the Occult, Watkins Publishing, United Kingdom, 1989), 66. Penny and the enlightened speakers she brought to UFOrum were the “walking sticks” for all of the students of the UFO enigma in Southern California. It is such a travesty that so few in the ufology community reached out of their smug mental boxes to grab on to one of them.

Problems with Pleiadeans Addressed Penny Harper informed Far Out reporter that, “Just a few days before the trip to Erra, I was walking down the steps to my house and I was beamed up to the ship; and I went into the cabin of the ET and he said, ‘I want to show you something.’ And on the big screen on the wall, he showed me things that were supposed to be the future of L.A. And I thought he was giving me a warning picture. It was all of these people running and they were afraid of something. And later on, I got a hypnotic regression on it. It turned out to be a fleet of dark gray, triangular-shaped craft hovering above shooting rays.”

Jim Brandt replied, “Sounds like a scene out of War of the Worlds.”

Penny nodded, and declared, “Could be. And the date was October 1992. Well, it did not happen. And I’m embarrassed that I actually told people in public. And I think the Pleiadeans are stupid to do that. They once predicted an earthquake for L.A. with some that they gave me last year and it didn’t happen. Their predictions are not accurate at all. And then he beamed me down to the steps of my house; and when I put my foot down, I hurt my ankle. They did not put me down right. That’s when I really had it with the Pleiadeans. I don’t like the way they treated me. I don’t like them picking me up at random and taking me on spaceships. And after a while, I decided that I was fed up with them.”

Reporter Brandt blurted out, “It’s like the old adage, ‘Be careful what you wish for, it might come true.’”

Penny chuckled, “Yeah. I told them I had The Pleiadeans told Penny Harper that Los Angeles would be had it with them. So, they left me alone.” She destroyed by an earthquake in 1992. She regretted listening did not have complaints about any of the other to them and passing out the bogus prophecy to her friends extraterrestrial groups she was in contact with. at the UFOrum meetings. “That’s when I really had it with As for your author, the “Cosmic Ray,” he is the Pleiadeans,” she asserted. See https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=TV11s8hyuac. content to stick with the Venusians!

154

Chapter 10

The Disappearing UFO Experiencers Part I Thousands go missing!

Todd Matthews, a spokesperson for the National Missing and Unidentified Persons System, has stated that at any given time in the United States, there are, on average, about 90,000 people reported as missing. The National Missing and Unidentified Persons System serves as a database for missing people. The organization is a component of the United States Department of Justice and works in conjunction with the Federal Bureau Many UFO experiencers can finally say goodbye to Earth.

Photo depicts scene from movie, Cocoon: The Return (20th of Investigations’ National Crime Information Century Fox, 1988).

Center.

According to Matthews, as of 1 September 2014, the National Missing and Unidentified Persons System had cataloged 83,957 cases of persons missing in the United States from just 1 January 2014. Of course, these were only the reported incidents. Of this number, 60% were adults, people over 18 years of age. That comes to 50,569 missing individuals. The other 40% were juveniles, persons under 18 years of age. This number amounted to 33,388 individuals. Of the total 83,957 cases on record at the organization, 52% were males. This cohort was constituted of 43,415 individuals, with the remaining 40,530 as female. Females, therefore, constituted 48% of all the missing persons.

Ethnically, 56% were white. These constituted 47,254 individuals, and formed the largest cohort. 33% of the missing persons were black. This was surprising, however, insofar as blacks represent only 13% of the total United States population, according to the 2010 National Census.

In actual numbers, 27,676 missing individuals were black. 5,503 cases involved individuals not specified as to ethnicity. This constituted 7% of all missing persons.30 30 Marianne Epstein, Lori Grisham and Kevin Kepple, “By the numbers: Missing persons in the USA,” USA Today, McLean, Virginia, 23 September 2014.

155

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Missing persons are a universal phenomenon. Cases are reported in the thousands from nearly every country.

Accounting for Disappearances There are many and varied reasons why individuals go missing. These may include escaping domestic violence, mental illness, misadventure, miscommunication, or even being the victim of a crime. Other cases may involve individuals living with an intellectual or physical disability, but finding themselves without lifesaving medication. Many persons expressing suicidal thoughts often follow through with their voiced intentions; but their corpses are never discovered.31 No doubt, there are some who are just tired of their life and want to start anew somewhere else. These are the ones who just walk away from everyone and everything in their lives, going “walkabout,” as they say in Australia.

But how do we account for the emergence of flying saucers and the purported disappearance of contactees and other UFO experiencers, both known and silent?

The Vanishing Experiencers In my book, Venus Rising: A Concise History of the Second Planet (Terra Alta, West Virginia: Headline Books, 2015), the histories and subsequent “translations” of both the Idaho mystic Annalee Skarin and the California fashion designer and friend of the renowned contactee George Adamski, none other than the beautiful and enigmatic Dolores Barrios, are explored in great detail.32 In the Bible and other inspired works considered as scripture by various world religions, there are references to a unique class of beings, individuals whom the Lord or some other divine entity has “translated,” or changed from a mortal state to one wherein they are temporarily exempt from death; and neither can they experience pain nor sorrow, except for the folly and sins of the material world. Enoch and John the Beloved are good examples of translated beings from the pages of the Bible.

Apart from the Judeo-Christian references, however, it should be noted that many allusions are made to the ascension of human beings to the status of demi-gods in the history and traditions of the Roman Empire. Throughout the empire, the gods were plentiful and their assumed forms many. The citizens and subjects of the empire were well aware that gods came in many forms, but assumed a human appearance for our benefit. Roman historian Harold Mattingly noted that, “When fully realized, the gods came to us as persons, and, as the only real persons in our experience are human, they were therefore represented in human form.

Granger Taylor with UFO he built in parents’ backyard. See They had their own houses, their temples and https://www.express.co.uk/news/weird/803839/GrangerTaylor-missing-UFO-alien-abduction-unsolved-Vancouver- images (idols) that attested to their presence Island-Canada.

31 Australian Federal Police, “Why people go missing,” 2017, https://missingpersons.gov.au/about/why-peoplego-missing (Accessed 25 April 2018).

32 See Chapter 8, “Gods of Aquarius” 156

Raymond Andrew Keller II there.”33 That these demi-gods once trod the Earth as real men and women is attested to in the writings of Virgil and other Roman historians and poets. Their heroic deeds and acts of valor won them a place among the gods via ascension into the celestial realms. On many occasions, they would return to the planet to assist us in our righteous endeavors.

Let us examine a few cases of contemporary disappearances associated with UFO events.

Granger Taylor: The Celestial Mechanic Always fascinated by UFO reports and wondering how these mysterious craft were powered, Granger Taylor was a skilled mechanic who built a replica of an extraterrestrial spaceship in the backyard of his parents’ home in Duncan, British Columbia, Canada, out on Vancouver Island. After public claims that he was in constant and mentally telepathic communications with space aliens, Taylor was never seen nor heard from again. At the time of his disappearance in 1980, Taylor was 32 years old. The case of Granger Taylor remains one of the most bizarre and unsolved missing persons accounts to date.

Taylor, somewhat of a recluse and a bit anti-social, dropped out of high school when he was but 14 years old. However, when truant officers came out to his home to discover what might be the problem with young Granger, they found him putting the final touches on a revolutionary one-cylinder car that he had constructed in his parents’ garage.

Nevertheless, his most famous invention was the UFO-like shelter that he assembled from two satellite dishes that he managed to fit with furniture, a television set and a cooking stove.

Taylor was always thinking about extraterrestrials and constantly pondered the possibility of alien visitations and the most likely date of their arrival here on Earth. The more that Taylor focused on the extraterrestrial hypothesis, the more he began to experience psychically enhanced contacts with alien beings, all promising him a one-way trip to their home world.

From time-to-time, various cosmic conspiracy websites and UFO blogs run stories about the mysterious Granger Taylor. All reports, however, and regardless of their source, are all in agreement on just one thing- “that no trace of him was ever found.” But this isn’t to say that these bloggers have not tried to debunk Taylor’s story, even though they have no clue on where to find his body. It was five-and-a-half years after his disappearance that the 31 March 1986 edition of the Montreal Gazette ran an article on the Granger Taylor case. In this article, it was reported that two pieces of bone had been found in the area where Granger disappeared.

In addition, parts of what was believed to have once been parts of his truck had been found up in a dynamite blast site on Mount Prevost, not far from his home, about a distance of four miles to the northwest on a somewhat roundabout path.

The Montreal newspaper reported that Granger had removed some dynamite from his parents’ tool shed the night before he disappeared. Also, readers were informed that, “Two pieces of bone were found at the blast site Photo depicts a Boeing B-47 Stratojet being refueled by a and that a pathologist had confirmed that these Boeing KC-97 tanker. See http://www.theoccultmuseum. fragments were of definite human ancestry.” The com/7-mysterious-disappearances-time/.

33 Harold Mattingly, Man on the Roman Street (New York City, New York: Numismatic Review, 1947), 21 157

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come medical specialist was unable to determine if the bone fragments belonged to Granger Taylor, however, so the case of his disappearance still remains unsolved in the files of the Canadian Royal Mounted Police.34 United States Air Force Bomber Disappears in Flight Back in 1956, when the two nuclear superpowers, the United States and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, were vying one with another for political hegemony among the nonaligned countries of the world, a lone Boeing B-47 Sratojet Bomber took off from MacDill Air Force Base, about four miles outside of Tampa, Florida, bound for the Ben Guerir Air Base in Morocco, a nation in northwest Africa. En route to Morocco, and during the last leg of a long flight, the bomber was scheduled for some refuels from an airborne tanker deployed out over the Mediterranean Sea. However, after its successful first refueling, the aircraft descended through a thick cloud bank to initiate its second refueling at an altitude of 14,000 feet. The Stratojet, however, never made contact with the tanker for the second refuel. In fact, it went completely off the communications and radar grids. Despite intensive Air Force and North Atlantic Treaty Organization searches and investigations, neither hide nor hair of the aircraft ever turned up.

There were two nuclear payloads aboard that bomber, so the disappearance of the aircraft along with its highly trained and specialized crew has remained one of the most worrisome cases on record.35 Spanish UFO clubs were chronicling numerous reports of flying saucers and a huge mothership passing across northwest Africa from Morocco to Central Libya during the time that the Air Force bomber had vanished. It also seems that extraterrestrials have shown an interest in the varied activities taking place at MacDill Air Force Base. As early as 1 August 1946, the pilot and crew of a C-47 aircraft reported a “cigar-shaped object with luminous portholes” flying over the then Tampa Army Air Corps airfield.36 Numerous reports of mysterious aerial objects have accumulated in the files of local UFO groups in the Tampa area over the years.

During the 1950s and 1960s, UFO reports especially intensified when MacDill was designated as a Strategic Air Command installation for deployment of the B-47 Stratojet bombers.

Extraterrestrials Exhibit High Interest in Nuclear Weapons In September 2010, an unusual press conference was convened in Washington, D.C. At this conference, a prominent UFO researcher Robert Hastings and a half-dozen or so former United States military airmen asserted that, “The U.S. Air Force is lying about the national security implications of unidentified aerial objects at nuclear bases and we can prove it.” The military personnel maintained that since the mid-1940s, extraterrestrials in spaceships have not only been visiting Earth but hovering over British and American nuclear missile sites and temporarily deactivating the weapons.

Ufologist Hastings, the organizer of the conference, emphatically declared, “I believe — these gentlemen believe — that this planet is being visited by beings from another world, who for whatever reason have taken an interest in the nuclear arms race.” The UFO expert insists 34 Jon Austin, “Alien abduction? Unsolved mystery of man who ‘disappeared into space’ after building UFO,” 12 May 2017, Daily Express, London, United Kingdom.

35 Occult Museum, “Lost in the Skies,” 2018, http://www.theoccultmuseum.com/7-mysterious-disappearancestime/ (Accessed 25 April 2018).

36 “UFO Reconnaissance – Aeronautics,” undated, http://nawewtech.angelfire.com/aeronautics.html (Accessed 25 April 2018) 158

Raymond Andrew Keller II that a global conspiracy exists in which all major governments have been covering up evidence of UFOs for decades.

American contactees such as George Adamski, Truman Bethurum and Howard Menger have been telling us the same thing since the 1950s. The extraterrestrials from Venus are the most concerned with our nuclear weapons development and deployment precisely because they hail from the closest planet to the Earth, only 26 million miles distant at its nearest approach.

The “Cosmic Ray” (center), noted authority on the mysteries of the planet Venus, autographed his books at the recent Fairmont, West Virginia, Literacy Fair, held Saturday, 21 April 2018. One of Dr. Keller’s fondest wishes is to redeem the ticket given him by Commander Aura Rhanes for a one-way trip to the Venusian space base Clarion on the far side of the Moon. “I might take her up on that mighty fine offer following one of my presentations at Mt. Shasta in Northern California,” said Keller.

Part II More than a Fantasy The truth behind the UFO enigma may be as close as your nearest video rental. My, how time flies! In 2017, we celebrated the fortieth anniversary of visionary director Steven Spielberg’s movie classic, Close Encounters of the Third Kind. Even in today’s digital age, one must admit that the technical quality and awe-inspiring story of the film still evoke a strong feeling that the government has been applying the “mushroom principle” with regards to disclosure concerning the real nature of the phantom objects and their mysterious occupants. In other words, all along the “powers-that-be” have treated the American people like mushrooms. They continue to cultivate our minds and ways of thinking about the flying saucers by constantly keeping us in the dark and feeding us a lot of manure.

159

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come The unusual circumstances surrounding the production of Close Encounters have led many to believe that the movie may have been portraying actual events. Replete with conspiracy theories surrounding it, freak storms, threats from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and other In outer space, you can never be sure what time it is. An government agencies against the producers and extraterrestrial mothership returns some United States Navy Columbia Pictures, it seems the truth may be pilots that were previously beamed up, along with their individual aircraft, over the Bermuda Triangle back in 1945, far stranger than the science fiction that Close whence they were reported missing. This scene was powerEncounters purportedly portrays. fully depicted in Columbia Picture’s 1977 movie classic, Close When Spielberg was a boy in elementary Encounters of the Third Kind. school back in New Jersey, his father took him outside one evening to watch a meteor shower. Ever since that fateful night, Spielberg wondered if there was anything else out there beyond some very remote twinkling stars and flickering orbs. In other words, he pondered the existence of life beyond the Earth. By 1964, at the age of 17, the aspiring Spielberg directed a low-budget science fiction film, Firelight, but it attracted little attention. However, by 1975 and the astounding success he had with Jaws, the world beat a path to his door and offers quickly piled up. This made it possible for the young director to make a big picture about any subject that he wanted to pursue. Naturally, he turned his attention to his first love of extraterrestrials visiting the Earth in their interplanetary spaceships.

Spielberg wanted to create an informed movie about the reality of UFOs as piloted extraterrestrial spaceships. To this end, he hired Northwestern University astronomer, Dr. J. Allen Hynek, as his technical consultant. While most astronomers generally attract little notice, Hynek gained quite a reputation worldwide while serving in the capacity as a scientific advisor to the United States Air Force on UFOs from 1947-1969. Spielberg reasoned that if anyone knew the truth about the elusive flying saucers, it was Dr. J. Allen Hynek.

Movie Depictions Based on Fact In the most astounding of films, Close Encounters of the Third Kind reveals the existence of an ABOVE TOP SECRET interplanetary exchange program. In the last scenes, the moviegoer notes twelve highly trained people preparing to board the mothership as the extraterrestrials are releasing, back to the custody of United States authorities, sundry individuals from the past that had been abducted by them and allegedly transported to distant worlds in outer space. That this scene is in the movie causes one to speculate what Hynek must have told Spielberg about any real such projects undertaken by the United States government in the past.

As the owner of five acres at Tee-Pee Ranch on Horse Mountain, outside of Datil, New Mexico, I can look down into the Plains of San Agustin and see the massive radio telescope array below. This is a site of the National Radio Observatory where the high-resolution microwave survey of the universe is being conducted, and the radio astronomers search the heavens for distant signals from extraterrestrial civilizations. But fellow land owners and residents of Datil, Magdalena, Pie Town, Socorro and other small towns in the area have confided to me that sometime back in the mid-1960s there did, indeed, exist some kind of an ABOVE TOP SECRET exchange program of the United States government with the emissaries of another planet; and that the exchange took place on the Plains of San Agustin.

160

Raymond Andrew Keller II Allegedly, the exchange was code-named OPERATION CRYSTAL NIGHT and was carried out as part of PROJECT SERPO. According to Alex Nelson, an independent investigative journalist in the United Kingdom, “The story goes that a team of twelve humans travelled to Serpo (a distant planet) with a survivor of the infamous Roswell flying saucer crash, after the establishment of a relationship between the American government and the people of its home world. The closing scenes of Close Encounters depict twelve people trained and ready to board the mothership, ten men and two women. The numbers match the original story, which claims the personnel visited the planet between 1965 and 1978. All of them have since allegedly died, due to exposure to high radiation levels during the trip.”37 Nelson tells us that PROJECT SERPO was not widely known until 2005, when a group of “former military insiders” testified that such an exchange actually did occur out in New Mexico.

But Spielberg apparently knew all about it from Hynek back in 1977; and he customized his movie to match the real scenario. Wow! This movie has proven to be a thorn in the side for the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) ever since.

The investigative journalist further explains: “Some say Dr. Hynek passed information to the director that NASA did not want made public. Interestingly, in a 1978 edition of the now defunct Cinema Papers magazine, Spielberg said: ‘If NASA took the time to write me a 20-page letter, I knew there must be something happening. When they read the script, they got very angry and felt that it was a film that would be dangerous.”

Close Encounters opens with a scene where a group of five Grumman TBM Avenger torpedo bombers that had disappeared out over the Bermuda Triangle on 5 December 1945, suddenly reappear in perfect condition in the middle of a sandstorm on the Sonora desert in Northern Mexico, but minus their crews. The planes, collectively known as Flight 19, lost contact during a United States Navy overwater navigation training flight that deployed from the Fort Lauderdale, Florida, Naval Air Station. All fourteen of the Navy airmen on the planes were lost, along with thirteen crew members of a Martin PBM Mariner flying boat that followed up on the missing Avengers, being launched from the Banana River Naval Air Station on the same day. The Banana River station was also located in Florida and was turned over to the Air Force in 1948. It is now known as Patrick Air Force Base. Navy investigators have never been able to explain what happened to these planes or their respective crews. It’s interesting that Hynek did not object to Spielberg making the disappearance of Flight 19 the key element in his cinematic masterpiece.

Valiant Thor and the Missing Inuit Village Recently on the Rense Radio website, I posted a series of photos taken by the prominent New Jersey photographic journalist, August C. Roberts, of those in attendance at a 13 July 195838 meeting of the High Bridge, New Jersey, Flying Saucer Club, where the famous contactee Howard Menger was presenting a lecture on his encounters with Venusians and other extraterrestrial visitors throughout his life, as well as some of his conjectures on the nature of various UFO events taking place around the world. All of these photographs included the 37 Alex Nelson, “Why Close Encounters of the Third Kind Was Just as Mysterious Off Screen,” 4 September 2017, I News, London, United Kingdom, https://inews.co.uk/culture/film/close-encounters-of-the-third-kind-conspiracy-theory-mystery/ (Accessed 6 May 2018) 38 This is the date of the meeting according to a letter from August C. Roberts to Saucerian Press publisher Gray Barker of Clarksburg, WV, dated 24 July 1958, which I also posted with Jeff Rense’s website, http://www.rense. com/general96/raykeller.html.

161

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come

Contactee Howard Menger informed Valiant Thor about an abundance of UFO sightings over Hudson Bay on the night an entire Inuit village disappeared into thin air. See http://thinkingsidewayspodcast.com/anjikuni-lake/.

official seal of August C. Roberts on the back side of each, together with his typed comments about who and what was depicted in each respective photograph. Along with the photographs, I posted an article written by August C. Roberts following the event, “The Val Thor Story,” that ultimately made its way to the files of comic book, science fiction and UFO writer, Otto Binder, who Roberts was co-producing a series of flying saucer books with.

After the meeting ended, however, Roberts collected various pages of notes left by the mysterious Valiant Thor, who presented credentials as a South African journalist. Thor had written down the highlights of Menger’s lecture; and I published all of the pages with the exception of two, due to their sensitive nature, also on Jeff Rense’s site. There was one account in the notes that really caught my attention, however; and that concerned the disappearance of an entire Inuit village up in the far north of Canada. For a copy of the notes on Howard Menger’s discourse by Valiant Thor, please see http://rense.com/general96/valthornotes3.html.

The following is my transcription of the same, with respect to the disappearing Inuit village: Page 5(unmarked at top of page) Frank Edwards 34 or 35 Eskimos discovered before November 1930 Empty vil. (village) Joe Labell (according to….)

Huts were empty Dogs starved- Kayaks on beach bottoms out Pots had food in them Even a fresh grave- body removed What became of them nobody knows Lake Atchakohee Churchill Can (Canada) 162

Raymond Andrew Keller II 9 years to find trace Never found no traces Nobody knows Flourish stroke across middle of page.

It seems that back in November 1930, Joe Labelle, a fur trapper quite familiar with the Canadian North country, walked into an Inuit village on the edge of Lake Anjikuni. But this was unlike any other day that Labelle had experienced in this frozen land, for the entire village of Anjikuni had been suddenly and inexplicably abandoned by its inhabitants. To our neighbors to the North, this Inuit ghost settlement has earned itself the title of being the “Roswell of the North.” Labelle discovered a recently abandoned stew and piles of clothing. He also came across food stored in huts. This gave him every indication that the local inhabitants never intended to leave. And even more puzzling, as the fur trapper dug deep beneath the snow, he found a burial ground with disturbed and empty graves, along with a pack of buried sled dogs that appeared to have been starved to death. The Royal Canadian Mounted Police have continued their search for answers, up to this very day. Numerous Canadian ufologists attribute the sudden disappearance of the Inuit villagers to the reports of UFOs seen over Hudson Bay on the very night the First Nation peoples of Anjikuni vanished into thin air.39

Canadian UFO investigators are asking, “To what extent will ET go to get a Klondike Bar?”

Part III

Paul Hellyer, the Defense Minister of Canada during the administration of Prime Minister Lester B. Pearson (1963-1968), believes that representatives of some 80 extraterrestrial species live and work clandestinely among us. See https://boingboing. net/2014/01/06/canadas-former-defense-minis.html.

39 Occult Museum 163

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come For the past four years, the former Canadian defense minister during the administration of Prime Minister Lester B. Pearson (1963-1968), has been making some astounding claims about the extraterrestrial presence here on Earth. Hellyer maintains that the government of Canada is in possession of evidence that there are as many as eighty alien races on Earth at the present time. In fact, they have a bone or two to pick with us, for they are quite unhappy about our treatment of each other as well as our environment. In an interview with Russian television journalists, the world’s highest-ranking believer in extraterrestrial life explained: “They don’t want to tell us how to run our affairs. They have accepted the fact that this is our planet; and that we have the right to run it. But they are very, very concerned.”

Hellyer added that, “They (the aliens) don’t think we are good stewards of our planet. We’re clear cutting our forests. We’re polluting our rivers and our lakes; and we’re dumping sewage in the oceans. They don’t like that and they made it very clear.” The high-ranking military chief emphasized that the extraterrestrials have given us a warning.

The controversial public figure revealed that while serving as defense minister during the Pearson administration, he discovered that numerous species of extraterrestrials have long infiltrated our societies here on Earth. Hellyer noted on a program aired on Russian television in early January 2014 that, “Some of them look like us. They could walk right down the street and you wouldn’t know if you walked past one.” He added that, “I would say that nearly all are benign and benevolent and they do want to help us. However, there may be one or two species that do not….”

While he did say that most of the aliens operating on Earth are from right here in our own solar system, hailing from Venus, Mars and Saturn’s largest moon, Titan; and that fortunately these are mostly of a friendly persuasion; he did assert that others with not so kind a disposition toward Earthlings were out there, biding their time and calculating their next diabolical steps.

In the last installment, we explored the United States government’s OPERATION CRYSTAL NIGHT as an integral part of the more overarching PROJECT SERPO program of interplanetary personnel exchange. It is clear that through the decades thousands of individuals have vanished in association with the appearance of strange fires and lights in the sky. I am not the first to notice this, or to come up with a possible explanation for it. One of the first was my mentor, the illustrious ufologist Otto O. Binder (1911-1974).

Binder was a prolific author whose work spanned many fields: astronomy, comic books, science fiction and ufology. He was best known for his work in comicdom, however, being credited with the creation of feminist icons Ms. Marvel and Supergirl. In 1963, Binder was awarded an honorary master’s degree in astronomical science by NASA. In 2004, he was posthumously inducted into the Comic Book Hall of Fame in Lexington, Ohio. But his abiding passion has been UFOs, writing five books on the subject in addition to dozens of articles.

Understanding UFO Abductions If there is an interplanetary exchange program going on, what kind of Earthlings are the extraterrestrials abducting, and for what purpose? Otto O. Binder believed he had some of the answers.

Binder was a firm believer in the alien hybrid theory. “Briefly,” Binder explained, “this new theory proposes that mankind is a hybrid between early men on Earth and men from another world. And second, that Man and much of life on Earth may comprise a colony, an intentional colony, put here and nurtured by persons unknown, who came from outer space.”

164

Raymond Andrew Keller II

Are Earth women as easy as ET might think? An older alien civilization will seek biodiversity in other species’ DNA in order to perpetuate its own existence. See http://lifeisreallybeautiful.com/tag/contactees/.

See O. O. Binder and Max H. Flindt, We Are the Children of the Stars (Charlottesville, Virginia: Hampton Roads Publishing Company, Inc., 2013), 7. This book was originally published in New York with Fawcett Publications in 1974.

While not intending to snub orthodox religion or established science, Binder’s alien hybrid theory packs a wallop to the stomach of both of these powerful interest groups.

The innovate writer Binder draws our attention to Genesis 6:2 in the Bible (KJV), that provides us with a strong clue to the nature of the alien hybrid theory: “And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the Earth, and daughters were being born unto them, that the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair, and they took them wives of all which they chose.” He asserts that the true meaning of this verse is that, “Starmen visited Earth and mated with females, perhaps hominids, to sire the modern human race of Homo sapiens” (page 9).

Let’s Talk About Sex! How long has this been going on? Is it still going on? Is sex with humans one of the primary motivating factors for the extraterrestrials to abduct Earthlings? There are dozens of people who have returned from close and intimate encounters with the UFOnauts. This cohort is almost equally divided between men and women. “Because of the intimate nature of such alien/human contacts,” proffered Binder, “the people involved are anonymous except in the guarded files of private organizations of good reputation that investigate all UFO reports” (pages 225, 226).

Binder deemed this significant because the many contactee stories, when taken collectively, indicate that the saucer folks are quite obsessed about the development of our educational system and our advances in nuclear technology, rocketry, and the fabrication of weapons of mass destruction. In the accounts of all of the contactees, they all agree on one salient point, and that is that the extraterrestrials have maintained a “vested interest” in our species’ development for untold eons. Binder and Flindt, after considered research in this matter, noted that, “We know of nothing in genetics that can produce so many sudden, rapid and tremendous changes (mutations) in a species as have occurred in Man – except enforced hybridization…. Man has been the only animal on Earth that showed dramatic biological and evolutionary development in the last half million years, even in the past 50,000 years. It is quite strange that this occurred only to Man” (page 9).

Yes, very strange indeed. This is why Binder thought it was far more logical for humankind to have been hybridized at intermittent periods over time instead of relying on the slower path of a normal Darwinian evolutionary process of natural selection. Such a program would, of course, necessitate a multigenerational program of human crossbreeding, carried out over 165

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come thousands, or perhaps millions of years. Is it any wonder why Binder created so many comic book and science fiction superheroes? Are they portents of what humankind is collectively evolving into?

Otto Binder, the creator of Supergirl and the Legion of Superheroes (depicted above) and the author of five UFO books, believed that our descendants would gain superpowers through an intensive program of alien-human crossbreeding, now and long carried out here on Earth. The Legion of Superheroes now forms an integral part of the storyline in the third season of the Adventures of Supergirl on the CW Television Network. See http://cdn1us.denofgeek.com/sites/denofgeekus/files/styles/main_wide/public/2018/01/supergirl-season-3-what-is-the-legion-of-superheroes.jpg?itok=D3qE82sO.

A Sinister Side From contactee lore, we come to understand that some aliens, such as the so-called “Nordics” from the Pleiades star cluster, are quite compatible sexually with human beings. The Pleiadeans don’t have to force any human beings to have sex with them. In the case of these beautiful star beings, humans are probably viewed as sexual “doorknobs.” In their estimation, we are all just waiting around for the next one of them to have their “turn of the knob,” so to speak. In the Pleiadean scenario, we’d share a lot of the sentiments expressed by Katy Perry in the hit song, “Extraterrestrial,” from her 2011 Teenage Dream album (Capitol Records).

But what about other extraterrestrial species seeking bio-diversification from our human genome, would they steal it from us by abduction and coercion? If the former Canadian defense minister Hellyer is correct, there are a minority of aliens who might. In their cases, however, they would have to be classified as rogue elements, being largely kept in check by human authorities or by friendly extraterrestrials in an alliance with human political and military powers.

The rogue elements would most likely be held in special detention facilities until they could be picked up and transported off world for further or ultimate disposition. Or in the case of a personnel exchange program like PROJECT SERPO, humans that have been off world for longer times, tending to their hybrid young on other planets, for example, might be returned to Earth and exchanged for these captured rogues.

166

Raymond Andrew Keller II Dulce, New Mexico Rumors have long persisted that there is just such an alien holding facility, seven stories deep underground at Dulce, New Mexico, a small town in the north central part of the state. New Mexico is often called the “Land of Enchantment,” but there is nothing so enchanting about the alleged Dulce base. This massive base is supposedly the most fearsome site on the planet, where unimaginable technologies are developed and tried out on imprisoned extraterrestrials in horrid experiments. Some report that attempted breakouts have been brutally put down there. We’ve supposedly been on the brink of interplanetary war over the shenanigans that have taken place there, far from the scrutinizing eyes of the general public. Former explosives engineer, Phillip Schneider, who was employed by the United States government, claims that he worked on a construction project at a “secret underground base” at Dulce in 1979; and that while he was there, he witnessed a brutal alien-human war where 60 humans died in combat with the extraterrestrial inmates.

A Nasty Situation Local residents have suspected since the 1930s that some kind of underground base was located there, but for what purpose they could only guess. Then, in the 1970s, a series of cattle mutilations plagued the area immediately round about the small town. Former New Mexico State Police Trooper Gabe Valdez had taken it upon himself to investigate these mutilations and reported on a New Mexico radio interview that, “The evidence that was left there, you know….

Predators don’t leave gas masks, glow sticks, radar chaff. They don’t leave that stuff.” Wow! Now we began talking about black ops government conspiracies.

Valdez made it a point to interview everyone on whose land mutilated cattle were discovered.

Most of the landowners reported sightings of black, silent “sophisticated spacecraft” and the discovery of a fetus inside a dead cow — but not a calf fetus. The former trooper asserted in an interview on the History Channel’s UFO Hunters that, “It looked like a human, a monkey and a frog,” adding that, “It didn’t have any bones in the head. It was all full of water.” Valdez speculated that the cows were incubating alien babies. After all, cow blood is compatible with human plasma.

Evidence of UFO activity emerged in the late 1990s, however, when Tim Anderson, a former police officer in Dulce, claimed to have seen a flying saucer in the town.

Anderson excitedly told a reporter from the Santa Fe New Mexican newspaper, “It lit up the whole valley and just disappeared into the rocks. I just rubbed my eyes. Did I really see that?” Anderson also believes that a Bigfoot and other cryptids reside in or near the town, although he hasn’t seen any so far.

Yet another witness to strange events at the Dulce base is Dr. Paul Bennewitz. With a Ph.D. in physics, he became convinced that cattle mutilations around the area were the result of extraterrestrial intervention after he began picking up intercepted electronic signals just outside the town. “It’s a town too small to receive such messages,” noted Bennewitz, Otto O. Binder, 1911-1974. See http:// dc.wikia.com/wiki/Otto_Binder.

167

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come theorizing that these signals were coming from underground and going toward a target up at an extremely high altitude.40 Dulce, which is a word that means “sweet” in Spanish, has left a rather sour taste in too many people’s mouths.

“The perennial disappearance of thousands of people from Earth annually- as well as many animals- who could quite logically (with no other explanation available) have been spirited away by UFOs….” -Otto O. Binder, 1974

40 Joanie Faletto, editor, “Allegedly, there is a secret underground alien base in Dulce, New Mexico,” 11 April 2017, https://curiosity.com/topics/the-alleged-secret-underground-alien-base-in-dulce-new-mexico-curiosity/.

168

Chapter 11

Are Ufologists Asking the Right Questions?

Ufology Then and Now

Many in the UFO community are asking how the saucer intelligences (SIs) might interact with humankind on an individual or collective basis. When I hear such questions advanced or read them in sundry blogs, it always amazes me that these ufologists have ignored the obvious for so long, that being that the SIs have always been interacting with us through various mediums, even before the dawn of recorded history. People from all walks of life have enjoyed dealings with the SIs. But no sooner do these contactees come forward Venusians and other Space Intelligences (SIs) incarnated on with their accounts than they are shut down the Earth plane communicate telepathically. See https://www. bestmediums.co.uk/blog/2014/12/telepathic-communication- and summarily dismissed.

Let us mentally travel back in time to proved-first-time/. the mid-1970s and take a look at the state of ufology, as it was. In 1974, Gerald R. Ford had just assumed the presidency of the United States, following the abdication of the office by Richard M. Nixon, in the light of the Watergate scandal.

This was six years since the Condon Report, and the United States government had supposedly abandoned UFO investigations altogether. Nevertheless, there were plenty of UFO reports coming in to civilian research groups; and 1973 was most noted as a banner year for a great saucer flap over North America.

William R. Flynn, a correspondent for Other Dimensions magazine, was somewhat baffled.

In the 1974 annual edition of the publication, Flynn wrote that, “If there is one word to describe the state of UFO investigation today, it would have to be frustration.” He added that, “Even though public interest in the UFO has increased, serious researchers have little cause for joy.”

Of course, when I first read his comments and took them in, I have to admit that I was quite taken aback by his categorization of “serious researchers,” whom he narrowly defined in the context of the investigations being carried out by a few prominent scientists- the physicist Dr. 169

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Stanton T. Friedman, the astronomer Dr. J. Allen Hynek, the computer programmer and former Condon team member at the University of Colorado at Boulder, Dr. David Saunders, and Ted Phillips, a physical traces specialist for the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON). Flynn was of the opinion that there were not enough qualified researchers like these to investigate the plethora of sighting reports that were coming in to the civilian UFO groups every day. He remarked that these cited scientists “are frustrated because they know that UFOs are being reported by competent witnesses every day; and that these reports are being ignored in most cases due to the fact there is no adequately staffed and equipped facility to conduct the necessary scientific investigation.”

When I read that, I thought to myself, “Hmmm…. ‘Scientific’ investigation, indeed! If we are taking about SIs millions or perhaps billions of years in advance of humankind, then how is even our greatest science going to be used to approach and evaluate them or their actions?

And besides that, none of these ‘scientists,’ so-called, were even going beyond mere lights in the sky or trace marks on the ground. Really, it’s as if they never considered that the SIs might want to get out of their vehicle to stop and chat with somebody here on Earth, before blasting off on their return trip across the vast void of outer space.”

Sadly, not much has changed in 45 years. Back then, Flynn opined that, “A less popular aspect of the UFO phenomenon is the spiritual and psychological implications which continue to crop up, even if they are ridiculous to the scientific experts. People still report direct contact with SIs and cannot be shaken from their convictions. This activity usually features information being channeled through a medium on Earth who gives out the messages.”

The ufology analyst continued, “These flying saucer missionaries have always been part of the UFO story and continue to influence people who believe they are receiving information from the beyond.”

Dr. Hynek was not impressed with the contactees, however, saying that the religious groups that have formed around these “UFO hoaxers,” and the so-called “contactees” themselves, have done, and continued to do, irreparable damage to any “serious advancement of the UFO research cause.” Unfortunately, Flynn was prone to accept Dr. Hynek’s conclusions, noting in his article that, “He is probably right.”

But to his credit, Flynn did not completely shut the door on the contactees. He noted that, “there is no conclusive proof that the UFO is always a physical phenomenon,” and further declared, “It could, on occasion, be another manifestation of psychological or spiritual forces.”

He elaborated on this, pointing out that some photographs of UFOs seem to indicate that they may not be solid at all, and may be composed of an unknown form of energy. Flynn mused that, “They could just as well be a phenomenon beyond our concept of natural law.” In other words, while the existence of UFOs is not something that would necessarily defy natural law, it would certainly not conform in any way with our present-day concepts and understanding of natural law.

Contacting SIs from Beyond the Conscious Mind If Flynn was right in his “guesstimate” of the UFO phenomenon back in 1974, then it would seem that Hynek was prematurely dismissing the case for the contactees. There must be something special in the life of the typical contactee. He or she may possess some quality that is attracting the SIs, drawing them into their respective lives like moths to a flame.

From my own experiences with the SIs, this seems like the most probable scenario. The way 170

Raymond Andrew Keller II that I fathom it, there is most certainly a greater universe of realization beyond our five senses.

Helena Blavatsky, the co-founder of the Theosophical Society, noted that one of the fundamental objects of her organization would be providing assistance to the membership in developing the powers that were “latent” within them. In other words, Theosophists need not limit themselves to the exercise of their five senses. We are capable of so much more, occasionally employing extrasensory powers just as our brothers and sisters of other planets do on a continuing basis.

Have you ever experienced feelings or premonitions of an impending danger? Have you ever had an intuitive hunch about something that later proved to be right? Or better still, have there been times in your when it seemed like you were tuning in on someone’s unspoken thoughts?

These are most certainly indications of unused potentialities; and you could rightly consider yourself an ideal candidate for contact by the SIs. The SIs, while not initially establishing contact on the physical plane, will approach the more receptive among us through the ethereal avenues of intuitive insight, monition, premonition, or telepathic communication in varying degrees.

Interaction with the SIs will escalate from that point of initial contact. You will eventually reach the stage where you are dealing with the manifestation of SIs on the physical plane of existence.

As a Theosophist, I have studied this subject intently and can tell you, quite truthfully, that contact with the SIs can be realized if we are mentally shifting gears and pushing back the envelope of our conscious mind.

Lady Columba’s Cosmic Revelations Annabell Krebs Culverwell (1902-1998), a.k.a. Lady Columba, was a famous esoteric artist throughout her life, as well as one of the lesser known contactees in the 1950s and 1960s. I first met Lady Columba on 10 July 1966 at the Centennial Coliseum in Reno, Nevada. My aunt Dolly in Los Angeles drove me up there to attend the last day of a New Space Age convention sponsored by Gabriel Green’s Amalgamated Flying Saucer Clubs of America. Most of the speakers came up to Reno from the Greater Los Angeles area as well. Lady Columba arrived at the convention with Calvin C. Girvan of Hollywood, California, and assisted him with a slide projector during his presentation on “Moon Mysteries Revealed.” Lady Columba introduced Girvan and noted that she, too, had visited a saucer base on the back side of the Moon and assured us that everything Girvan was going to talk about was true.

Girvan’s lecture began at 3:30 p.m. and lasted for about half an hour, followed by another half an hour for a questions and answers session. Not surprisingly, more questions were directed to the beautiful Lady Columba, who seemed to exude a rather exotic, golden aura. Since Girvan had stated that the Venusians and other extraterrestrials communicate via mental telepathy, my aunt asked Lady Columba if she could elaborate on this subject.

Lady Columba asked Girvan if it was OK for her to reply to my aunt’s question, because after all, it was his scheduled lecture time. Girvan said that he didn’t mind, and that Lady Columba could take as much time as she needed. Lady Columba then declared, in words to the effect, that, “Thoughts are the greatest power in the universe. They can bridge any distance instantly.

The whole universe and all the creatures within it are just divine thought projected out into the matter of various densities, by our Infinite Creator, the Only One, the All Person, and the Ever-Present. Just as radio and TV have many channels and bands, so thought waves have, too.

If we can tune into the higher frequencies, which the inhabitants of some other planets vibrate on, we can exchange thoughts with them. This can be done as easily as with one another here.”

Another woman in attendance asked, “OK, so where do these telepathic aliens come from?”

171

Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come Lady Columba replied, “There are SIs of some kind on every planet in the solar system, and many of their attendant moons. Fewer are coming in from outside the solar system; but they are telepathic, too. But the ones that are most familiar to us, the ones that can contact us telepathically, are from the neighboring planets of Mars and Venus. As Brother Calvin just told us, the Moon is being used as a ‘way station’ by all of those extraterrestrials that have learnt space travel. From the Moon, they keep watch over this warlike Earth. Their lunar habitations are built largely underground, as they are so constructed on Mars and Venus. They contain all of life’s necessities, scientifically provided, of course. Too many astronomers have witnessed strange lights moving around on the Moon; and when our astronauts and cosmonauts get up there, hopefully they will come back to Earth to tell us all the truth about flying saucers.”

Then a gentleman inquired, “How is it possible to communicate with these aliens?”

Lady Columba thoughtfully paused and then informed us that, “Each planet and its inhabitants have their own distinct frequencies and vibrations, in various degrees (dimensions).

Those of you who are sensitive enough to recognize these can tune into them. To proceed, you must have a joyous heart, sensing the weird and wonderful from their ‘out-of-this-world’ emanations.”

“Many thanks, dear lady,” said Gabriel Green, who was sitting in the back of the room, chairing the presentation. “I have to admit that I have been very humbled and moved by your expression of ageless wisdom.”

“You’re quite welcome, Gabe,” said Lady Columba, adding that, “Please know with assurance that your work on behalf of the space people has not gone unnoticed. You are greatly appreciated.”

“Well, Sister Columba, is there anything else we should know before we close here, and go on to the next presentation?”

“Yes, Gabe, and I will make this brief. Also, my apologies are extended to Calvin for usurping his time.

“One day world peace will be assured on this troubled Earth. We must never forget that our space friends can read our minds at all times, whether by their developed psychic senses or by advanced technology, it matters not. When that day of peace finally arrives, we Earthlings will begin the next phase of our celestial education, learning how to commune with our space brothers and sisters on the same basis of understanding and friendship, from which they operate. Then, and only then, will we be invited to join the Federation of Light. Then we can exchange visits with them. But how can the space people expect even tolerance from us, if we still do not have tolerance for each other’s differences in any way? Only when we have learned how to get along with each other in real, mutual understanding and kindly cooperation can the glorious New Space Age appear. Yes, with all of its wonders! May God speed that time!”

172

Acknowledgements Over my fifty-five years history of investigating the flying saucers and exploring the mysteries of the Omniverse, there are literally thousands of friends, Earthlings and extraterrestrials, that have assisted me along the way- so many that a volume as large as a metropolitan telephone directory would be needed just to list them all.

Even so, I am extending a personal thank you to the following individuals for their kind assistance in the production of this book, Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come: Book VII in the Venus Rising: A Concise History of the Second Planet Series: David Houchin of the Harrison County Public Library in Clarksburg, West Virginia; Jeff Hutchinson, a fellow Vietnam era veteran from Las Vegas, Nevada, and friend of both Valiant Thor and the late Rev. Frank Stranges, who put me in contact with many others in the Inner Circle and protection of the Venusian Ring of Fire; Michael Jaco of South Carolina, a.k.a. the “Intuitive Warrior,” fellow U. S. Navy veteran and podcast producer; Michael La Riche of the Northeast Ohio Paranormal Search Discussion Groups; Barbara Jean Lindsey, host of the Cosmic Oracle podcast in Plumas Lake, California; Shari Lynn, creator of the cosmic healing discs, in Ashtabula, Ohio; Omnec Onec, the ambassador of Fifth Dimensional Venus and her assistant, Anja Schäfer of Hohenfels, Baden-Wurtenberg, Germany; Queen Orda of Abejar (Venus); Robert Potter of the Promise Revealed in Mt. Shasta, California; Anthony Pugliese, president of the Paranormal Search group in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and time travel authority; Lon Strickler of McSherrystown, Pennsylvania, producer of the Phantoms and Monsters website and Arcane Radio podcasts; and Cathy Teets, president of Headline Books in Terra Alta, West Virginia.

To these and countless other angels who have helped me along the way, eternal blessings in the illumination of Lady Venus.

—Dr. Raymond A. Keller, II Morgantown, West Virginia 23 September 2021

173

Index Aboard a Flying Saucer (1954), book, 66, 90 Adamski, George, California contactee, 34, 43, 44, 48, 49, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 84, 85, 87, 88, 90, 95, 107, 117, 124, 139, 140, 141, 143, 144, 156, 159 Aerial Phenomena Research Organization (APRO), Tucson, Arizona, 109, 127 aether 17, 18, 78 Agartha 80, 82, 85, 89 Agarthans 81 Age of Enlightenment, 8 “Aircraft Engine Power” codename for secret meeting, Air Force Office of Scientific Investigation (AFOSI), 75 Akualele Research Group, Hawaiian paranormal investigators, 69 Allingham, Cedric, English contactee, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65 Andrews, Alan H., stock broker, 21, 75 anti-gravity, 10, 18, 22, 23, 24, 25, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 47, 50, 51, 52, 53, 57, 64, 75, 76, 77, 78, 111 Apocalypse, 101 astronaut(s), 5, 52, 72, 93, 112, 114, 137, 140, 151, 172 Avro Aviation, Canada, 29 Aztec, New Mexico, UFO crash site, 53, 54, 75 Babson, Roger W., philanthropist, 20, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32 Barrett, P. L., British science writer, 14, 16, 19 Barrett Report, essay, 14 Barrios, Dolores, see also Lady Orda, 43, 44, 107, 156 Beaver County, Pennsylvania, UFO photo, 16 Bell Aircraft Corporation, Buffalo, New York, 40 Bender, Welcome, general manager, Martin Aviation, Baltimore, Maryland facility, 33 Bennewitz, Paul, Dr., physicist, and underground saucer base at Dulce, New Mexico, 167 Bethurum, Truman, California contactee, 49, 62, 66, 90, 159 Betty’s Guest Book, local Hawaii television show, 58, 62 Bevatron, particle accelerator, 36 Binder, Otto, ufologist, 162, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168 “Blazing Star,” 8, 9 Blob, Charlotte, director of UFO Education Center, 138, 140, 141, 142, 143 Blomqvist, Håkan, Swedish contactee investigator, 68, 69 Boaz and Jachin, pillars of, 9 Boeing B-47 Sratojet Bomber, 30, 121, 157, 158 Borderland Sciences Research Associates (BSRA), San Diego, California, 59, 69, 70, 77, 80, 81, 82, 84, 85, 89 Calkins, Nolan and Richard, cartoonists, 24 cannons, 11 Case for the UFO (1955), book, 69, 75 CBS News, 79 Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), 70, 123, 128 Centre National d’Etudes Spatiales /National Center for Space Research (CNES), supervises government UFO investigations group in France, 133 Christian apologists, 138, 139 Clarke Electronics, Palm Springs, California, 33 Clement V, Pope, 8 Close Encounters of the Third Kind (1977 sci-fi movie), 159, 160, 161 cloud(s), cloudy, 47, 53, 54, 55, 56, 72, 73, 87, 124, 125, 126, 158 Condon, Edward U., director, Condon Report, 110, 114, 116, 117, 122, 123, 134, 169, 170 Condon Report, Scientific Study of Unidentified Flying Objects (1968), Boulder, Colorado, government-sponsored investigation, 114, 117, 122, 123, 169 Congress of Scientific Ufologists, meeting in Charleston, West Virginia, 104, 105 Constable, Trevor James, New Zealand ufologist, 27, 28 Conway, William C., Ph.D., California minister’s flying saucer lecture, 47, 48, 49 Cooke, William, Sir, English developer of cathode-ray tube for television, 43

174

Copperfield, David, magician, 152, 153 “Corner Shot,” Israeli weapon accessory, 11 Cosmic Bulletin, Vista, California, 87 Cosmotron, particle accelerator, 36 Crabb, Eunice, mother of Riley H. Crabb, 4, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63, 64, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89 Cramp, Leonard, British Interplanetary Society anti-gravity researcher, 59, 62, 64, 65 cults, 139, 140, 144 Denmark, 39, 108, 124, 125, 126, 131, 137 Department of Defense, 30, 31, 33, 53, 54, 55, 56, 70, 74, 85 disappearance(s), 73, 156, 157, 158, 161, 162, 163, 168 Dozier, Charles T., guided missile expert, 31 Duran, Krsanna, Native American contactee, 106, 153 Earth Excursion Module(s), 112, 121, 123 “Earth satellite,” NATO plans to launch, 40 “Eastern Star,” 8 Edwards Air Force Base, California, see also Muroc, 71, 88 Edwards, Frank, UFO journalist, 71, 88, 117, 162 Einstein, Albert, German-American physicist, 18, 24, 25, 26, 33, 35, 50, 52, 78, 111 Eisenhower, Dwight D., U.S. president, 30, 39, 48, 88 “Elder Brother theme,” as expressed by contactees, 69 Electric Spacecraft Journal, Ashville, North Carolina, 20 electro-gravitational fields 37 electro-gravitic field 74, 78, 87 electro-magnetic beam 47 electromagnetic effects 15 electromagnetic (EM) forces 116 electromagnetic fields 24, 33, 51, 116 electromagnetic induction 14, 38 electrons 13, 16, 39 electrostatic fields 15 Erra, planet in the Pleiadean star system, 151, 152, 154 Etheria, realms of, 72, 74, 79, 81, 85, 86, 87 Etherians, 81, 82, 83, 84, 88, 89 Everest, Frank J. “Pete,” Lt. Col., test pilot, 40, 41 Experimental Power Plant, New Castle, Delaware, 47 Faraday, Michael, English electronics inventor, 26, 38 Ferrell, Richard Alan, Ph.D., American physicist, 25, 26 field of disturbance, 25 Filer, George, Major, USAF, Retired, ufologist, 93 Firelight (1964 sci-fi movie), 160 “Five Points of Fellowship,” 8 Fletcher, Jack, California electronics inventor, 38, 39 Flying Saucer from Mars (1954), book, 59, 65 Flying Saucer Review, London, United Kingdom, 12, 117, 122 Flying Saucers and Outer Space (1969), book, 74 Flying Saucers and the Straight-Line Mystery (1958), book, 73, 85 Flying Saucers Farewell (1961), book, 34 “Flying Saucers from Space” (1954), educational campaign, 49 Flying Saucers Have Landed (1953), book, 87, 90, 139 Flying Saucers Uncensored (1965), book, 77, 79, 82, 89 “Foo Fighters,” 104 Forbidden Planet (1956 sci-fi movie), 44 Fox News, 73 France, 8, 73, 85, 117, 121, 132, 133, 134, 135 Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 134 Freemasonry, 7, 8 Friedman, Stanton T., nuclear physicist, 109, 112, 113, 116, 117, 170 Fry, Daniel, California contactee, 70, 90, 124 Fuller, John G., UFO book author, 117, 119 General Electric Company, Electronics Division, Boston, Massachusetts, 42 General Dynamics Corporation, Convair Division, San Diego, California, 31 Giant Rock airport, Landers, California, 71 Girvan, Calvin C., California contactee, 171 Gladych, Michael, aviation writer, Project Magnet revelations of, 45, 46, 51, 52 Glenn L. Martin Company, Baltimore, Maryland, 32, 43

Gluhareff, Eugene M., president of Gluhareff Helicopter and Airplane Corporation, Manhattan, California, 35, 38, 39 Goldwater, Barry, U.S. senator, 128, 129 gravitational screening, 23 “gravithermels,” 27 gravity absorber (shield), 51 Gravity Research Foundation (GRF), New Boston, New Hampshire, 20, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 46, 50, 75 Greater Redondo Beach, California, Chamber of Commerce, Consolidated, 47, 48, 49 Green, Gabriel, flying saucer club president, 44, 49, 171, 172 Groupe d’Études et d’informations sur les Phénoménes Aérospatiaux Non-identitifiés/Study and Information Group on Unidentified Aerospace Pheneomena (GEIPAN), CNES-directed French government UFO investigations group headquartered in Toulouse, 133 Gypsy, 106, 107 Gypsy blood, 106 Haber, Dan B., illustrator, 98, 102 Hall, Manly Palmer, esoteric writer, 68, 164 Harper, Penny, California contactee,r 4, 145, 146, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154 Heim, Burkhard, Ph.D., German physicist, 33 Heinkel 343, German bomber, 11 Hellyer, Paul, former Canadian Defense Minister, 163, 164, 166 Herald-Tribune, New York newspaper, 39 “hieroglyph of the night,” 8 High Bridge, New Jersey Flying Saucer Club, 83, 161 high voltage generators, 16 Hlavaty, Vaclav, Ph.D., Czech physicist, 35, 36 Honey, Carol A., spacecraft engineer, Hughes Aircraft, 34 House Committee on Science and Aeronautics, 1968 hearings on UFOs, 109 Hughes Aircraft, 34 Hynek, J. Allen, Dr., UFO expert, 160, 161, 170 hyper-space travel, 44 Industrial Research Poll, on UFOs, 110, 114, 118 inertia, 15, 17 Inside the Space Ships (1955), UFO book, 90 Intergalactic Council, 121 International Get Acquainted Program (IGAP), Vejle, Denmark, 108, 124, 125, 126, 131, 141 interplanetary communications system, 135 Interplanetary Spacecraft Convention(s), Landers, California, 27, 110 Interrupted Journey (1966), UFO book, 117, 119 Inuit village, in Canada, disappearance of, 162, 163 ion-electron beam reactors, 40 ionization, 16 Japan, 16, 123, 124, 125, 126 Jessup, Morris K., UFO book author, 69, 75, 76 Jesus Christ, 99, 145, 147 Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena, California, 56, 111 Jordan, Pascual, Ph.D., German physicist, 27, 28, 33, 39 Journal of Psychiatric Orgone Therapy (online), 28 Kaplan, Martin, electrical engineer, 31 Keel, John A., Fortean researcher, 88, 104, 105, 106, 107 Kennedy, John F., U.S. president, 78 Keyhoe, Donald E., Major, USMC, Ret., director of largest civilian UFO research organization, 72, 117, 128, 130 KGMB-TV, CBS television affiliate in Honolulu, Hawaii, 58, 62 King Solomon, of ancient Israel, 8 Knights Templar, 4, 7, 8 Kosyrev, N. A., astronomer, 56 K-PAX (2001), movie, 94 Krebs Culverwell, Annabell, see also Lady Columba, 171 Lady Columba, see also Krebs Culverwell, Annabell, 171, 172 Lady Orda, see also Barrios, Dolores, 43, 44, 110, 130 Lamont-Hussey Observatory (Ann Arbor, Michigan, 75 Lear, Inc., Santa Monica, California, 33, 37

Lear, William P., aviation and electronics inventor, 33, 37, 38 Lemuria, lost continent, 69, 76, 100 Leslie, Desmond, UFO book author, 47, 69, 87, 90, 139 “levity disk,” 15, 19 Loening, Grover, aircraft designer and builder, 41 Lover, Myron Jordan, thermodynamics professor, 27, 28 Luna, Moon program, 77 Lusar, Rudolph, German weapons expert, 10, 11 Mad Max: Beyond Thunderdome (1985 sci-fi movie), 130 magnetic field 15, 19, 29, 38, 50, 52, 75, 76, 101, 113, 120 magnetic waves 86 magnetism 17, 18, 20, 38, 45, 52 Manhattan Project 34 Manly, Palmer Hall, founder of Philosophical Research Society, 68 Mars, 4, 12, 24, 48, 59, 60, 61, 63, 65, 66, 77, 78, 80, 90, 92, 94, 95, 96, 98, 100, 102, 113, 114, 127, 143, 164, 172 Marxer, Laura, a.k.a. Mundo, Laura, director of contactee study group in Detroit, Michigan, 90, 94, 95, 96, 98, 101, 102 Masonic Temple, Cleveland, Ohio, 79 Masons, 8 Meade, Newton Layne, paranormal researcher, 69, 81, 82, 84, 85, 86, 88 Men in Black, 80, 147 Messier, Charles, French astronomer, 62, 65 Michel, Aimee, pioneer French ufologist, 73, 85 Millikan, Robert Andrews, physicist, 75 missing persons, 155, 157 Mitre Corporation, Bedford, Massachusetts, 30 Moon, 4, 6, 8, 12, 40, 45, 56, 61, 64, 65, 77, 78, 80, 90, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 98, 100, 102, 111, 113, 114, 117, 118, 120, 121, 124, 137, 159, 171, 172 Mostajo Maertens, Luis Fernando, Bolivian contactee, 84 Mount Palomar, observatory in California, 55, 107 multidimensional levels, 89 Mundo, Laura, a.k.a. Marxer, Laura, 95 Muroc, see also Edwards Air Force Base, 88 Murtaugh, Clyde R., Bendix Systems Division engineer, 77, 78, 80 Mutual UFO Network (MUFON), Stover, Missouri, 108, 122, 145, 170 myth(s), 115, 123 mythology, 82, 138 National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), 12, 41, 86, 87, 111, 113, 114, 117, 129, 133, 135, 151, 160, 161, 164 National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena (NICAP), 72, 117 Native Americans, 106, 107 Nazis, secret weapons of, 10, 11, 12, 18, 131 Neal, Meg, science writer, 78 Nelson, Buck, Missouri contactee, 4, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 140, 161 Nobel Prize, 75 North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), 39, 40, 52, 158 Norway, 131 Oberth, Hermann, German rocket expert, 11, 12, 30 Omnec Onec, Ambassador from Venus Etheria, 84, 85, 127, 148, 173 Operation Paperclip, 51 Orthon (Venusian), 87 “Pablo Picasso and the Women,” painting, 89 Parker Solar Probe, NASA sends to Sun in flyby of Venus, 86, 87 Parsons, John “Jack” Whiteside, rocket designer, 56 perpetual motion, 34 Petersen, Hans C., Major, Ret., Danish Royal Air Force, and ufologist, 39, 108, 124, 125, 126, 131, 137, 140, 141 Philip IV, King of France, 8 Philosophical Research Society, 68 Pierson, J. D., aerospace scientist, 33 Planet of the Apes (1968 sci-fi movie), 112 Pleiadean(s), 150, 151, 152, 153, 166 Pliny the Elder, Roman writer, first century, C.E., 12 Polaris (North Star), 109

175

Popular Mechanics, magazine, 38, 39, 78 Probert, Mark, California channeler, 82 Project Aphrodite, secret plans to develop atomic rocket to Venus, 53 Project Blue Book, 55, 123 Project Grudge, 54, 55 Project Magnet, Canada’s UFO investigation, 46, 47, 52, 53, 107 Project Sign, 54, 55 Project White Stork, secret Air Force study of Soviets’ search for extraterrestrial life, 56 prototype flying saucer, 10, 18 psychologist(s), 138, 139, 153 Report on Unidentified Flying Objects (1956), book, 54, 55 Rideout, George M., investment analyst, 21, 22, 50 Robert J. Collier Trophy, 37 Roddenberry, Gene, Star Trek creator, 139 Roman Catholic Church, 80 Rosslyn Chapel, Roslin, Scotland, 7, 8 Roswell, New Mexico, UFO crash site, 26, 54, 161, 163 Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP), 163 Royal Order of Melchizedek, see Stranges, Frank, Dr., 53 Ruppelt, Edward J., Captain, chief Air Force UFO investigator, 54, 55 saucer intelligences (SIs), 169 Saucerian, magazine, Clarksburg, West Virginia, 70, 75, 161 Saucerian Press, Clarksburg, West Virginia, 70, 161 Schappeller, Karl, German physicist, 17, 18 Searl Effect Generator (SEG), 13 Searl, John R. R., British electronics wizard, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22, 24, 26 Searl National Space Research Consortium Newsletter, Berkshire, United Kingdom, 16 Sikorsky Division of United Aircraft, Stratford, Connecticut, 32 “Silence Group,” 70, 71 Sinclair, William, First Earl of Caithness in Scotland, 8 Slaughterhouse-Five (1972 sci-fi movie), 97 Smith, Wilbert B., Canadian radio engineer, 52, 53, 55, 107, 127 Soviet Union, 40, 46, 48, 52, 56, 71, 77, 133 “Space Critter” theory, 27 Spielberg, Steven, movie director, 159, 160, 161 Standard Oil Company of Indiana, 79 Stine, G. Harry, Chief of Navy Operations, White Sands Proving Grounds, New Mexico, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46 Stranges, Frank, Dr., Southern California evangelist and ufologist, 53, 173 Strasser, Gabor, Hungarian physicist, 29, 30 Study Group on Interplanetary Relationships, Detroit, Michigan, 90, 92, 94, 95, 96, 98, 99, 101, 102 Stuhlinger, Ernst, Ph.D., German physicist, ion rocket development of, 51, 52 Sun, 8, 9, 61, 74, 78, 86, 87, 92, 93, 95, 111, 118 Supergirl, comic book extraterrestrial, 164, 166 “Superspectrum,” 88 Swain, George F., engineering professor, 21 Talbert, Ansel E., military and aviation journalist, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 44, 74 Taylor, Granger, Canadian, mechanic, disappearance of, 47, 48, 112, 156, 157, 158 Tesla, Nikola, electronics wizard, 26, 29, 78 test pilot(s), 41 Theosophical Society, 58, 68, 69, 171 They Live in the Sky (1958), UFO book, 27 This Island Earth (1955 sci-fi movie), 41 TimeStar (website), 106 Titan, moon of Saturn, 164 Tralfamadore, mythical planet, 97 trans-dimensional light beings, 83 translational force, 35 transmogrification, 83 Trimble, George S., chief, Advanced Design Division, Martin Aircraft Company, Baltimore, Maryland, 32, 33, 41, 42, 74 Truman, Harry S., U.S. president, 37, 49, 55, 62, 66, 90, 159

176

Twelve Laws of God, as understood by extraterrestrials, 93, 94, 103 Twentieth Century UFO Bureau, Collingswood, New Jersey, 132 “Twenty-First Century Home,” West Covina, California, 38 Tyler, George C., Dr., president, Colorado Shale and Metal Company, Denver, Colorado, 54 UFO Contact (Vejle, Denmark), magazine, 125, 126, 137 UFO Education Center, Appleton, Wisconsin, 138, 141, 142, 143, 144 UFO experiencer(s), 105, 148, 152, 155, 156 UFO Flap, 1973-1974, 127 UFO Kontakt (Vejle, Denmark), English version of UFO Contact, 108 UFO “Lure,” 130 UFO Welcome Center, Bowman, South Carolina, 137 UFOrum, Los Angeles, California, 146, 153, 154 ultra-dimensional(s), 5, 27, 94 Understanding, contactee study group founded by Daniel Fry, 70, 82, 164 Universal Gravitational Constant, 29 Valiant Thor (Venusian commander), 161, 162, 173 V-1, German rocket, 11 V-9, German rocket, 11 V-529, German rocket, 11 vacuum layer, 17 ventlas (Venusian scout ships), 44 Venus, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 40, 43, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 58, 61, 63, 66, 67, 70, 72, 73, 74, 75, 79, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 106, 107, 110, 127, 138, 140, 143, 144, 145, 148, 149, 156, 159, 164, 172, 173 Viper, vertical takeoff plane, 11 Vonnegut, Kurt, sci-fi author, 97 V-series, 11 VZ-9 Avrocar, 54 Wehner, Mike, space writer, 86, 87 White Sands Incident (1954), UFO book, 90 Wheeler, John, physicist, 34 White Sands Proving Grounds, New Mexico, 42, 44 Williamson, George Hunt, Ph.D., Arizona archaeologist and pioneer flying saucer investigator, 66 Wittry, David B., Ph.D., American materials science and electrical engineer, 23, 24 Wright Brothers, 40, 41 Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Dayton, Ohio, 34, 54, 129 X-2, Bell Aircraft rocket plane, 41 X-15, rocket plane, 71 Yates, William B., aerospace scientist, 33 You Are There, CBS television program, 65 Zodiac, 8

Volume VII of the Venus Rising Series: A Concise History of the Second Planet

A FUTURE BEYOND IMAGINATION!

RAYMOND ANDREW KELLER II

Cosmic Ray and The Birth of Venus at the Philadelphia Metropolitan Museum of Art on 20 March 2017.

Dr. Raymond A. Keller, II, award-winning author and retired History professor, is the author of the Venus Rising trilogy. Final Countdown: Rockets to Venus and Cosmic Ray’s Excellent Venus Adventure are newest in the series. Dr. Keller's books explore various facets of conditions and life on Venus in many dimensions from a perspective of conspiracies, history, theosophy, ufology and current events, especially space research.

To date, Venus Rising: A Concise History of the Second Planet, won awards at the Southern California and London Book Festivals. Dr. Keller has lived and worked in 44 different countries and has been writing about UFOs and paranormal activity since 1967. He was the founder and director of the Outer Space International Research and Investigations Society (OSIRIS) of Hilmar, California, as well as the publisher and co-editor of the New Millennial Star, a monthly pre-Internet tabloid newspaper with a circulation of 7,500 copies. He received his doctoral degree from West Virginia University in 2011 focusing on various aspects of the Basque settlement of Venezuela, and received his Master's degree from the same institution in 2004 in foreign language with an emphasis on Magic Realism in Latin American literature.

FLYING SAUCERS: FROM VENUS THEY COME

“The appearance of flying saucers in our skies has long become accepted as common knowledge.

However, it has not been well known that thousands of individuals around the world have not only seen them, but have actually ridden in these craft and personally met with their occupants. What these “contactees,” as they are recognized in ufology circles, have discovered is that the pilots and other crew members of these interplanetary and interdimensional space ships are not the grotesque beings they are frequently portrayed as in our science fiction movies. Rather, they are highly intelligent, friendly men and women from civilizations who have cosmically evolved far in advance of our own.

The scientific and technological knowledge to gain about interplanetary spaceships and life on other planets from Flying Saucers: From Venus They Come, is enormous. It constitutes a wealth of beneficial information which could transform this world from its present chaotic state into a utopian society, one far-beyond today”s most optimistic conceptions. Some of the many amazing benefits of the knowledge already received from the space people, or promised by them if we will but welcome them in a friendly manner, are the elimination of disease, poverty, and pollution. They can also assist us in appropriately dealing with the introduction of artificial intelligence and altering our economic system in such a way that all may be served. The space people can show our medical establishment how they can significantly extend the human lifespan, in addition to expanding greater personal freedom for all. There can be economic security and abundance for all. And space travel will not be the exclusive privilege of billionaires. Personal journeys to space, the Moon and other planets, even trips to interstellar space, will be enjoyed by all who are desirous of these.”

—MICHAEL A. LARICHE Paranormal Investigator with Dr. Raymond Keller since the 1960s

RAYMOND ANDREW KELLER II